As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 2015March 30, 2020.

Registration No. 333-236274

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form S-1FORM S-1/A

Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrantregistrant as specified in its charter)

 

Nevada[                        ] 45-1560906908290-1073143

(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of

Incorporationincorporation or Organization)organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

11825 Major Street333 Las Olas Way, Suite 100

Culver City, California 90230Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301

(714) 505-4460Phone: (855) 470-1700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of Registrant’sregistrant’s principal executive offices)

Darwin Fogt

Chief Executive Officer

333 Las Olas Way, Suite 100

Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301

Phone: (855) 470-1700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Louis Taubman, Esq.The Lonergan Law Firm, LLC

Hunter Taubman FischerLawrence R. Lonergan, Esq.

1450 Broadway, 26th Floor96 Park Street

New York, New York 10018Montclair, NJ 07042

(973) 641-4012

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to timeAs soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement becomes effective.registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X][  ]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offeringOffering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.Offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.Offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.Offering. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”,filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer[  ]Accelerated filer[  ]
Non-accelerated filer[  ]Smaller reporting company[X] [X]
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Emerging growth company [X]

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [  ]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered Amount to be
registered (1)
  Proposed
maximum
offering price
per share (2)
  Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price
  Amount of
registration fee (3)
 
Common Stock  1,069,182(4) $0.35  $

374,213.70

  $

43.48

 
Common Stock underlying Warrants  572,118(5) $0.35  $

200,241.30

  $

23.27

 
Total  1,641,300          $66.75 

(1) This Registration Statement covers the resale by our selling shareholder of up to 1,641,300 shares of common stock. Pursuant to Rule 416 and 457 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of common stock offered hereby also include such presently indeterminate number of shares of our common stock as shall be issued by the Registrant to the selling stockholders to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(2) The offering price has been estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a). Our common stock is not traded on any national exchange and in accordance with Rule 457, the offering price was determined by the price of the shares that were sold to our shareholders in a private placement, as further described below. The price of $0.35 is a fixed price at which the selling security holders shall sell their shares until they are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, after which time they will be sold at prevailing market prices; we are currently in the process of applying to have our common stock quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. There can be no assurance that our application for quotation will be approved.

(3) The Registrant previously paid $201.82 in connection with the filing of the initial Registration Statement to which this serves as Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 .

(4)Includes: 572,118 shares of common stock underlying $200,241.30 Series A Convertible Redeemable Notes (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the private placement of up to $1,200,000 principal amount of Notes we completed on April 9, 2015 (the “Private Placement”) and 497,064 shares issuable to a consultant pursuant to a Consulting and Service Agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”).

 

Title of Each
Class of Securities
to be Registered
 Amount to be
Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price per Share
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
  Amount of
Registration
Fee(1)
 
Units consisting of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and Warrants to purchase shares of Common stock, par value $0.001 per share  2,000,000  $25.00  $50,000,000                
Shares of Series B Preferred Stock, included as part of the Units  2,000,000             
Common stock Purchase Warrants to purchase common stock, included as part of the Units(2)  10,000,000             
Shares of Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issuable upon exercise of the Warrants(3)(4)  10,000,000  $3.00  $30,000,000     
Total  22,000,000      $80,000,000  $10,384 

(5) Includes: 572,118 shares of common stock underlying common stock purchase warrants issued pursuant to the Private Placement.

(1)Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate Offering price.
(2)In accordance with Rule 457(i) promulgated under the Securities Act, because the shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the Warrants registered hereby.
(3)We are issuing five (5) Common stock Purchase Warrants (the “Warrants”) each exercisable to purchase one (1) share of our common stock as part of the units offered hereunder (the “Units”). Each Unit consists of: (i) one (1) share of 13% Series B Preferred Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred”); and (ii) five (5) Warrants. The Warrants are exercisable for a period of five (5) years from the date of issuance at a price of $3.00 per share.
(4)No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(g) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with sectionSection 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said sectionSection 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 
 

  

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES PUBLICLY UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED August 6 , 2015Subject to completion, dated March 30, 2020

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION2,000,000 Units

Each Unit Consisting of

One Share of 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock and

Five Warrants to Purchase One Share of Common stock Each

 

1,641,300 Shares 

Pursuant to this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, we are offering (the “Offering”) a total of 2,000,000 units (each a “Unit” and collectively, the “Units”), each Unit consisting of: (i) one share of our newly authorized 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”); and (ii) five (5) warrants (the “Warrants”) each exercisable to purchase one (1) share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stockstock” or “Warrant Shares”), at an exercise price of $3.00 on a post-Reverse Split basis (the “Exercise Price”) per Warrant Share . Each Warrant offered hereby as part of the Units is immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and will expire on [_________], the date that is five (5) years from the date of issuance (the “Warrant Expiration Date”). Reference is made to the pending Reverse Split of our Common stock on a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis, that is pending before and subject to approval by FINRA.

Dividends on the Series B Preferred, having a stated value of $25 per share (“Stated Value”), which are offered hereby as part of the Units, are cumulative from the first day of the calendar month in which they are issued, and will be payable on the 15th day of each calendar month, when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors (“Board”). Dividends will be payable out of amounts legally available therefor at a rate equal to 13% per annum per $25, the Stated Value per share, or $3.25 per share of Series B Preferred per year. We will reserve the amount equal to the first three years of dividend payments, or $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, from the proceeds from this Offering (the “Dividend Reserve”) in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) maintained by International Financial Enterprise Bank (“IFEB Bank”), with offices in Dallas, TX, also referred to hereinafter as the “Escrow Agent.”

Commencing on three years from the dates of issuance, we may redeem, at our option, the shares of Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at a cash redemption price equal to: (i) of $25 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date. The Series B Preferred has no stated maturity, will not be subject to any sinking fund or other mandatory redemption, and will not be convertible into or exchangeable for any of our other securities.

Holders of the Series B Preferred will have no voting rights, except as set forth below in section “Voting Rights” under subheading “Description of Offered Securities”.

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Units, the Series B Preferred or the Warrants. We anticipate that upon the SEC declaring the registration statement effective, and FINRA approving the symbols we request for the Units, shares of Series B Preferred, and the Warrants, that these securities will initially be subject to quotation and trading on the OTC, possibly, the OTCQB of which there can be no assurance, under the symbols “EWLLU,” “EWLLB” and “EWLLW,” respectively. Our Common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB market under the symbol “EWLL.” In order to qualify for the OTCQB, we will need to generate net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of 68,000 Units, at which time we will have the initial closing, thereafter, we will continue the Offering of Units.

All share and per share data in this prospectus have been retroactively restated to reflect a one-for-50 reverse stock split which we anticipate will become effective upon the approval by FINRA by the end of January 2020 or shortly thereafter (the “Reverse Split Effective Date” or “Effective Date”).

We may use broker-dealers also referred to as placement agents to use their best efforts to solicit offers to purchase the Units in this Offering. If any placement agents sell Units, they will be deemed “underwriters” as that term is defined by Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). We will pay any underwriters commissions of 10% of the gross proceeds from any Units they sell. A copy of the Form of Placement Agent Agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.31 hereto.

 

This prospectus relates to the sale by the selling shareholders listed on page 43 of up to 1,641,300 shares of our common stock.

The selling stockholders named herein may sell common stock from time to time in the principal market on which the stock is traded at the prevailing market price, at prices related to such prevailing market price, in negotiated transactions or a combination of such methods of sale and pursuant to any other method permitted by applicable law. Unless all or a portion of the 1,641,300 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and to which this prospectus relates, are exercised, we will not receive any proceeds from the sales by the selling stockholders.

The number of shares of common stock whichOffering may be sold by each of the selling stockholders are subject under certain conditionsclosed without further notice to certain agreed upon limitsyou. Other than as described elsewhereabove, we have not arranged to place any funds from investors in this prospectus.an escrow, trust or similar account.

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD PURCHASE SHARES ONLY IF YOU CAN AFFORD A COMPLETE LOSS OF YOUR INVESTMENT. SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 FOR A DISCUSSION OF RISKS APPLICABLE TO US AND AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK.Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, as well as the information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing any of the securities offered by this prospectus.

 

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IFPASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE.PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

  Per Unit  Total 
Public Offering price $25.00  $50,000,000 
Placement agent fees (1) $2.50  $5,000,000 
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Company $22.50  $45,000,000 

(1)See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of commissions payable to the placement agent. We estimate our other expenses to be $100,000.

The date of this prospectus is August 6 , 2015.March 30, 2020

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SummaryPage
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements3
Prospectus Summary4
The Offering7
Summary Financial Data8
Notes Regarding Forward-Looking Statements9
Risk Factors913
Selected Financial Information17
Use of Proceeds1831
Dividend Policy32
Capitalization33
Financial Information34
Market for Our Common Stock, Dividends and Related Stockholder InformationBusiness1935
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations20
Business25
44
Management3645
Executive and Director Compensation50
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and ManagementRelated Person Transactions4151
Principal Stockholders52
Selling StockholdersDescription of our Securities44
Plan of Distribution46
53
Description of Offered Securities4756
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations63
Plan of Distribution69
Legal Matters69
Experts70
Where You Can Find Additional Information70
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities48
Part II
Item 13. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution50
Item 15. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities49
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule51
Item 17. Undertakings5270

 

WeYou should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the placement agent have not authorized any personanyone to give youprovide any supplemental information or to make any representations for us. You should not rely upon any information about us that is notother than those contained in this prospectus orwe have prepared. We take no responsibility for, nor can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in one of our public reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and incorporated into this prospectus. Information contained in this prospectus or in our public reports may become stale. You should not assume that thejurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus any prospectus supplement or any documents incorporated by reference are accurateis current only as of any date other than their respective dates, regardless of the time of delivery ofits date. You should also read this prospectus or of any sale oftogether with the shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. The selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

Until [ ], all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters.

2

Explanatory Note:This Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204465), as amended on July 15, 2015 ( collectively, the “Registration Statement”), is being filed in response to comments the Company received from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding the Registration Statement. Due to the comments, we revised the cover page of the prospectus to state that the selling shareholders will sell at a fixed price until our shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and thereafter at prevailing market prices; please note however that although we are in the process of applying to have our common stock quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, there can be no guarantee that it will be so listed.additional information described under “Additional Information.”

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “we,” “us,” “the Company” and “our” to refer to eWellness Healthcare Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.

SUMMARYCAUTIONARY Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. While this summary highlights what we consider to beprospectus, including the most important information about us, you should carefully read this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in their entirety before investing in our common stock, especially the risks of investing in our common stock, which we discuss later insections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” and our financial statements and related notes beginning on page 48. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” “eWellness” and the “Company” refer to eWellness Healthcare Corporation.

Our Business

eWellness was incorporated in Nevada in May 2013. Following a share exchange we completed in April 2014, pursuant to which eWellness Corporation, a Nevada corporation became our wholly owned subsidiary, we abandoned our prior business plan and we are now pursuing eWellness Corporation’s historical businesses and proposed businesses. Our historical business and operations will continue independently. eWellness is an early-stage Los Angeles based medical technology company that combines digital physical therapy with progressive in-home exercise programs that includes active real-time monitoring and assessment by physical therapists. Our services are provisioned through our Distance Monitored Physical Therapy (DMpt) Program utilizing our proprietary WWW.PHZIO.COM telemedicine platform initially to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems and in-office visits. Based on today’s insurance landscape, our main revenue source shall come from a combination of in-office and telemedicine visits. Amid ongoing challenges and changes within the healthcare industry, telemedicine is emerging as an increasingly attractive tool for delivering quality medical services.

As of the date of this Registration Statement, we have one patient who is fully monitored on ourWWW.PHZIO.COM platform with limited insurance reimbursement to date; however, our WWW.PHZIO.COM platform is fully operational, we have completed an 8-week patient in-house study in Los Angeles and as of April 29, 2015 we are provisioning our WWW.PHZIO.COM program to patients in Los Angeles through a cooperation agreement with Evolution Physical Therapy (“EPT”). (See “Recent Developments” and “Business – PHZIO Platform”)

To date, we have not identified any other program that is designed to provide insurance reimbursable Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine that has been specifically designed to help prevent pre-diabetic patients from becoming diabetic and therefore believe that once adequately funded, we will be the first to market with our specific innovative service and program. Our program combines in-office direct-contact physical therapy evaluations, re-evaluations and physical performance testing with an on-line telemedicine exercise program. This business model allows us to bill for traditional in-office patient visits and when insurance companies allow, for our telemedicine exercise program sessions too. We also intend to offer to enroll our patients in a no-cost online healthy living nutrition and meal planning platform to be developed in the second quarter of 2015.

Assuming we receive sufficient financing to do so, we intend to start servicing patients in the second fiscal quarter of 2015 in the Los Angeles metropolitan area, when we also anticipate rolling out ourWWW.PHZIO.COM platform. As an innovator of certain services, we are aware that the proposed DMpt services will be launched in an industry with deeply established and regulated billing approaches. For this reason, we designed a business model to succeed in the current billing environment by anticipating that the only reimbursement available to us for the next three years will be generated by using procedures and codes that insurance providers currently accept, even though we believe insurance companies will start providing more telemedicine reimbursement prior to such time given its benefits. Currently, depending on each patient’s insurance coverage, existing codes cover up to 14 in-office visits and/or up to 24 remotely monitored physical therapy sessions during our six-month program. Today, some insurance companies do not reimburse for any physical therapy sessions, whether or not they are monitored, and none of the insurance companies within our patient base provide codes that reimburse non-monitored physical therapy sessions. Our plans and goals factor in these non-reimbursed sessions as part of the overall Cost of Goods Sold (COGS); we still believe that we can earn revenues and generate profit based solely on the services for which insurance companies currently provide reimbursement. In light of current insurance practices, we configured four separate reimbursement plans designed to maximize the needs of today’s patient base. Our DMpt system is currently configured to deliver a six-month therapy program with at least three sessions per week using a combination of 78 remote monitored and/or remote non-monitored therapy sessions and 6 to 26 in-office visits (number of office visits depend on insurance coverage). This assures us that we will be able to deliver a consistent service to the patients and achieve our internal operating goals without any innovation in the insurance industry codes. While the current, somewhat archaic, reimbursement standards do not reimburse for some aspects of our six month program, based upon feedback from industry leaders, we believe that the regulatory and insurance environment is trending towards a payment structure that will be more favorable to remote monitored and non-monitored programs within the telemedicine sphere, although there can be no guarantee such trend will be realized. Part of our current plan is to compile six months of compelling patient outcomes in the form of a clinical study, to submit to the insurance agencies to encourage the trend towards remote-services based reimbursement and enhance our reimbursement opportunities. Regardless, our business model suggests that we will be able to generate revenues and sustain a profitable business; however, there is no guarantee that we will be able to generate any revenues or realize any profits, as we have yet to launch any of our services. If the insurance industry recognizes the advantages telemedicine can provide to patients, medical professionals and insurance companies, and then more readily provides reimbursement for same, we will stand to earn significant more revenues.

Our Distance Monitored Physical Therapy (“DMpt”) program, including: design, testing, exercise intervention, follow-up, and exercise demonstration, has been developed by accomplished Los Angeles based physical therapist Darwin Fogt. Mr. Fogt has extensive experience and education working with diverse populations from professional athletes to morbidly obese. He understands the most beneficial exercise prescription to achieve optimal results and has had great success in motivating all patient types to stay consistent in working toward their goals. Additionally, his methods have proven effective and safe as he demonstrates exercises with attention to proper form to avoid injury. Mr. Fogt has established himself as a national leader in his field and has successfully implemented progressive solutions to delivering physical therapy: he has consulted with and been published by numerous national publications including Runner’s World, Men’s Health, Men’s Journal, and various Physical Therapy specific magazines; his 13 plus years of experience include rehabilitating the general population, as well as professional athletes, Olympic gold medalists, and celebrities. He has bridged the gap between physical therapy and fitness by opening EPT, which uses licensed physical therapists to teach high intensity circuit training fitness classes. He also founded one of the first exclusive prenatal and postnatal physical therapy clinic in the country. Mr. Fogt is a leader in advancing the profession to incorporate research-based methods and focus on, not only rehabilitation but also wellness, functional fitness, performance, and prevention. He is able to recognize that the national healthcare structure (federal and private insurance) is moving toward a model of prevention and that the physical therapy profession will take a larger role in providing wellness services to patients.

Our History

We entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Initial Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which we agreed to issue 9,200,000 shares of our unregistered common stock, $.001 par value (the “common stock”), to the shareholders of eWellness Corporation, a Nevada corporation (“eWellness” or “Private Co.”). In addition, our former chief executive officer agreed to tender 5,000,000 shares of common stock back to the Company for cancellation and also to assign from his holdings an additional 2,500,000 shares to the shareholders of eWellness Corporation resulting in a total of 11,700,000 shares owned by those shareholders, as well as a further assignment of an additional 2,100,000 shares to other parties as stated therein. There were no warrants, options or other equity instruments issued in connection with the share exchange agreement.

The closing of the Initial Exchange Agreement was conditioned upon certain, limited customary representations and warranties, as well as, among other things, our compliance with Rule 419 (“Rule 419) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the consent of our shareholders as required under Rule 419. However, Rule 419 required that the share exchange transaction (the “Share Exchange”) contemplated by the Initial Exchange Agreement occur on or before March 18, 2014. Accordingly, after numerous discussions with management and eWellness, the parties entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) to reflect a revised business combination structure, pursuant to which we would: (i) file a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8A”) to register our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, which we did on May 1, 2014 and (ii) seek to convert the participants of the 419 transaction into participants of a similarly termed private offering (the “Converted Offering”). We also agreed to change our name to eWellness Healthcare Corporation to more accurately reflect our new business and operations after the Share Exchange, which occurred and was effective as of April 25, 2014.

As the parties satisfied all of the closing conditions, on April 30, 2014, pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, we purchased 100% of eWellness’ common stock in exchange for 9,200,000 shares of our then outstanding shares of common stock and the share exchange closed. As a result, eWellness became our wholly owned subsidiary and its shareholders owned approximately 76.97% of our then issued and outstanding common stock, after giving effect to the cancellation of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock held by Andreas A. McRobbie-Johnson, our former chief executive officer and the further assignment of his shares of common stock as described therein.

Recent Developments

In early November 2014, we were advised by the California State Board of Physical Therapy (“CSBPT”) that we could operate our PHZIO.COM platform and bill patients insurance within the Association’s rules in the state of California. That led us to induct sample patients into our PHZIO.COM platform at our Culver City offices and complete an 8-week research study where we successfully billed for telemedicine visits for one of our patients who has Blue Shield insurance.

Following that study, we determined that it would be significantly less expensive to launch our services in California rather than New York, as initially planned. As a result, our introductions to physician offices will now come from existing relationships held by our CEO, Darwin Fogt, rather than from Millennium Healthcare, Inc., (“MHI”). In December 2014, we determined that it was possible to license our PHZIO.com platform to any physical therapy practice under a “White Labeling”1 program in return for a percentage of the reimbursements such therapists receive from patients participating in our PHZIO.COM program; we hope to begin white labeling our PHZIO.COM platform by August 2015. Due to the transition to our PHZIO.COM platform, our relationship with MHI is now more of a marketing arrangement in which they market their cardio testing services to physicians, who may incorporate our platform.

1“White-labeling” is the strategy in which a company (the marketer) rebrands another company’s (the producer) product to make it appear as if the marketer had made it.

On April 1, 2015, we entered into an Operating Agreement with EPT, wherein we agreed that EPT would be able to operate our telemedicine platform www.phzio.com and offer it to selected physical therapy patients of EPT. We shall receive 75% of the net insurance reimbursements from the patient for use of the platform. We will advance capital requested by EPT for costs specifically associated with operating the www.phzio,com platform and associated physical therapy treatments – computer equipment, office or facilities rental payments, physical therapist or physical therapy assistant, administrative staff, patient induction equipment, office supplies, utilities and other associated operating costs. It is anticipated that the operation of the platform by EPT will generate positive cash flow within 120 days from the start of patient induction. On May 7, 2015, EPT inducted the first patient using www.phzio.com.

On April 17, 2015, we entered into an agreement with Akash Bajaj, M.D., M.P.H., pursuant to which Dr. Bajaj shall serve as a consultant and as the Chairman of our Clinical Advisory Board. The term of the agreement is for one year with annual renewal as desired. The agreement further sets the hourly rate to be paid at $225 per hour with payment to be at the end of each month. Further, we granted Dr. Bajaj a five-year non-statutory option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at a price of $.35 per share. The options will vest over a 12 month period at 8,333 per month.

Initially, we believed that our success depended on our ability to maintain our relationship with MHI and their successful marketing and use of our product. We also noted that our initial and sole service contract covered the New York City and northern New Jersey tri-borough area. However, our disclosure as of October 2014 also stated that we had not yet required or utilized MHI’s reimbursement services, nor had MHI marketed our services as of such date, which remains true as of the date of this Registration Statement. Frustrated by these results and always seeking different ways to achieve success and break into the market, we realized the opportunity provided by the information from the CSBPT. As a measure to augment our contract with MHI and diversify our revenue base, we have pursued other opportunities revealed by the information from the CSBPT. Below is an illustration of the ways in which our PHZIO.COM platform may likely reduce costs and improve patient outcomes. In light of the potential created by our platform and the Association’s rules, we moved our initial focus and efforts from the New York/New Jersey area to California.

As of the date of this Statement, we accomplished the following:

What We Have Built To Date:Over the last two and one-half years in four phases we have conceptualized, developed, designed, programed, built and tested our PHZIO.COM telemedicine platform.

Phase I: Q-3 and Q4 2013 and all of 2013: Designed unique exercise video-based program and designed PHZIO video & telemedicine platform and designed exercise programs.

Phase II: Q-1 and Q-2 2014: Filmed 78 unique 40 minute exercise programing.

Phase III: Q-3 2014: Finalized programing of our PHZIO.COM video management platform and two way interactive telemedicine program.

Phase IV: Q-4 2014: Pilot Study with 8 sample patients working out three days per week for 8-weeks; patients were 100% compliant with the regimen.

Phase V: Q-2 2015: On April 29, 2015, we began provisioning our WWW.PHZIO.COM program to patients in Los Angeles through a cooperation agreement with Evolution Physical Therapy in our first patient induction office located in Marina del Rey, California.

Banking Agreements

At the end of May, we entered into separate financial advisor/consulting agreements with each of Merriman Capital, Inc. and Mavericks Capital LLC. Pursuant to these agreements, each entity has agreed to assist us with our financing plans and other relevant financial advising services. Although no agreements or commitments have been made as of the date of this Registration Statement, we hope that these agreements will enable us to receive additional financing within the next several months. As compensation for their services, and in addition to fees payable upon consummation of specified financing transactions, we agreed to issue each of Merriman and Mavericks a warrant to purchase up to 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.35 per share; additionally, we shall pay Merriman and Mavericks $6,000 and $10,000 per month, respectively for their advisory services, although payment is deferred until each begins their respective capital raising activities.

Risk Factors

The securities offered by this prospectus are speculative and involve a high degree of risks associated with our business. For more discussion of these and other risk factors affecting us and our business, see the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

The Private Placement

On April 9, 2015, we closed a second round of our private placement offering with eight accredited investors in which we raised gross proceeds of approximately $270,080 (including an aggregate of $123,980 that was converted from certain other outstanding notes, including accrued interest, and future contractual cash consulting fees) and sold that same amount of Series A Senior Convertible Redeemable Notes convertible into shares of our common stock at $0.35 per share, subject to adjustment as provided therein (the “Note(s)”), and Series A Warrants (the “Warrant(s)”), all  pursuant to separate Securities Purchase Agreements entered into with each investor (the ”Purchase Agreements”).  Initially, the Notes are convertible into 771,657 shares of Common Stock. The sale was part of the private placement offering in which we offered for sale a maximum of $1,200,000 principal amount of Notes (the “Private Placement”).  Prior to this closing, we raised gross proceeds of $202,500 in the initial closing of the Private Placement and issued approximately $213,337 Notes (to reflect monies owed for certain pre-existing interest payments) and issued Series A Warrants exercisable to purchase up to 609,534 shares of Common Stock. As a result, we raised a total of approximately $472,580 pursuant to the Private Placement and issued an aggregate of approximately $483,417 of Notes and Warrants to purchase up to 1,381,191 shares of our Common Stock.

The Notes were offered on a “best efforts” basis in the Private Placement. The Notes pay a 12.0% cash coupon, payable at maturity (or upon conversion or redemption); accrued unpaid interest shall be payable in shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 (the “Common Stock” ) upon conversion at the option of the Investors. The Notes are senior in rank to any other debt and may not be subordinated to any other debt of the Company, without the appropriate consent from the Note holders. The Notes are secured by the Company’s assets, including cash flow. Following the date that the Securities and Exchange Commission declares this Registration Statement effective, the Notes may be converted by the Investors into shares of Common Stock (the shares of Common Stock underlying the Notes are hereinafter referred to as the “Note Shares”) at a conversion price of $0.35 per share (the “Conversion Price”). In the event the Common Stock shall be listed on a U.S. stock exchange and trade, as determined by the daily closing price, for twenty (20) consecutive trading days at or above $1.50 per share, we may redeem the Notes, in cash or shares of common stock and the holder may elect to convert the Notes into Common Stock at the Conversion Price. Upon an Event of Default, which event shall remain un-remedied for a period of sixty (60) days, the Investors shall have the option to require the Company to redeem its outstanding Notes at a price equal to 150% of the principal amount being redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. As long as any of the Notes shall remain outstanding, the Investors shall be extended standard anti-dilution protection with respect to stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations affecting any outstanding Notes.

The Warrants contain cashless exercise provisions in the event a registration statement registering the Common Stock underlying the Warrants is not effective 180 days after the issuance date and is subject to customary anti-dilution protection and registration rights. The Warrants expire on the third anniversary of the issuance date and have an initial exercise price of $0.35 per share. Each warrant is exercisable for one shares of Common Stock.

Each investor also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the Company under which the Company is obligated to file this registration statement to register the shares of Common Stock underlying the Notes and Warrants within 30 days following the final Closing.

THE OFFERING

IssuereWellness Healthcare Corporation
Common Stock being offered by Selling Stockholders572,118 shares of common stock underlying $200,241.30 Series A Convertible Redeemable Notes issued pursuant to the private placement we completed on April 9, 2015 (the “Private Placement”);
572,118 shares of common stock underlying common stock purchase warrants issued pursuant to the Private Placement; and,
497,064 shares issuable to a consultant pursuant to our Consulting and Service Agreement with same. Pursuant to this Agreement, the consultant shall provide advice and guidance regarding investment and general corporate matters.
Selling StockholdersNoteholders and the other entities or persons listed under “Selling Stockholders” elsewhere in this prospectus.
Risk FactorsThe securities offered by this prospectus are speculative and involve a high degree of risk and should only be purchased by investors prepared to sustain a loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.

7

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, as well as “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

  For the three months ended March 31, 
  2015  2014 
  (in thousands) 
Net Revenues $0  $0 
Gross profit        
Comprehensive Loss $316,879  $240,782 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:   
  As of
March 31, 2015
 
    
Balance Sheet Data:    
     
Current assets $97,598 
Total assets  126,901 
Total current liabilities, net of debt discounts  877,394 
Total liabilities, net of debt discounts  1,064,553 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) $(937,652)

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

  For the years ended December 31, 
  2014  2013 
  (in thousands) 
Net Revenues $0  $0 
Gross profit        
Comprehensive Loss $1,339,585  $466,636 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  As of
December 31, 2014
 
    
Balance Sheet Data:    
     
Current assets $34,228 
Total assets  60,275 
Total current liabilities, net of debt discounts  679,380 
Total liabilities, net of debt discounts  857,813 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) $(797,538)

NOTES REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical arecontains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements relate to anticipated future events, future results of operations or future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “intends,” “expects,” “plans,” “goals,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

our ability to manage our growth, including acquiring and effectively integrating other businesses into our infrastructure;
our ability to retain our customers, including effectively migrating and keeping new customers acquired through business acquisitions;
our ability to attract and retain key officers and employees, and personnel critical to the transitioning our business to generate revenues;
our ability to raise capital and obtain financing on acceptable terms;
our ability to compete with other companies developing products and selling products competitive with ours, and who may have greater resources and name recognition than we have;
our ability to maintain operations in a manner that continues to enable us to offer competitively priced products;
our ability to achieve, keep and increase market acceptance of our products;
our ability to keep pace with a changing industry and its rapidly evolving technology demands and regulatory environment;
our ability to protect and enforce intellectual property rights; and
our ability to maintain and protect the privacy of customer information.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions, are uncertain and involve substantial known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our (or our industry’s) actual results, levels of activity or performance to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity or performance expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus sets forth detailed risks, uncertainties and cautionary statements regarding our business and these forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing regulatory environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of the risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.

We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity or performance. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. These cautionary statements should be considered with any written or oral forward-looking statements that we may issue in the future. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the U.S., we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to reflect actual results, later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or other investments or strategic transactions we may engage in.

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. It does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in the securities of this Unit Offering. You should carefully read the entire Prospectus, including “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Financial Statements, before making an investment decision. In this Prospectus, the terms “eWellness” “Company,” “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to eWellness Healthcare Corporation, a Nevada corporation.

Business Plan

The Company isa provider of the state of the art PHZIO platform for the physical therapy (“PT”) and telehealth markets and believes it is the first digital telehealth physical therapy company (“dtPT Company”) to offer real-time monitored physical therapy assessments and treatments to large-scale employers. The Company’s digital telehealth assessment and treatment platform (the “dtPT Platform” or “Platform”) has been designed to serve the $30 billion physical therapy market, the $4 billion musculoskeletal (“MSK”) market and the $8 billion corporate wellness market. Our dtPT Platform redefines the way physical therapy (“PT”) can be delivered. We believe that our Platform is able to transform the access, cost and quality dynamics of PT assessments and treatments.

We designed our Platform to enable its usage for all PT assessments and treatments by means of computer, smart phone and/or similar digital media devices (the “Access Devices”). This new approach will lower patient treatment costs, expand patient treatment access and improve patient compliance. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home.

We believe that our innovative approach to solving the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current access to PT clinics, will lead to highly scalable and substantial growth in our revenues.The Company has signed 7 partnership and healthcare provider agreements to date and has begun to generate initial revenues during the fourth quarter of 2019.We believe that we are well positioned to participate in the rapidly evolving PT treatment market by introducing our innovative dtPT Platform enabling remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home care. Our Platform incorporates research-based methods and focuses on, not only rehabilitation but also wellness, functional fitness, performance, and prevention.

During October 2019, the Company introduced MSK 360 treatment platform as a new silo of business that focuses on the $4 Billion North American Musculoskeletal Treatment Market to address the global musculoskeletal diseases treatment market, that is expected to reach US$ 5.7 billion in 2025 from US $3.8 billion in 2017, according to a report by The Insight Partners. The musculoskeletal diseases treatment market is estimated to grow with a CAGR of 5.3% from 2018-2025. MSK disease affects the joints, bones and muscles and also back pain. More years are lived with musculoskeletal disability than any other long-term human condition.

Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms have been developed to significantly support us in becoming the leader in the new industry of digital telehealth in the MSK and PT markets. Our focus is to highlight that a majority of all future MSK PT treatments can be accomplished with a smart phone. This new digital adoption will lower employee treatment costs, expand employee treatment access and improve employee compliance. Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platform allows employees and PT’s to cut the cord from the old-school, wait in line, brick and mortar clinical experience to an immediate response digital, in-home PT experience. Nearly, 100% of all PT assessments and treatments can now be done on an employee’s smart phone in the privacy of their own home. Digital MSK treatments are clearly the next upgrade the industry needs to make.

Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms completely disrupts the current in-clinic business model of the $30 billion PT industry, the 4 billion MSK market and the $8 billion corporate wellness industries. Innovators in other industries have solved access, cost and quality inefficiencies through the implementation of technology platforms and business models that deliver products and services on-demand and create new economies by connecting and empowering both consumers and businesses. We have taken the same approach to solving the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current access to PT and MSK clinics. eWellness’ underlying technology platform is complex, deeply integrated and purpose-built over the past five years for the evolving PT and MSK treatment marketplaces. eWellness’ PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms are highly scalable and can support substantial growth of third-party licensees. eWellness’ PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms provides for broad interconnectivity between PT practitioners and their patients, uniquely positioning the Company as a focal point in the rapidly evolving PT industry to introduce innovative, technology- based solutions, such as remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home care.

Our Principal Products and Services

The principal features of our new digital telehealth physical therapy delivery system are as follows:

SaaS technology platform solution for providers bundling rehabilitation services and employer wellness programs: PTs can evaluate and screen patients and calculate joint angles using drawing tool
First real-time remote monitored one-to-many PT treatment platform for home use;
Ability for PTs to observe multiple patients simultaneously in real-time;
Solves what has been a structural problem and limitation in post-acute care practice growth.
PT practices can experience 20% higher adherence and compliance rates versus industry standards; and
Tracking to 30% increase in net income for a PT practice.

We have commenced treating patients on various commercial contracts and started to generate revenues during the three months ended December 31, 2019. We continue to train physical therapists on how to use our Platform, with many of these therapists treating various patients on our system on a complimentary basis. To date, our dtPT Platform has delivered over 4,000 PT assessments and treatments.

During the 2nd half of 2019, we intensified our focus on PT assessments and treatments covered under the Workers’ Compensation Insurance program which is a form of insurance providing wage replacement and medical benefits to employees injured in the course of employment. Changes in regulations related Workers’ Compensation Insurance have provided us with an opportunity to offer our MSK 360 Program as described below. Under the new regulation patients can choose to be treated in-clinic or through dtPT. Until recently, patients nearly all choose in-clinic treatment. In response to this change we developed our MSK360 Program.

We are in the final stage of developing a fourth program related to Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercises (“RA 360 Program”). We expect to make the RA 360 Program available during the first quarter of 2020 although there can be no assurance that we may not experience delays resulting from that availability of available capital resources, the timing of which may be uncertain.

To date, we have existing provider agreements with 16 entities, pursuant to which their employees can utilize our Platform. Additionally, we are actively pursuing as clients for our services numerus large, mid-sized and even smaller corporate self-insured companies, TPA’s and insurance companies to sign provider agreements with us. We have historically had to devote up to one year in sales and marketing and sales activities and efforts to sign new provider agreements and to date we have executed and existing provider agreements with the following companies that we expect to generate revenues during the first quarter of 2020: Pepsi, Corvel, Imperial, Rogers, Manulife, CanadaLife, Navy & Stage Benefits, Health and Dental Plan, Slingshot Health, BBD Benefits By Design, Morneau Shapell, Green Shield Canada, Bruce Power.

However, there can be no assurance that we will, in fact, begin to generate revenues in any significant amounts until mid- 2020.

Our dtPT Platform under the domain name PHZIO.com currently offers three treatment programs (i) PHIZO Program; (ii) MSK 360 Program and (iii) Pre-HabPT Program.

The PHZIO Program:

Our PHZIO treatment enables patients to engage with live or on-demand video based dtPT assessments and treatments from their home or office. Following a physician’s exam and prescription for physical therapy to treat back, knee or hip pain, a patient can be examined by a physical therapist and if found appropriate inducted in our PHZIO program that includes a progressive 6-month telemedicine exercise program (including monthly in-clinic checkups). All PHZIO treatments are monitored by a licensed therapist that sees everything the patient is doing while providing their professional guidance and feedback in real-time. This ensures treatment compliance by the patient, maintains the safety and integrity of the prescribed exercises, tracks patient metrics and captures pre-and post-treatment evaluation data. This innovative assessment and treatment program enable any PT practice to be able to treat more patients while utilizing the same resources.

A Monitored In-office & Telemedicine Exercise Program : Our initial 6-month PHZIO program has been designed to provide patients, who are accepted into the program, with traditional one-on-one PT evaluations, re-evaluations (one to four weeks throughout the PHZIO program depending on type of insurance), and after the conclusion of the program a Physical Performance Test. These PTs are known as Induction & Evaluation PTs (“IEPTs”). All patient medical data, information and records are retained. The IEPT will also evaluate the progress of the patient’s participation in our PHZIO program.

Physician Diagnosis: Following a physician’s diagnosis of a patient with non-acute back pain, who is also likely overweight and pre-diabetic, a physician may prescribe the patient to participate in our PHZIO program.
Enrollment Process: The accepted patients are assessed by a PT, located at a PT Licensee clinic and then enrolled in our PHZIO program by going online to our website phzio.com and creating a login name and password. The patient will then populate their calendar with planned times when they anticipate exercising. They will also be provided with a free exercise ball, resistance stretch bands, stretch strap and yoga mat at induction.
Exercising Begins: The day after the patient receives the equipment, the patient will log on to our website least 3 times per week, to watch and follow the prescribed 40-minute on-line exercise program. Our Platform also allows two-way communication (videoconferencing) with one of our licensee’s On-line PTs (“OLPT’s”), who is responsible for monitoring on-line patients. The OLPT’s are also available to answer patient’s questions. When available the patients exercise sessions are recorded and stored in our system as proof that they completed the prescribed exercises. There are 250 various 40-minute exercise videos that are viewed by our patients in successive order.
Driving Patients to work out between 6:00am-9:30am 5 days per week: Our Platform has a calendar function so that patients can schedule their exercise session. This calendar enables a PT Licensee to better spread the load of patients participating in any forty-minute on-line exercise program during our 15 hours of weekly operations, 6am through 9:30am Monday through Friday are to most optimal hours for patient engagement. Also, if the patient is not on-line at the planned exercise time, our system can send them an automated reminder, via text, voicemail and or e-mail messaging.

Trackable Physical Therapy. The exercise prescription and instruction will be delivered with a series of on-line videos easily accessed by each patient via the internet. Each video will be approximately 40 minutes in length with exercises, which will specifically address the common impairments associated with diabetes and/or obesity. Exercise programs will be able to be performed within each patient’s own home or work location. Each patient will be required to log in to the system which will monitor performance automatically to ensure their compliance. Each patient will be required to follow up with their referring physician and PT at designated intervals and metrics such as blood pressure, blood sugars, BMI, etc. will be recorded to ensure success of the program.

Patient Program Goals. Our PHZIO Program was designed so that the average patient is targeted to lose 2 pounds per week, totaling up to 48 pounds over the duration of the program to progress toward healthier defined BMI, reduction body fat percentage by at least 8%, reduced reliance on medication for blood glucose regulation and dosage or frequency and a goal of at least a 50% adherence to continuing the PHZIO program independently at conclusion of program.

Trackable Video Exercise Program. The PHZIO Program video includes all aspects of wellness preventative care to ensure the best results: cardiovascular training, resistance training, flexibility, and balance and stabilization; research studies on all such distinct impairments have shown to provide effective treatment results. Each video integrates each of the four components to guarantee a comprehensive approach to the wellness program, but each video will specifically highlight one of the four components. All PHZIO Program videos can be viewed on the Access Devices.

Specific Video Programs. Each patient will receive a prescription for six months (26 week) of physical therapy and exercise that is provided by viewing on-line programs produced by us where the patient can do these exercises and stretching on their own at least 3 days per week for at least 40 minutes. To view the videos, the patient would log onto the Platform and would be directed to watch the appropriate video in sequence. As the patient is logged-in, the monitoring PT will be able to monitor how often and if the entire video session was viewed. This data would be captured and sent weekly to the prescribing physician and the monitoring PT for review. At all times, a licensed OLPT/PTA will have access to each patient utilizing the videos and will be able to communicate with a patient via videoconferencing and/or instant messaging. This will help improve adherence to the program as well as the success and safety of the patients’ treatments. A patient will also be instructed to walk or ride a bike at least 30 minutes three days per week in addition to participating in our program.

If the patient is not viewing the videos, then the prescribing physician and/or the monitoring PT would reach out to the patient by telephone and/or e-mail to encourage the patient to commit to their physical fitness regime. After each series, the patient returns for an office visit to the prescribing physician for blood tests, blood pressure and a weight management check- up as well as a follow-up visit with the PT for assessment of the patient’s progress toward established goals.

Exercise Patient Kits. Most patients will receive a home exercise kit, which will include: an inflatable exercise ball, a hand pump, a yoga mat, a yoga strap, and varying levels of resistance bands. Each of the PHZIO Program exercise video will include exercises that incorporate the items in the tool kit. By using a bare minimum of equipment, patients should be able to participate more easily at home or at their workplace. Our estimated cost of the kit is $49, which we pay and factored into a PT licensees’ revenue stream and internal projections. The cost of the exercise kits may also be billed to the patients account.

6

MSK 360 Program

The musculoskeletal (MSK) system, which consists of our bones, muscles and joints, experience strain as we move. MSK related issues are a leading cause of absenteeism in the workplace and in many cases can lead to short- or long-term disability. These costs are a significant factor in any workplace and have cascading effects on employee productivity. We believe that to accelerate physical health, it is critical to prevent and address MSK timely to reduce future health costs.

Patients can receive virtual care through the MSK 360 Program with the guidance of a registered PT via our Platform through their Access Devices. As patients will not need to travel to their health appointments during the workday, telerehabilitation is a timesaver, and therefore a cost saver.

The employee will first be evaluated to determine the priority of patients’ treatments based on the severity of their condition if they are suitable for our MSK 360 Program. If a patient has experienced a major injury (e.g. fracture), he/she will be instructed to receive in-person PT care.

Any EPS and/or LW insureds may, after an in-home or in-office PT assessment, enroll in a 6-month comprehensive treatment program. The main treatment objective of our MSK360 Program is to graduate at least 60% of inducted patients through our 6-month program. Patients should expect to experience an average of a 20% reduction in BMI, a two-inch reduction in waist size, weight loss of at least 10 pounds, significant overall improvement in balance, coordination, flexibility, strength and lumbopelvic stability. Patients also should score better on Functional Outcomes Scales (Oswestry and LEFS) which indicates improved functional activity levels due to reduced low back, knee and hip pain.

PreHabPT Program

Any individuals covered by EPS and/or LW, who are seeking non-emergency orthopedic surgery shall first receive an online consultation, in-home or in-office PT therapy evaluation and will be prescribed a four to eight-week pre-habilitation physical therapy (“PreHabPT”) exercise program prior to any surgery. Another in-home or in-office PT evaluation will be made following surgery and a treatment plan will be initiated. A PreHabPT Program is an eight-week physician to patient pre-surgical (Prehab) digital therapeutic exercise treatment for patients that anticipate having total join replacement (knee, hip and or shoulder) or back surgeries.

PurePT

PurePT is a patient and independent PT Program for connecting new patients to PT’s that are seeking to be treated with our PHZIO treatment system. Patient program assessments can be made in the privacy of a patient’s home or office. PurePT connects new patients to PT’s, particularly in states that have direct access rules where patient’s insurance will reimburse for treatment without requiring a physician’s prescription. PurePT puts the patient first.

Summary of Risk Factors

This Offering, which provides for the registration of 2,000,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of our 13% Series B Preferred and five (5) Warrants each exercisable for a period of five years from the date of issuance (the “Warrant Expiration Date”) to purchase one (1) share of Common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per Warrant Share, on a post-Reverse Split basis. (the “Exercise Price”). Each Warrant offered hereby is immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and will expire on [_________], the date that is 5 years from the date of issuance, defined here as the Warrant Expiration Date. In addition, the Exercise Price of the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the event during the five year exercise period from the original issuance of the Warrants, we sell any shares of our common stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable or convertible into our common stock, subject to certain exceptions, at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants then in effect or without consideration.

The Unit Offering and the subsequent public resale of such Units and underlying Securities, including the Series B Preferred, Warrants and Warrant Shares, involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our business strategy is also subject to certain risks, described under the heading “Risk Factors” below and included elsewhere in this Prospectus. These risks may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our business plan and strategy or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the most significant challenges and risks include the following:

● Our Auditor has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

● Our limited operating history does not afford investors a sufficient history on which to base an investment decision.

● Our revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform by patients and insurances, specifically changes in insurances reimbursement policies, will cause us to curtail or cease operations.

● We may face new entrances and increasing competition in the Distance Monitored Physical Therapy market.

● We cannot be certain that we will obtain patents for our proprietary technology or that such patents will protect us.

● The availability of a large number of authorized but unissued shares of Common stock may, upon their issuance, lead to dilution of existing stockholders.

● Our Units, Series B Preferred and Warrants are expected to be thinly traded, at least initially and there can be no assurance that there will ever be an active trading market for these securities;

● As a result, any sale of the securities subject to your investment in the Offering may take a considerable amount of time.

Before you invest in our Units, you should carefully consider all the information in this Prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Where You Can Find Us

The Company’s principal executive office and mailing address is at 333 Las Olas Way, Suite 100, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301: Phone: (855) 470-1700.

Our Filing Status as a “Smaller Reporting Company”

We are a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that we are not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer, or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent company that is not a smaller reporting company and have a public float of less than $75 million and annual revenues of less than $50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. As a “smaller reporting company,” the disclosure we will be required to provide in our SEC filings are less than it would be if we were not considered a “smaller reporting company.” Specifically, “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 27A404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to conduct say-on-pay and frequency votes until annual meetings occurring on or after January 21, 2013; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings, including, among other things, being permitted to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports rather than three years. Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as a “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze the Company’s results of operations and financial prospects.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an emerging growth company as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

● A requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related MD&A;

● Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”);

● Reduced disclosure about the emerging growth company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

● No non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We have already taken advantage of these reduced reporting burdens in this Prospectus, which are also available to us as a smaller reporting company as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E(the “Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the Exchange Act. These includeextended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements about the Company’s expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies for the future, which are indicated by words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “the Company believes,” “management believes” and similar words or phrases. The forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from results anticipated in these forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements includedcontained in this document are based on information availableForm S-1 may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. The existing scaled executive compensation disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies will continue to apply to our filings for so long as our Company is an emerging growth company, regardless of whether the Company onremains a smaller reporting company.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date hereof,that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

For more details regarding this exemption, see “Management’s Discussion and the Company assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies.”

 

The Offering

The following summary contains basic terms about this Unit Offering including the Series B Preferred and the Warrants and is not intended to be complete. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read the more detailed information contained in this prospectus, including but not limited to, the risk factors beginning on page 13. For a more complete description of the terms of the Units, see “Description of the Securities Offered.” Reference is also made to the “Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock,” filed as Exhibit 10.30 to this Registration Statement (the Series B Certificate of Designation.” Reference is also made to the disclosure under the sub caption “Reverse Stock Split” in the section “Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations.”

IssuereWellness HealthCare Corporation
Securities Offered2,000,000 Units, each Unit consisting of: (i) one share of 13% Series B Preferred, having a Stated Value of $25; and (ii) five Warrants each exercisable to purchase one share of our Common stock (the “Warrant Shares”) at an exercise price of $3.00 (the “Exercise Price”). The shares of Series B Preferred and the Warrants comprising the Units are immediately separable upon issuance and will be issued separately upon the closing of this Offering. In order to qualify for the OTCQB, we will need to generate net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of 68,000 Units, at which time we will have the initial closing, thereafter, we will continue the Offering of Units.
Shares of Series B Preferred Offered2,000,000
Warrants OfferedWarrants to purchase up to 10,000,000 shares of Common stock (the “Warrant Shares”), which will be exercisable during the period commencing on the date of their issuance and ending five years from such date (the “Warrant Expiration Date”) at an exercise price of $3.00 per Warrant Share, on a post-Reverse Split basis (the “Exercise Price”). This Prospectus also relates to the Offering of the shares of Common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, referred to herein as the Warrant Shares. There is no established public trading market for the Warrants, and we cannot assure you an active trading market will develop or be sustained, if at all. In addition, the exercise price of the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the event during the five year exercise period from the original issuance of the Warrants, if we sell any shares of our Common stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable or convertible into our Common stock, subject to certain exceptions, at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants then in effect or without consideration.
Series B Preferred to be Outstanding after this Offering2,000,000 shares
Offering Price$25 per Unit

Placement Agent Agreement

The Offering will be made using the services of our management, who will not be compensated for their services and efforts related to the Offering of our Units. We also contemplate utilizing the services of one or more placement agents (collectively, the “Placement Agents”), which means our management and Placement Agent(s) will attempt to sell the Units, including the Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants, being offered hereby on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Placement Agent Agreement, we will pay the Placement Agents a cash fee not to exceed 10% of the gross proceeds received by the Company from qualified investors from such closing of the sale of Units as a direct result of the selling efforts and introductions of each respective Placement Agent. There is no underwriter for this Offering. To date, we have not yet retained any Placement Agent nor are we in negotiations with any Placement Agent but expect that we will utilize one or more Placement Agent(s) and expect that will enter into a Placement Agent Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit 10.31 hereto prior to the commencement of the Offering. Reference is also made to the disclosure under “Plan of Distribution” below.

Dividends

Holders of the Series B Preferred will be entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at a rate of 13% per annum on the stated value, $25 per share, of the Series B Preferred (equivalent to $3.25 per annum per share).

Dividends will be payable monthly in arrears on the 15th day of each month (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), provided that if any Dividend Payment Date is not a business day, then the dividend that would otherwise have been payable on that Dividend Payment Date may be paid on the next succeeding business day without adjustment in the amount of the dividend. Dividends will be payable to holders of record as they appear on our stock records for the Series B Preferred at the close of business on the corresponding record date, which shall be the last day of the calendar month, whether or not a business day, immediately preceding the month in which the applicable Dividend Payment Date falls (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). As a result, holders of shares of Series B Preferred will not be entitled to receive dividends on a Dividend Payment Date if such shares were not issued and outstanding on the applicable dividend record date.

Any dividend payable on the Series B Preferred, including dividends payable for any partial dividend period, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months; however, the shares of Series B Preferred offered hereby will be credited as having accrued dividends since the first day of the calendar month in which they are issued.

Dividend EscrowWe will pay to IFEB Bank (the “Escrow Agent”) an amount equal to the first three years of dividend payments, or $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, from the proceeds from this Offering. The dividends on the Series B Preferred paid by the Company into the Escrow Account and held by the Escrow Agent will be the sole property and for the sole benefit of the investors and will not be deemed for any purposes whatsoever the property of the Company. For three years after issuance, without further authorization from our Board, the Escrow Agent will pay dividends to investors on a monthly basis as set forth above. Although, dividends will accrue separately for each investor, the Escrow Agent will not pay dividend payments to any investor unless it pays all investors who are listed as Series B Preferred stockholders on our transfer records as of a Dividend Record Date. See “Description of Offered Securities - Dividends.”
No Maturity, Sinking Fund or Mandatory RedemptionThe Series B Preferred has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption. Shares of the Series B Preferred will remain outstanding indefinitely unless we decide to redeem or otherwise repurchase them. We are not required to set aside funds to redeem the Series B Preferred.

Optional RedemptionThe Series B Preferred is not redeemable by us prior to the three-year anniversary of each issuance of Series B Preferred. We may, at our option, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, for cash at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value of $25 per share of Series B Preferred, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date. See “Description of the Series B Preferred—Redemption—Optional Redemption” for further details. If we redeem any Series B Preferred, we will only do so by treating all investors equally. In order to do that, we will deposit all redemption proceeds in an escrow account, since we expect the three-year periods to vary. The only exception to escrowing funds will be if the redemption date is more than three years after issuance of all Series B Preferred in which case, we will simply pay all investors at the same time.
Special Optional Redemption

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, within 120 days after notice of such Change of Control, for cash at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value of $25 per share of Series B Preferred, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date.

A “Change of Control” is deemed to occur when any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions shall have acquired our stock entitling that person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors (except that such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition).

RankingThe Series B Preferred will rank, with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, senior to all classes or series of our Common stock or our issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and to all other equity securities issued by us other than equity securities on a parity with all equity securities issued by us with terms specifically providing that those equity securities rank on a parity with the Series B Preferred with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up; (iii) junior to all equity securities issued by us with terms specifically providing that those equity securities rank senior to the Series B Preferred with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, including any other series of Preferred Stock; and (iv) effectively junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness (including indebtedness convertible into our Common stock or Preferred Stock) and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of (as well as any preferred equity interests held by others in) our existing subsidiaries and any future subsidiaries. See “Description of the Series B Preferred–Ranking” for further information.

Limited Voting RightsHolders of Series B Preferred will have no voting rights except for the limited instance where the Series B Preferred may vote. See the section entitled “Description of the Series B Preferred—Voting Rights,” and the Series B Certificate of Designation, filed as Exhibit 10.30 to this Registration Statement.
Use of ProceedsAfter escrowing proceeds equal to $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, for the payment of the initial three years of dividends, we plan to use the net proceeds from this Offering for working capital, general corporate purposes and growth initiatives, including potential future acquisitions, although the Company has no present plans, arrangements or agreements for any such acquisitions. Any additional proceeds will be used to repay our outstanding, which we estimate to be approximately $1.3 million as of the date of this prospectus.
Risk FactorsPlease read the disclosure under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Series B Preferred and Warrants.
Trading MarketOur Common stock is quoted on the OTCQB under the EWLL symbol. We expect the Units, the Series B Preferred, and the Warrants will be quoted under the symbols “EWLLU,” “EWLLB” and “EWLLW,” respectively, pending assignment by FINRA of trading symbols, following the date the SEC declares the Registration Statement effective under the Act. We intend to initially apply to the OTCQB Market (“OTCQB”) to make these securities become subject to quotation although we may determine to apply to the OTC Markets for quotation on the OTCQX although there can be no assurance that we will qualify for the listing or quotation of these securities on the OTCQX. See “Description of Securities - Trading Market.”

Transfer AgentVStock Transfer will act as the registrar, transfer agent and dividend and redemption price disbursing agent in respect of the Series B Preferred.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax ConsiderationsFor a discussion of the federal income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the Series B Preferred, please see the section entitled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” You should consult your tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning the Series B Preferred in light of your own particular situation and with respect to any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.
Book Entry and FormThe Series B Preferred will be represented by one or more global certificates in definitive, fully registered form deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name of, a nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

RISK FACTORSRisk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information contained in this prospectus before you decide to purchase the Units. The risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus are not the only ones we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not presently know about or that we currently believe are not material may also adversely affect our business, business prospects, results of operations or financial condition. Any of the risks and uncertainties set forth herein, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. This could cause the market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants to decline, perhaps significantly, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to our Financial Condition

Because this is a best efforts Offering, investors who invest initially will be subject to more risk than later investors.

We are seeking to raise up to $50,000,000 from the sale of the Units. We intend to escrow approximately 39% of the gross proceeds in order to provide investors a 13% return through dividend payments for three years from the date of issuance to each investor. The remaining proceeds will be first used to pay our indebtedness which is approximately $1.3 million as of the date of this prospectus and we intend to use the remaining proceeds for working capital, general corporate purposes and growth initiatives, including potential future acquisitions, although the Company has no present plans, arrangements or agreements for any such acquisitions. See “Description of Offered Securities – Series B Preferred.” Because this is a best effort Offering, the earlier investors invest in this Offering, the greater degree of risk they will incur. For example, if the Company raises an immaterial amount, investors will be subject to more risk than if all or substantially all of the $50,000,000 is raised. This is because there is no minimum amount we must raise. If we do not raise a substantial amount of proceeds, we may not have sufficient working capital to be able to carry out our business since we are continuing to lose money. In that event, we will be required to seek other financing which, if available, may be very dilutive and expensive. In that event, your investment will be adversely affected. In order to qualify for the OTCQB, we will need to generate net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of 68,000 Units, at which time we will have the initial closing, following which we will continue the Offering of Units until all of the units are sold or we terminate the Offering. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in selling 68,000 Units and our Series B Preferred becoming subject to quotation of the OTCQB

13

Our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

The audited financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments that might result if we cease to continue as a going concern. We believe that to continue as a going concern we will need approximately $500,000 per year simply to cover the administrative, legal and accounting fees. We plan to fund these expenses primarily through cash flow from operations, if and when we generate positive cash flow, of which there can be no assurance, the sale of restricted shares of our Common stock, and the issuance of convertible notes, as well as funds raised from this Offering, it is successfully, of which there can be no assurance

Based on our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. To date we have not generated any revenue and there can be no assurance that we will, in fact generate revenue, notwithstanding our expectations disclosed elsewhere in the Prospectus.

 

Investing in our securities involves a great deal of risk. Careful consideration should be made of the following factors as well as other information included in this prospectusProspectus before deciding to purchase the Units subject of this Offering or of our common stock.Common stock in the open market or otherwise. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be affected materially and adversely by any or all of these risks.

THE FOLLOWING MATTERS MAY HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OR PROSPECTS, FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE. REFERENCE TO THIS CAUTIONARY STATEMENT IN THE CONTEXT OF A FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT OR STATEMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A STATEMENT THAT ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING FACTORS MAY CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT OR STATEMENTS.the risks set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

 

Risks RelatedWe may need to raise additional capital to fund continuing operations and an inability to raise the necessary capital or to do so on acceptable terms could threaten the success of our Financial Conditionbusiness.

 

If we fail to raise additional capital, our ability to implement our business model and strategy could be compromised.

We have limited capital resources and operations. To date, our operations have been funded entirely from the proceeds from equity and debt financings or loans from our management. While we have sufficient funds onceWe currently anticipate that our available capital resources will be insufficient to meet our expected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the financing is completed to our launch our PHZIO.COM platform in Los Angeles, if we take on any additional markets in the United States,near future. We anticipate that we will likely require substantialan additional capital in$1.5 million during the near futurenext twelve months to develop and market new products, services and technologies. We also hopefulfill our business plan. However, such resources may not be sufficient to reach other marketsfund the long-term growth of our business. If we determine that it is necessary to raise additional funds, we may choose to do so through strategic collaborations, licensing arrangements through our “White Labeling” strategy, but that cannot be guaranteed.public or private equity or debt financing, a bank line of credit, or other arrangements.

 

We needcannot be sure that any additional funding will be available on terms favorable to us or at least $400,000all. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to carry out the first phaseour shareholders, new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of our program. Accordingly,shares of Common stock. Debt or equity financing may subject us to restrictive covenants and significant interest costs. If we have closed on sufficient fundsobtain funding through a strategic collaboration or licensing arrangement, we may be required to relinquish our rights to our product or marketing territories. If we are unable to obtain the financing necessary to carryoutsupport our initial business launch.operations, we may be required to defer, reduce or eliminate certain planned expenditures or significantly curtail our operations.

We have a history of net losses; we may never achieve or sustain profitability or positive cash flow from operations.

We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our inception, including net losses of $9,460,785 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $4,451,462 for the year ended December 31, 2018., As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $30,862,019. We expect to continue to incur substantial expenditures to develop and market our services and could continue to incur losses and negative operating cash flow for the date of this Registration Statement,foreseeable future. We may never achieve profitability or positive cash flow in the future, and even if we have received and closed on a total of $483,416.88 pursuant to the Private Placement; this is sufficient to allow us to carry out phase one of our program. Wedo, we may not be able to obtain additional financingcontinue being profitable.

We have a limited operating history under our current platform, it is difficult to evaluate our business and future prospects and increases the risks associated with investment in our securities.

We have operated our PHIZO platform since November 2014. As a result, our platform and business model have not been fully proven, and we have only a limited operating history on terms acceptablewhich to us, or at all. Evenevaluate our business and future prospects. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including our ability to achieve market acceptance of our platform and attract, retain and incentivize clients to use our platform, as well as respond to competition and plan for and scale our operations to address future growth. We may not be successful in addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future, and our business and future prospects may be materially and adversely affected if we obtain financingdo not manage these and other risks successfully. Given our limited operating history, we may be unable to effectively implement our business plan which could materially harm our business or cause us to scale down or cease our operations.

14

Risks Related to our Platform and our Business

Our Platform may not be accepted in the marketplace.

Uncertainty exists as to whether our Platform will be accepted by the market without additional widespread PT or patient acceptance. Several factors may limit the market acceptance of our Platform, including the availability of alternative products and services as well as the price of our Platform services relative to alternative products. There is a risk that PT or patient acceptance will be encouraged to continue to use other products and/or methods instead of ours. We are assuming that, notwithstanding the fact that our Platform is new in the market, PT or patient acceptance will elect to use our Platform because it will permit to safe valuable PT’s time.

PT or patient needs to be persuaded that our Platform service is justified for the anticipated benefit, but there is no assurance that enough numbers of patients will be convinced to enable a successful market to develop for our near term operationsPlatform.

Our revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform product by the market. The failure of such acceptance will cause us to curtail or cease operations.

Our revenues are expected to come from our Platform. As a result, we will continue to incur operating losses until such time as revenues reach a mature level and product development, we may require additional capital beyondare able to generate enough revenues from our Platform to meet our operating expenses. There can be no assurance that PTs or patients will adopt our Platform. If we are not able to market and significantly increase the near term. Ifnumber of PTs or patients that use our Platform, or if we are unable to raise capital when needed,charge the necessary prices, our business, financial condition and results of operations wouldwill be materially and adversely affected, and we could be forced to reduce or discontinue our operations.affected.

 

eWellness is an early stage company with a going concern qualification toDefects or malfunctions in our financial statementsPlatform could hurt our reputation, sales and a short operating history and a relatively new business model in an emerging and rapidly evolving market, which makes it difficult to evaluate its future prospects.profitability.

 

eWellnessThe acceptance of our Platform depends upon its effectiveness and reliability. Our Platform is complex and is continually being modified and improved, and as such may contain undetected defects or errors when first introduced or as new versions are released. To the extent that defects or errors cause our Platform to malfunction and our customers’ use of our Platform is interrupted, our reputation could suffer, and our potential revenues could decline or be delayed while such defects are remedied. We may also be subject to liability for the defects and malfunctions.

There can be no assurance that, despite our testing, errors will not be found in our Platform or new releases, resulting in loss of future revenues or delay in market acceptance, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, adverse litigation, or increased service, any of which would have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.

Software failures, breakdowns in the operations of our servers and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements could harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our servers and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede services and could result in the loss of PT and patients. While our operations will have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a server failure, we could be required to transfer our client data collection operations to an early stage companyalternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients.

Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Although, we plan to carry property and business interruption insurance for our business operations, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

We face risks related to the storage of customers’ and their end users’ confidential and proprietary information.

Our Platform is designed to maintain the confidentiality and security of our patients’ confidential and proprietary data that are stored on our server systems, which may include sensitive personal data. However, any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to these data could expose us to liability for the loss of such information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and other possible liabilities as well as negative publicity. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are difficult to recognize and react to. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures.

We might incur substantial expense to further develop our Platform which may never become sufficiently successful.

Our growth strategy requires the successful launch of our Platform. Although management will take every precaution to ensure that our Platform will, with a short operating history and a relatively new business model in an emerging and rapidly evolving market, which makes it difficulthigh degree of likelihood, achieve commercial success, there can be no assurance that this will be the case. The causes for failure of our Platform once commercialized can be numerous, including:

market demand for our Platform proves to be smaller than we expect;
further Platform development turns out to be costlier than anticipated or takes longer; our Platform requires significant adjustment post commercialization, rendering the Platform uneconomic or extending considerably the likely investment return period; additional regulatory requirements may increase the overall costs of the development; patent conflicts or unenforceable intellectual property rights; and PTs and clients may be unwilling to adopt and/or use our Platform.
Compliance with changing regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

We are required to evaluate its future prospects; as a pre-revenue, early stage entity, it is subject to allcomply with certain provisions of Section 404 of the risks inherentSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and if we fail to comply in a youngtimely manner, our business enterprise, suchcould be harmed, and our stock price could decline.

Rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require an annual assessment of internal controls over financial reporting, and for certain issuers an attestation of this assessment by the issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm. The standards that must be met for management to assess the internal controls over financial reporting as among other things, lackeffective are evolving and complex, and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards.

We expect to incur expenses and to devote resources to Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. It is difficult for us to predict how long it will take or costly it will be to complete the assessment of market recognitionthe effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for each year and limited banking andto remediate any deficiencies in our internal control over financial relationships.reporting. As a result, we have little operating history to aid in assessing future prospects. We will encounter risks and difficulties as an early stage company in a new and rapidly evolving market. We may not be able to successfully address these riskscomplete the assessment and difficulties, which could materially harmremediation process on a timely basis. In addition, although attestation requirements by our business and operating results.

Our financial statements as of December 31, 2014 were prepared under the assumption that we will continue as a going concern. The independent registered public accounting firm are not presently applicable to us, we could become subject to these requirements in the future and we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any resulting changes to internal controls over financial reporting. If our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer determine that audited our 2014internal control over financial statements,reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, we cannot predict how the market prices of our shares will be affected; however, we believe that there is a risk that investor confidence and share value may be negatively affected.

These and other new or changed laws, rules, regulations and standards are, or will be, subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their report, included an explanatory paragraph referringlack of specificity. As a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our recurring losses since inceptiondisclosure and expressing substantial doubt in our abilitygovernance practices. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Further, compliance with new and existing laws, rules, regulations and standards may make it more difficult and expensive for us to maintain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. Members of our board of directors and our principal executive officer and principal financial officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining qualified directors and executive officers, which could harm our business. We continually evaluate and monitor regulatory developments and cannot estimate the timing or magnitude of additional costs we may incur as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our ability to continue as a going concern depends on our ability to obtain additional equity or debt financing, attain further operating efficiencies, reduce expenditures, and, ultimately, to generate revenue.result.

9

 

We maycannot be subject to liabilitycertain that we will obtain patents for failure to comply with Rule 419 under the Securities Act.our Platform and technology or that such patents will protect us from competitors.

 

We may be subjectbelieve that our success and competitive position will depend in part on our ability to liabilityobtain and maintain patents for failureour Platform, which is both costly and time consuming. We still are in the process to comply with Rule 419 underevaluate the Securities Act. Prior to our acquisition of eWellness Corporation, we did not technically comply with the requirements of Rule 419 under the Securities Act. We previously offered for sale in a direct public offering 1,000,000 sharespatent potentials of our common stock, pursuantPlatform. Patent Offices typically requires 12-24 months or more to Rule 419process a patent application. There can be no assurance that any of our potential patent applications will be approved. However, we have decided to launch our Platform without patent protection. There can be no assurance that any potential patent issued or licensed to us will provide us with protection against competitive products, protect us against changes in industry trends which we have may not have anticipated or otherwise protect the commercial viability of our Platform, or that challenges will not be instituted against the validity or enforceability of any of our future patents or, if instituted, that such challenges will not be successful. The cost of litigation to uphold the validity of a patent and enforce it against infringement can be substantial. Even issued patents may later be modified or revoked by the Patent and Trademark Office or in legal proceedings. Patent applications in the United States are maintained in secrecy until the patent issues and, since publication of patents tends to lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that if we obtain patents for our product, we were the first creator of the Securities Act (the “419 Transaction”) and filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-181440) that was declared effective by the SEC on September 14, 2012 (the “419 Registration Statement”). We sold 1,000,000 shares of our common stock (the “Shares”) to investors at a price of $0.10 per share, for total subscription proceeds of $100,000 pursuant to the 419 Registration Statement. We used 10% of the subscription proceeds as permitted under Rule 419 and the amount remaining in trust as of the date of the closing of the Share Exchange was $90,000 (the “Trust Account Balance”). Prior to the Share Exchange, we were considered a “blank check” company and a “shell” company and therefore, needed to fully comply with Rule 419. Among other things, Rule 419 requires that we deposit the securities being offered and proceeds of the offering contemplated by the 419 Registration Statement into an escrow or trust account pending the execution of an agreement for an acquisition or merger. If a consummated acquisition meeting the requirements of Rule 419 did not occurinventions covered by a date 18 months afterpending patent applications or the September 14, 2012 effective date of the 419 Registration Statement, Rule 419(e)(2)(iv) requires a blank check companyfirst to return the funds held in the escrow account to all investors who participated in the offering within five (5) business days2. When we did not complete the Share Exchange by March 18, 2014, rather than physically return the funds, we gave the investors who participated in the financing that was initially conducted pursuant to Rule 419, the right to have their funds returned or use their funds to purchase the same shares in a private offering to be conducted pursuant to Rule 506(b) of the Securities Act; all of the investors directed us to use their respective funds for the private placement. Regardless, after various comments and discussions with the SEC’s staff within the division of corporate finance, it seems thatfile patent applications on such constructive compliance with Rule 419 is not permissible and we should have physically returned the investors’ funds when the Share Exchange was not completed by March 18, 2014. Ultimately, although we responded to all of the comments, the SEC continued to have concerns about the issues it raised and terminated its review of the relevant Form 8-K without clearing all of the comments and stated it would take further steps its deems necessary. Consequently, the SEC may bring an enforcement action or commence litigation against us for failure to strictly comply with Rule 419. If any claims or actions were to be brought against us relating to our lack of compliance with Rule 419, we could be subject to penalties (including criminal penalties), required to pay fines, make damages payments or settlement payments. In addition, any claims or actions could force us to expend significant financial resources to defend ourselves, could divert the attention of our management from our core business and could harm our reputation.inventions.

 

Risks RelatedLiability issues are inherent in the Healthcare industry and insurance is expensive and difficult to our Products and Development of our Businessobtain, we may be exposed to large lawsuits.

 

Our telemedicine platformbusiness exposes us to potential liability risks, which are inherent in the healthcare industry. While we will take precautions, we deem to be appropriate to avoid liability suits against us, there can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid significant liability exposure. Liability insurance for the healthcare industry is newgenerally expensive. We have obtained professional indemnity insurance coverage for our Platform. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such coverage on acceptable terms, or that any insurance policy will provide adequate protection against potential claims. A successful liability claim brought against us may exceed any insurance coverage secured by us and has only limited operation experience.

eWellness’ has developed and tested its unique telemedicine platformwww.phzio.com that iscould have a Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program (“DMpt program”) to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems specifically designed to help prevent patients that are pre-diabetic from becoming diabetic.

Our success is currently dependent uponmaterial adverse effect on our results or ability to maintain and develop Mr. Fogt’s relationship with other physicians.

Now that we are usingcontinue our PHZIO.COM platform to generate our success, we are dependent upon our CEO’s ability to maintain his current relationship with other physicians and our collective ability to establish relationships with other physicians. If we cannot generate new relationships or current relationships do not translate into service contracts or license agreements for our PHZIO.com platform, we may not have alternative streams of revenue and therefore we may need to cease operations until such time as we find an alternative provider or forever.Platform.

 

We depend upon reimbursement by third-party payers.

 

Substantially all of our revenues are anticipated to be derived from private third-party PT clinics that gain their revenue to pay our licensing fees from insurance payers. Initiatives undertaken by industry and government to contain healthcare costs affect the profitability of our licensee clinics. These payers attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursement for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts paid for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patientsPT licensees if wethey choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. In addition, in certain geographical areas, our operations may be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred provider plans; failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect our financial results. Although we created a business plan that will enable us to achieve revenue based on current reimbursement policies, if our belief that the insurance industry is poised for change, to offer more reimbursement for the services we seek to provide is not realized, we may not achieve the success we predict and we may not be able to carry out all the plans we disclose herein related to telemedicine. Ultimately, a shift in thinking and a willingness to adapt to new physical therapy telemedicine services and reimbursement thereof by healthcare providers is needed for the successful integration of our PHZIO.COMPHZIO telemedicine platform in mainstream healthcare environments.

 

2Pursuant to Rule 419(b)(2)(vi), a blank check company is entitled to use 10% of the proceed/escrowed funds; therefore, if a return of funds is required, only 90% of the proceed/escrowed funds need be returned. Here, the Company received $100,000 proceeds and used $10,000 as per Rule 419(b)(2)(vi); therefore, only $90,000 was subject to possible return.

1017
 

We are currently contractually committedwill need to a 14 state exclusive supplyincrease the size of our organization and distribution agreementmay experience difficulties in managing growth.

 

The Company entered into an exclusive supplyAt present, we are a small company. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, infrastructure and distribution agreement with Millennium Healthcare, Inc., (“MHI”) covering 14 statesoverhead and anticipate that include: Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Delaware Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Florida, in which the company is required to pay MHI a 20% fee on DMpt patient revenue generated in those states, in return for providing marketing and program billing services to the Company. To date, this contract has not been activated as our DMpt program has not commenced operations; additionally, MHI has shown little interest in our program. If at the time that our DMpt program commences operations and MHI has not used their best efforts to market and manage the billing of our program to various insurance carriers, then the Company may be in a position to cancel the contract with MHI and pursue other marketing and billing management relationships. Alternatively, if the company acts to engage other distribution companies within the covered 14 states, the Company mayfurther expansion will be required to includeaddress potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the 20% MHI fee into anyneed to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate new arrangement or worse, may be prohibited from entering into any new engagement within any such states. If we cannot cancel the agreementmanagers. Our future financial performance and since there is not guarantee that any distribution or billing activity outside of the agreement between the Company and MHI within the 14 states will be permitted, we may be required to pay the contractual fees noted above or face strategic road blocks that hinder ourits ability to grow and succeed. Since neither party has takencompete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to manage any steps to carry out the agreement, we may seek to terminate same, although there can be no guarantee the outcome of such efforts.future growth effectively.

 

Dependence on Key Existing and Future Personnel

 

Our success will depend, to a large degree, upon the efforts and abilities of our officers and key management employees. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, as our business model is implemented, we will need to recruit and retain additional management and key employees in virtually all phases of our operations. Key employees will require a strong background in our industry. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully attract and retain key personnel.

 

Currently, our management’s participation in our business and operations is limited

 

To date, we have been unable to offer cash compensation to our officers due to our lack of revenue. Accordingly, each of the Company’s executive officers maintain jobs outside of their position at eWellness. Although each of our executive officers have made preparationsprepared to devote their efforts, on a full timefull-time basis, towards our objectives once wecan afford executive compensation commensurate with that being paid in the marketplace, until such time, our officers will not devote their full time and attention to the operations of the Company. None of our officers have committed a specific portion of their time or an approximate number of hours per week in writing to the objectives of the company and no assurances can be given as to when we will be financially able to engage our officers on a full timefull-time basis and therefore, until such time, itit is possible that the inability of such persons to devote their full timefull-time attention to the Company may result in delays in progress toward implementing our business plan.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry

 

WeAlthough we are not aware of any other Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine Program precisely like ours, and targeting our specific population, we shall encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources or other competitive advantages.advantages in the larger physical therapy space. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also experience competition from companies in the wellness space. These competitors may be larger and more highly capitalized, with greater name recognition. We will compete with such companies on brand name, quality of services, level of expertise, advertising, product and service innovation and differentiation of product and services. As a result, our ability to secure significant market share may be impeded. Although we believe our DMptPHZIO services will enable us to service more patients than traditional physical therapy providers, if these more established offices or providers start offeringOffering similar services to ours, their name recognition or experience may enable them to capture a greater market share.

 

Limited product testing and operations

 

We have built out the technology platform and video library necessary to execute our planned business strategy. Of course, there may be other factors that prevent us from successfully marketing a product including, but not limited to, our limited cash resources. Further, our proposed reimbursement plan and the eventual operating results could susceptible to varying interpretations by scientists, medical personnel, regulatory personnel, statisticians and others, which may delay, limit or prevent our executing our proposed business plan.

 

We face substantial competition, and others may discover, develop, acquire or commercialize productsbefore or more successfully than we do

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with other products or treatments for diseases for which our products may be indicated. Other healthcare companies have greater clinical, research, regulatory and marketing resources than us. In addition, some of our competitors may have technical or competitive advantages for the development of technologies and processes. These resources may make it difficult for us to compete with them to successfully discover, develop and market new products.

We depend upon the cultivation and maintenance of relationships with the physicians in our markets.

 

Our success is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities wethat our PT licensees will service and ourtheir ability to maintain good relations with these physicians and other referral sources. Physicians referring patients to ourtheir clinics are free to refer their patients to other therapy providers or to their own physician owned therapy practice. If weour PT licensees are unable to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with physicians and other referral sources, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

We also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced physical therapistsPTs

 

Our future revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our therapistsPT licensees are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If wethey cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

 

Our revenues may fluctuate due to weather

 

WeIf our expectations are met, of which there can be no assurance, we anticipate having a significantconsiderable number of clinicalPT licensees in locations and in states that normally experience snow and ice during the winter months. Also, a significantconsiderable number of our clinics may be located in states along the Gulf Coast and Atlantic Coast, which are subject to periodic winter storms, hurricanes and other severe storm systems. Periods of severe weather may cause physical damage to our facilities or prevent our staff or patients from traveling to our clinics, which may cause a decrease in our future net operating revenues. Furthermore, to the extent that our PT sessions are conducted from remote locations via the internet, adverse weather conditions could disrupt internet transmission of our sessions to our users who are at remote locations, such as their homes or offices.

 

We may incur closure costs and losses

 

The competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in the markets in which we operate may require us to reorganize or to close certain clinical locations. In the event a clinic is reorganized or closed, we may incur losses and closure costs. The closure costs and losses may include, but are not limited to, lease obligations, severance, and write-down or write-off of intangible assets.

 

Certain of our internal controls, particularly as they relate to billings and cash collections, are largely decentralized at our clinic locations

 

Our future clinicalPT licensees’ operations are largely decentralized and certain of our internal controls, particularly the processing of billings and cash collections, occur at the clinic level. Taken as a whole, we believe our future internal controls for these functions at our PT licensees’ clinical facilities will be adequate. Our controls for billing and collections largely depend on compliance with our written policies and procedures and separation of functions among clinic personnel. We also intend to maintain corporate level controls, including an audit compliance program, that are intended to mitigate and detect any potential deficiencies in internal controls at the clinic level. The effectiveness of these controls to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the level of compliance with our policies and procedures deteriorates.

19

 

Risks Related to Regulation

 

Our products may be subject to product liability legal claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Certain of our products provide applications that relate to patient clinical information. Any failure by our products to provide accurate and timely information concerning patients, their medication, treatment and health status, generally, could result in claims against us which could materially and adversely impact our financial performance, industry reputation and ability to market new system sales. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our delivery of health information directly, including through licensed practitioners, or delivery of information by a third partythird-party site that a consumer accesses through our websites, exposes us to assertions of malpractice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful delivery/handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information. We anticipate that in the future we will maintain insurance to protect against claims associated with the use of our products as well as liability limitation language in our end-user license agreements, but there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage or contractual language would adequately cover any claim asserted against us. A successful claim brought against us in excess of or outside of our insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our expenditure of funds for litigation and management time and resources.

 

Certain healthcare professionals who use our Cloud-based products will directly enter health information about their patients including information that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may store on our computer systems. Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, the common law and contractual obligations, govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including:

 

 state and federal privacy and confidentiality laws;
 
contracts with clients and partners;
 state laws regulating healthcare professionals;
 
Medicaid laws;
 the HIPAA and related rules proposed by the Health Care Financing Administration; and
 
Health Care Financing Administration standards for Internet transmission of health data.

HIPAA establishes elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for the use and protection of Protected Health Information. Any failure by us or by our personnel or partners to comply with applicable requirements may result in a material liability to us.

 

Although we have systems and policies in place for safeguarding Protected Health Information from unauthorized disclosure, these systems and policies may not preclude claims against us for alleged violations of applicable requirements. Also, third party sites and/or links that consumers may access through our web sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard this information or may circumvent systems and policies we have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in current laws may necessitate costly adaptations to our policies, procedures, or systems.

 

There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, that such claims will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. Such product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

There is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry in which we operate, and we are subject to the possibility of changing government regulation, which may adversely impact our business, financialcondition and results of operations.

 

The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facilities. During the past several years, the healthcare industry has been subject to an increase in governmental regulation of, among other things, reimbursement rates and certain capital expenditures.

 

Recently enacted public laws reforming the U.S. healthcare system may have an impact on our business. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (H.R. 3590; Public Law 111-148) (“PPACA”) and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (H.R. 4872) (the “Reconciliation Act”), which amends the PPACA (collectively the “Health Reform Laws”), were signed into law in March 2010. The Health Reform Laws contain various provisions which may impact us and our patients. Some of these provisions may have a positive impact, while others, such as reductions in reimbursement for certain types of providers, may have a negative impact due to fewer available resources. Increases in fraud and abuse penalties may also adversely affect participants in the health care sector, including us.

Various legislators have announced that they intend to examine further proposals to reform certain aspects of the U.S. healthcare system. Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals, by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our systems and related services. Cost-containment measures instituted by healthcare providers as a result of regulatory reform or otherwise could result in a reduction of the allocation of capital funds. Such a reduction could have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand, changes in the regulatory environment have increased and may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organizations for cost-effective data management and thereby enhance the overall market for healthcare management information systems. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such proposals or healthcare reforms might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

As existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the effect at this time.now. We have taken steps to modify our products, services and internal practices as necessary to facilitate our compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s attention and divert other company resources, and any noncompliance by us could result in civil and criminal penalties.

 

Developments of additional federal and state regulations and policies have the potential to positively or negatively affect our business. Our software is not anticipated to be considered a medical device by the FDA. Yet, if it were, it could be subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) as a medical device. Such regulation could require the registration of the applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware products, application of detailed record-keeping and manufacturing standards, and FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement could create delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supplemental filings or object to certain of these applications, the result of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws

 

There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Any failure of our services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability including, but not limited to, criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing business with government payers and have an adverse effect on our business.

 

We are subject to the Stark Law, which may result in significant penalties

 

Provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibit referrals by a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to an entity in which the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship, subject to several exceptions. Unlike the Fraud and Abuse Law, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute. Proof of intent to violate the Stark Law is not required. Physical therapy services are among the “designated health services”. Further, the Stark Law has application to the Company’s management contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as well as, any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including any financial transaction resulting from a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. Several states have enacted laws similar to the Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and Medicaid) patients. Many federal healthcare reform proposals in the past few years have attempted to expand the Stark Law to cover all patients as well. As with the Fraud and Abuse Law, we consider the Stark Law in planning our clinics, marketing and other activities and believe that our operations are in compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected. Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

21

If our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and regulations,we may have difficulty selling our products

 

We may be subject to additional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection with offeringOffering services and products via the Internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal and state legislators are proposing laws and regulations that apply to Internet commerce and communications. Areas being affected by these regulations include user privacy, pricing, content, taxation, copyright protection, distribution, and quality of products and services. To the extent that our products and services are subject to these laws and regulations, the sale of our products and services could be harmed.

 

We incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management willhave to devote substantial time to public company compliance obligations

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and the stock exchange, has imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance requirements and any new requirements that the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may impose on public companies. Moreover, these rules and regulations, along with compliance with accounting principles and regulatory interpretations of such principles, have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time-consumingtime consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees, or as executive officers. We will evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting and financial knowledge. We estimate the additional costs we expect to be incurredincur as a result of being a public company to be up to $500,000 annually.

 

Part of the requirements as a public company will be to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to effectively prevent fraud. We maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting, which is defined as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

We cannot assure you that we will not, in the future, identify areas requiring improvement in our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot assure that the measures we will take to remediate any areas in need of improvement will be successful or that we will implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future as we continue our growth. If we are unable to maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, result in the restatement of our financial statements, harm our operating results, subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanction, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative effect on the market price for shares of our common stock.

 

22

The regulatory framework for privacy and data protection is complex and evolving, and changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy or the protection or transfer of personal data, or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our business.

In the course of our day-to-day business operations we receive and use personal information and other user data. As the result, we are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and protection of personal information. We are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and obligations to third parties related to privacy, data protection, and information security. We strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security to the extent possible. However, the regulatory framework for privacy and data protection in the United States is, and is likely to remain for the foreseeable future, uncertain and complex, is changing, and the interpretation and enforcement of the rules and regulations that form part of this regulatory framework may be inconsistent among jurisdictions, or conflict with other laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations as they apply to us may be interpreted and enforced in a manner that we do not currently anticipate. Any significant change in the applicable laws, regulations, or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security, or disclosure of user data, or their interpretation, or any changes regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention, or disclosure of such data must be obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our platform and our products and services, in a manner that could materially affect our business.

The laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, and information security also continue to evolve. For example, in June 2018, California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), effective January 1, 2020, which requires companies that process personal information of California residents to make new disclosures to consumers about such companies’ data collection, use, and sharing practices and inform consumers of their personal information rights such as deletion rights, allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties, and provides a new cause of action for data breaches. The State of Nevada has also passed a law, effective October 1, 2019, that amends the state’s online privacy law to allow consumers to submit requests to prevent websites and online service providers from selling personally identifiable information that they collect through a website or online service. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the privacy and data protection laws and regulations may limit the use and adoption of our services and could have a material adverse impact on our business. As a result, we may need to modify the way we treat such information.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any privacy and data protection policies, laws, rules, and regulations could result in proceedings or actions against us by individuals, consumer rights groups, governmental entities or agencies, or others. We could incur significant costs investigating and defending such claims and, if found liable, significant damages. Further, public scrutiny of or complaints about technology companies or their data handling or data protection practices, even if unrelated to our business, industry, or operations, may lead to increased scrutiny of technology companies, including us, and may cause government agencies to enact additional regulatory requirements, or to modify their enforcement or investigation activities, which may increase our costs and risks.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Our management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2019. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired, which could result in loss of investor confidence and could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

23

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Series B Preferred, the Warrants and the Units

The Series B Preferred ranks junior to all of our indebtedness and other liabilities

In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, our assets will be available to pay obligations on the Series B Preferred only after all of our indebtedness and other liabilities have been paid. The rights of holders of the Series B Preferred to participate in the distribution of our assets will rank junior to the prior claims of our current and future creditors, existing preferred stock and common stock, and any future series or class of preferred stock we may issue that ranks senior to the Series B Preferred. Also, the Series B Preferred effectively ranks junior to all our existing and future indebtedness and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our existing subsidiaries and any future subsidiaries. Our existing subsidiaries are, and future subsidiaries would be, separate legal entities and have no legal obligation to pay any amounts to us in respect of dividends due on the Series B Preferred. If we are forced to liquidate our assets to pay our creditors, we may not have sufficient assets to pay amounts due on any or all of the Series B Preferred then outstanding. We may in the future incur debt and other obligations that will rank senior to the Series B Preferred. At December 31, 2019, we had total liabilities of $7,339,343. Nevertheless, the three years of dividends on the Series B Preferred, which total $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, that will be paid by the Company from the proceeds of the Offering into the Escrow Account, will not be the property of the Company but rather will be for the sole benefit of the investors, payable to the investors on a monthly basis. As a result, these dividends will not, in the ordinary course, be accessible to third-party creditors of the Company.

Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of the Series B Preferred and may result in dilution to owners of the Series B Preferred. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future Offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future Offerings. The holders of the Series B Preferred will bear the risk of our future Offerings, which may reduce the market price of the Series B Preferred and will dilute the value of their holdings in us.

We may not be able to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred if we fail to comply with the conditions imposed by the applicable Nevada law requirements.

Section 78.288 “Distributions to stockholders” of the Nevada Revised Statute provide that we may only declare and pay cash dividends on the Series B Preferred if (a) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or (b) except as otherwise specifically allowed by the articles of incorporation, the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. There can be no assurance that we will satisfy such requirements in any given year.

There is no established market for the Units, the Series B Preferred or the Warrants, a market may never develop.

There is no established trading market for the Units, the Series B Preferred or the Warrants and we do not know if a market will develop on the OTCQB or, if it does, how active it will be or whether it will be sustained. Further, if in the future we believe we meet the quantitative requirements for listing our common stock on Nasdaq, we intend to apply to have the common stock, the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants listed. We cannot assure you that we will meet the quantitative listing requirements or that any application will be approved. The liquidity of the market for the Units, the Series B Preferred, and the Warrants depends on a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates, our financial condition and operating results, the number of holders of these securities, the market for similar securities and the interest of securities dealers in making a market in these securities. The market for the Warrants will be linked to the price and the liquidity of our common stock. We cannot predict with certainty the extent of investor interest in the Units, the Series B Preferred, and the Warrants, or how liquid that market will be. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of these securities will be limited.

We may issue additional shares of Series B Preferred and additional series of preferred stock that rank on parity with or senior to the Series B Preferred as to dividend rights, rights upon liquidation or voting rights.

We are allowed to issue additional shares of Series B Preferred and additional series of preferred stock that would rank on parity with or junior to the Series B Preferred as to dividend payments and rights upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation, including the Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Preferred without any vote of the holders of the Series B Preferred. Upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred (voting together as a class with all other series of parity preferred stock we may issue upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable), we are allowed to issue additional series of preferred stock that would rank senior to the Series B Preferred as to dividend payments and rights upon our liquidation, dissolution or the winding up pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation and the Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Preferred. The issuance of additional shares of Series B Preferred and additional series of preferred stock could have the effect of reducing the amounts available to the holders of Series B Preferred upon our liquidation or dissolution or the winding up of our affairs.

Also, although holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to limited voting rights, as described in this prospectus under “Description of the Series B Preferred—Voting Rights,” with respect to the circumstances under which the holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to vote, the Series B Preferred votes separately as a class along with all other series of our preferred stock that we may issue upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable. As a result, the voting rights of the holders of Series B Preferred may be significantly diluted, and the holders of such other series of preferred stock that we may issue may be able to control or significantly influence the outcome of any vote.

Future issuances and sales of senior or parity preferred stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may cause prevailing market prices for the Series B Preferred and our common stock to decline and may adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital in the financial markets at times and prices favorable to us.

Holders of the Units may be unable to use the dividends-received deduction and may not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income.”

Dividends paid to corporate U.S. holders of the Series B Preferred, which is being offered in this Offering as part of the Units, may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction, and dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders of the Series B Preferred may be subject to tax at the preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income,” if we have current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not currently have accumulated earnings and profits. Additionally, we may not have sufficient current earnings and profits during future fiscal years for the distributions on the Series B Preferred to qualify as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the distributions fail to qualify as dividends, U.S. holders would be unable to use the dividends-received deduction and may not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income.” If any distributions on the Series B Preferred with respect to any fiscal year are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction or preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income” because of insufficient current or accumulated earnings and profits, the market value of the Units and the Series B Preferred could decline.

If we redeem the Series B Preferred, investors will no longer be entitled to dividends.

On or after three years after the first sale of Series B Preferred or 2023, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time-to-time, based upon the payment of the Stated Value of $25 per share of Series B Preferred plus accrued dividends. Also, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below under “Description of the Series B Preferred – Redemption”), we may, at our option, upon not less than 30 and nor more than 60 days’ written notice, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, within 120 days after the date of such written notice. We may have an incentive to redeem the Series B Preferred voluntarily if market conditions allow us to issue other preferred stock or debt securities at a rate that is lower than the dividend on the Series B Preferred. If we redeem the Series B Preferred, then from and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on the shares of Series B Preferred, that have been redeemed, such shares of Series B Preferred shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights as a holder of those shares will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption.

The market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants could be substantially affected by various factors.

The market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors. The price of the Units and the Series B Preferred that will prevail in the market after this Offering may be higher or lower than the Offering price depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance.

These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

prevailing interest rates, increases in which may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Series B Preferred;
trading prices of similar securities;
our history of timely dividend payments;
the annual yield from dividends on the Series B Preferred as compared to yields on other financial instruments;
general economic and financial market conditions;
government action or regulation;
the financial condition, performance and prospects of us and our competitors;
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts with respect to us or our competitors in our industry;
our issuance of additional equity or debt securities; and
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results of us and our competitors.

The Warrants are likely to trade in the same manner as our common stock.

As a result of these and other factors, investors who purchase the Units in this Offering may experience a decrease, which could be substantial and rapid, in the market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects.

If you purchase the Units, you will have no voting rights except for extremely limited voting rights for the Series B Preferred.

The voting rights of a holder of Series B Preferred are limited. Our shares of common stock and shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock are the only classes of our securities that carry full voting rights. As of the date of this Prospectus, the holders of the Series A Voting Shares own 51% of our outstanding voting power. As a result, the holders of the Series A Voting Shares exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation, and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without his support, which in turn could reduce the price of the Units.

The holders of Series B Preferred have no voting rights except with respect to voting on amendments to our Series B Preferred Certificate of Designation that materially and adversely affect the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred or authorize, increase or create additional classes or series of our capital stock that are senior to the Series B Preferred. Other than the limited circumstances described in the Prospectus and except to the extent required by law, holders of Series B Preferred do not have any voting rights. See “Description of the Series B Preferred—Voting Rights.”

26

The Series B Preferred is not convertible into our common stock, investors will not benefit if the price of our common stock increases.

The Series B Preferred is not convertible into our common stock and earns dividends at a fixed rate. Accordingly, an increase in market price of our common stock will not necessarily result in an increase in the market price of our Series B Preferred. The market value of the Series B Preferred may depend more on dividend and interest rates for other preferred stock, commercial paper and other investment alternatives and our actual and perceived ability to pay dividends on, and in the event of dissolution satisfy the liquidation preference with respect to, the Series B Preferred.

Management will have broad discretion in using the proceeds of this Offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this Offering (after putting the dividends for the initial three years into an escrow account) to pay our indebtedness and thereafter for working capital and general corporate purposes to support our growth. We have not allocated any specific portion of the net proceeds to any particular purpose, and our management will have the discretion to allocate the proceeds as it determines. We will have significant flexibility and broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this Offering. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this Offering.

Risks Relating to Our SecuritiesCommon stock

 

There is not now,a limited market for our common stock, and there may never be an active and sustained market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that the common stock will becomeremain liquid or that it will continue to be listed on a securities exchangeexchange..

 

There currently is no market for our common stock. We plan to list ourOur common stock as soon as practicable followingis subject to quotation on the effective date of this Registration Statement. However, we cannot assure that we will be able to meetOTCQB under the initial listing standards of any stock exchange, or that we will be able to maintain any such listing.trading symbol “EWLL”. An investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the common stock and trading of our common stock may be extremely sporadic. For example, several days may pass before any shares may be traded. A more active market for the common stock may never develop. In addition, if we fail to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations, various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling the common stock, which may further affect its liquidity. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.

 

We cannot assure you that following the effective date of this Registration Statement, our common stock will be listed on NASDAQ or any other securities exchange; and if listed we may be subject to penny stock rules.

Following the effective date of this Registration Statement, we shall seek the listing of our common stock on NASDAQ or the American Stock Exchange. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet the initial listing standards of either, or any other stock exchange, or that we will be able to maintain a listing of common stock on either of those or any other stock exchange. Until our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ or another stock exchange, we expect that our common stock will continue to be eligible to trade on the OTC Bulletin Board, another over-the-counter quotation system, or on the “pink sheets,”OTCQB market where our stockholders may find it more difficult to dispose of shares or obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our common stock. Furthermore, in order to remain subject to quotation on the OTCQB, the trading price of our common stock must maintain certain trading levels, which, in not maintained, could result in our common stock being relegated to the PTC Pink. In such event, we will have to again qualify and make applications for quotation on the OTCQB, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will be accepted for the OTCQB.

 

In addition, after such listing,Our common stock is subject to the “Penny Stock” rules of the SEC and the trading market in our securitiesstock is limited, which makes transactions in our stock cumbersome and may be classified as penny stock. reduce the value of an investment.

The SECSecurities and Exchange Commission has adopted Rule 15g-9 which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, whose securities are admittedsubject to quotation but do not trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market or on a national securities exchange.certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require deliveryrequire:

That a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and
The broker or dealer receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:

Obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person; and
Make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the Commission relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form:

Sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and
That the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and cause a document to investors statingdecline in the market value of our stock.

Disclosure also must be made about the risks special suitability inquiry, regular reportingof investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may limit a shareholder’s ability to buy and sell our common stock.

In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other requirements. Pricesinformation. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for penny stocks are often not available and investors are often unableat least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to sell this stock. Consequently, such rule may deter broker-dealers from recommending or sellingrecommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock and have an adverse effect on the market for our shares.

Our common stock may be thinly traded, sale of your holding may take a considerable amount of time.

The shares of our common stock, from time-to-time, may be thinly traded on the OTCQB Market, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our common stock at or near bid prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. Consequently, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on share price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained, or that current trading levels will be sustained. Due to these conditions, we can give you no assurance that you will be able to sell your shares at or near bid prices or at all if you need money or otherwise desire to liquidate your shares.

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to amended Rule 144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell freely after six months subject only to the current public information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity securities), current public information and notice requirements. In addition, at March 24, 2020, there were 7,857,307,733 shares reserved underlying outstanding convertible notes, which represent a significant multiple of from 4 to 10 times the number of shares actually subject to conversion under the terms of the outstanding convertible notes. Any substantial sales of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

28

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

Our internal control over financial reporting may have weaknesses and conditions that could require correction or remediation, the disclosure of which may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock. We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely affect our public disclosures regarding our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

Our share price could be volatile, and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.

The price of our shares of common stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile, with the sale price fluctuating from a low of $0.001 to a high of $20.00 since trading began in 2016. Many factors could have a significant impact on the future price of our common stock, including:

our inability to raise additional capital to fund our operations;
our failure to successfully implement our business objectives and strategic growth plans;
compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;
market acceptance of our product;
changes in government regulations;
general economic conditions and other external factors; and
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and the degree of trading liquidity in our common shares.

Our annual and quarterly results may fluctuate, which may cause substantial fluctuations in our common stock price.

Our annual and quarterly operating results may in the future fluctuate significantly depending on factors including the timing of purchase orders, new product releases by us and other companies, gain or loss of significant customers, price discounting of our product, the timing of expenditures, product delivery requirements and economic conditions. Revenues related to our product are required to be recognized upon satisfaction of all applicable revenue recognition criteria. The recognition of revenues from our product is dependent on several factors, including, but not limited to, the terms of any license agreement and the timing of implementation of our products by our customers.

Any unfavorable change in these or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for a particular quarter or year, which may cause downward pressure on our common stock price. We expect quarterly and annual fluctuations to continue for the foreseeable future.

We are subject to compliance with securities law, which exposes us to potential liabilities, including potential rescission rights.

We have offered and sold our common stock to investors pursuant to certain exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) as well as those of various state securities laws. The basis for relying on such exemptions is factual; that is, the applicability of such exemptions depends upon our conduct and that of those persons contacting prospective investors and making the Offering. We have not received a legal opinion to the effect that any of our prior Offerings were exempt from registration under any federal or state law. Instead, we have relied upon the operative facts as the basis for such exemptions, including information provided by investors themselves.

If any prior offering did not qualify for such exemption, an investor would have the right to rescind its purchase of the securities if it so desired. It is possible that if an investor should seek rescission, such investor would succeed. A comparable situation prevails under state law in those states where the securities may be offered without registration in reliance on the partial preemption from the registration or qualification provisions of such state statutes. If investors were successful in seeking rescission, we would face severe financial demands that could adversely affect our business and operations. Additionally, if we did not in fact qualify for the exemptions upon which it has relied, we may become subject to significant fines and penalties imposed by the SEC and state securities agencies.

The availability of a large number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock may, upon their issuance, lead to dilution of existing stockholders.

As of February 20, 2020, we are authorized to issue 20,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of March 20, 2020, there were 467,038,350 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Additional shares may be issued by our board of directors without further stockholder approval. The issuance of large numbers of shares, possibly at below market prices, is likely to result in substantial dilution to the interests of other stockholders. In addition, issuances of large numbers of shares may adversely affect its liquidity. This would alsothe market price of our common stock.

Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value, of which 250,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, all of which are owned by our officers, directors, key employees, all members of our management team. The Series A Voting Preferred Shares have the right to vote in the aggregate, on all shareholder matters votes equal to 51% of the total shareholder vote on any and all shareholder matters. The Series A Voting Preferred Stock will be entitled to this 51% voting right no matter how many shares of Common stock or other voting capital stock of the Company is issued and outstanding in the future. The Board of Directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of unissued shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine the rights, preferences and privileges thereof. Accordingly, the Board of Directors may issue preferred stock which may convert into large numbers of shares of common stock and consequently lead to further dilution of other shareholders.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently plan to retain any earnings to finance the growth of our business rather than to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Nevertheless, we are required to pay cash dividends of 13% on our Series B Preferred, based upon the Stated Value of $25 per share. Payments of any cash dividends in the future, other than on our shares of Series B Preferred, will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

The Nevada Revised Statute contains provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, prevent attempts to replace or remove current management and reduce the market price of our stock.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to ten million shares of “blank check” preferred stock. As a result, without further stockholder approval, the board of directors has the authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock. With these rights, preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for usa third party to raise additional capital followingacquire us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions of the NRS. Depending on the number of residents in the state of Nevada who own our shares, we could be subject to the provisions of Sections 78.378 et seq. of the Nevada Revised Statutes which, unless otherwise provided in the Company’s articles of incorporation or by-laws, restricts the ability of an acquiring person to obtain a business combination.controlling interest of 20% or more of our voting shares. Our articles of incorporation and by-laws do not contain any provision which would currently keep the change of control restrictions of Section 78.378 from applying to us.

We are subject to the provisions of Sections 78.411 et seq. of the Nevada Revised Statutes. In general, this statute prohibits a publicly held Nevada corporation from engaging in a “combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the combination or the transaction by which the person became an interested stockholder is approved by the corporation’s board of directors before the person becomes an interested stockholder. After the expiration of the three-year period, the corporation may engage in a combination with an interested stockholder under certain circumstances, including if the combination is approved by the board of directors and/or stockholders in a prescribed manner, or if specified requirements are met regarding consideration. The term “combination” includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 10% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. A Nevada corporation may “opt out” from the application of Section 78.411 et seq. through a provision in its articles of incorporation or by-laws. We have not “opted out” from the application of this section.

Our stock price and ability to finance may be adversely affected by our outstanding convertible securities and warrants.

Sales of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants issued as part of the warrantsUnits in this Offering and upon conversion of our convertible securities, would likely have a depressive effect on the market price of our common stock. Further, the existence of, and/or potential exercise or conversion of all or a portion of these securities, create a negative and potentially depressive effect on our stock price because investors recognize that they “over hang” the market at this time.currently. As a result, the terms on which we may obtain additional financing during the period any of these warrants or convertible securities remain outstanding may be adversely affected by the existence of such warrants and convertible securities.

 

Insiders have substantial control over us, and they could delay or prevent a change in our corporate control even if our other stockholders wanted it to occur.

Our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 65 % of our outstanding common stock at August 6, 2015. These stockholders are able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This could delay or prevent an outside party from acquiring or merging with us, or other business consolidation even if our other stockholders wanted it to occur; it may also discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock, which may further affect its liquidity.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any earnings to support our growth strategy and may begin paying dividends in late 2015, although that is not guaranteed.

We intend to issue more shares to raise capital, which will result in substantial dilution.

Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Any additional financings effected by us may result in the issuance of additional securities without stockholder approval and the substantial dilution in the percentage of common stock held by our then existing stockholders. Moreover, the common stock issued in any such transaction may be valued on an arbitrary or non-arm’s-length basis by our management, resulting in an additional reduction in the percentage of common stock held by our current stockholders. Our board of directors has the power to issue any or all of such authorized but unissued shares without stockholder approval. To the extent that additional shares of common stock or preferred stock are issued in connection with a financing, dilution to the interests of our stockholders will occur and the rights of the holder of common stock might be materially and adversely affected.

Our publicly filed reports are subject to review by the SEC, and any significant changes or amendments required as a result of any such review may result in material liability to us and may have a material adverse impact on the trading price of the Company’s common stock.

The reports of publicly traded companies are subject to review by the SEC from time to time for the purpose of assisting companies in complying with applicable disclosure requirements, and the SEC is required to undertake a comprehensive review of a company’s reports at least once every three years under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. SEC reviews may be initiated at any time. We could be required to modify, amend or reformulate information contained in prior filings as a result of an SEC review. Any modification, amendment or reformulation of information contained in such reports could be significant and result in material liability to us and have a material adverse impact on the trading price of the Company’s common stock.

 

Use of Proceeds

Assuming the sale of 2,000 Units in this Offering at an Offering Price of $25.00 per Unit, the total proceeds from the sale of the Units we are Offering will be $50,000,000. After fees for our placement agent commission, the net proceeds of the Units we sell will be approximately $45,500,000. We cannot predict when the Class A Warrants will be exercised, if at all. If all of the Class A Warrants sold in this Offering are exercised for cash, then we will receive an additional $30,000,000 of gross proceeds. It is possible that all or a portion of the Class A Warrants may expire prior to being exercised, in which case we will not receive any additional proceeds from such unexercised and expired Class A Warrants. If we receive proceeds from the exercise of Class A Warrants, we expect to use such proceeds for research and general corporate purposes.

We intend to use the proceeds from this Offering (after deducting placement agent commissions and estimated Offering expenses payable by us) to fund:

● the amount equal to the first three years of dividend payments, or $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, from the proceeds from this Offering (the “Dividend Reserve”) in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) maintained by International Financial Enterprise Bank (“IFEB Bank”), with offices in Dallas, TX, also referred to hereinafter as the “Escrow Agent.”;

● the repayment of debt (related to our convertible notes) in the aggregate principal amount and interest therein of $2,582,079 plus prepayment penalties estimated at $500,000 for a total of $3,082,079 as of the date of this prospectus (see Note 7. Convertible Notes Payable).

● our working capital and general corporate requirements, which may include marketing and advertising, general and administrative matters. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions, or businesses that complement our business. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any understandings to acquire any businesses. Because this is a best effort Offering with no minimum, we cannot predict how much money we will ultimately raise.

We anticipate an approximate allocation of the use of net proceeds assuming we raise 25%, 50%, 75% or 100% of the maximum offering amount as follows:

   25%  50%  75%  100%  %(1)(2)
Dividend Reserves (3 Years) $4,875,000  $9,750,000  $14,625,000  $19,500,000   39%
Repay existing indebtedness, including interest thereon $3,100,000  $3,100,000  $3,100,000  $3,500,000   7%
Fund working capital and general corporate purposes $2,775,000  $9,150,000  $15,525,000  $21,900,000   44%
Offering Expenses $100,000  $100,000  $100,000  $100,000   0%
Subtotal – use of proceeds $10,850,000  $22,100,000  $33,350,000  $44,600,000   90%
Total – gross proceeds $12,500,000  $25,000,000  $37,500,000  $50,000,000   100.00%

Other than as discussed above, we have not allocated any specific portion of the net proceeds to any particular purpose, and our management will have broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds. Furthermore, the amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the level of our expected sales and marketing activities and the attractiveness of any additional acquisitions or investments. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds that we receive from this Offering in short term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

If in the future we receive proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, we expect such proceeds will be contributed to working capital and will be used for general corporate purposes.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other shares of capital stock. Except for the 13% dividends payable to the holders of Series B Preferred from the Escrow Account on a monthly basis, equal to $3.25 per share on an annual basis, we currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends on any other securities, including common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends (other than on the Series B Preferred) will be made at the discretion of our Board, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. Further Nevada law limits when we can pay dividends on our securities. Further our continuing losses require us to use funds we receive in financings to meet our working capital needs. See “Description of Offered Securities – Dividends.”

1632
 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATIONCapitalization

 

The selected financial information setSet forth below is derived from our unaudited statementcash and capitalization as of operations forDecember 31, 2019:

● on an actual basis;

● on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 andissuance of 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred offered by this prospectus, at $25 per share, assuming net proceeds of approximately $45,000,000 million, after deducting Placement Agent fees of 10%, excluding our estimated Offering Expenses of $100,000 payable by us.

You should read the auditedinformation in the below table together with our consolidated financial statements for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, which appearsrelated notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each included elsewhere in this prospectus commencing on page 48 and which include footnotes required under generally accepted accounting principles. Prospective investors are urged to carefully review such detailed financial statements in their entirety.prospectus.

 

  Three Months Ended 
  March 31, 2015  March 31, 2014 
       
OPERATING EXPENSES        
Executive compensation $186,000  $186,000 
General and administrative  34,588   25,031 
Professional fees  90,394   29,671 
Research and development - related party  -   30 
         
Total Operating Expenses  310,982   240,732 
         
Loss from Operations  (310,982)  (240,732)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Gain from extinguishment of debt  11,323   - 
Interest expense, related parties  (1,078)  - 
Interest expense  (16,142)  - 
         
Loss before Income Taxes  (316,879)  (240,732)
         
Income tax expense  -   (50)
         
Net Loss $(316,879) $(240,782)

As of December 31, 2019

  Actual  Pro Forma as Adjusted 
Cash  240,722   25,740,722 
Restricted cash $-   19,500,000 
         
Derivative liabilities $3,529,974   3,531,974 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):        
Preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.001 per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 125,000 issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma as adjusted;  250   250 
Preferred stock, Series B Preferred, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and 2,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;  -   2,000 
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 20,000,000,000 shares authorized; 12,752,084 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 12,752,08, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;  12,752   12,752 
Shares to be issued  150   150 
Additional paid-in capital  23,942,830   68,940,830 
Accumulated deficit  (30,862,019)  (35,862,019)
Total stockholders’ deficit  (6,906,037)  (37,711,437)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit $433,306   435,306 

Financial Information

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018F-2
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018F-3
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018F-4
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018F-5
Notes to  Financial StatementsF-6

 

1734

 

  For Year Ended 
  December 31, 2014  December 31, 2013 
       
TOTAL REVENUE $-  $- 
         
OPERATING EXPENSES        
Executive compensation  744,000   423,000 
General and administrative  231,124   40,930 
Professional fees  259,856   - 
Contingent liability expense  90,000   - 
Research and development - related party  30   2,706 
         
Total Operating Expenses  1,325,010   466,636 
         
Loss from Operations  (1,325,010)  (466,636)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Gain on extinguishment of debt  1,200   - 
Interest income  7   - 
Interest expense, related parties  (2,708)  - 
Interest expense  (13,074)  - 
         
Loss before Income Taxes  (1,339,585)  (466,636)
         
Income tax expense  -   - 
         
Net Loss $(1,339,585) $(466,636)

 

USEREPORT OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any net proceeds from sales of shares of our common stock being registered for resale by the Selling Stockholders named in this prospectus.

We may, however, receive proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of the Warrants.

If all of the outstanding Warrants were exercised for cash at an exercise price of approximately $0.35 per share (subject to adjustment), we could receive up to a total of approximately $483,417. However, the holders of Warrants are only obligated to exercise such warrants for cash if the underlying Warrant Shares have been registered for resale under a current registration statement declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and there can be no guarantee they will exercise any Warrants.

We intend to use any proceeds we may receive from the cash exercise of the Warrants for working capital and other general corporate purposes. There is no assurance that any or all of the Warrants will ever be exercised or that additional shares underlying the Warrants will be registered for resale.

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK, DIVIDENDS ANDRELATED STOCKHOLDER INFORMATIONINDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

As of the date of this Statement, there is no public market for the Company’s common stock. This Registration Statement is a step toward creating a public market for our stock upon. However, there can be no assurance that a meaningful trading market will develop. The Company and its management make no representation about the present or future value of our common stock.

As of August 6, 2015:

1.There are 4,854,405 outstanding options or warrants to purchase, or other instruments convertible into, common equity of the Company;
2.There are currently about 6,000,000 shares of our common stock eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144; and,
3.Other than the stock registered under this Registration Statement, there is no stock that has been proposed to be publicly offered resulting in dilution to the current shareholders or that could have a material effect on the market price of our common equity.

Record Holders. As of August 6 , 2015, there were approximately 91 record holders of our common stock.

Dividend Policy. We have neither declared nor paid any cash dividends on either preferred or common stock. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our preferred or common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion ofTo the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions, including its financial condition, resultsStockholders of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects, and other factors that

eWellness Healthcare Corporation

Opinion on the Board of Directors considers relevant.Financial Statements

 

Securities AuthorizedWe have audited the accompanying balance sheets of eWellness Healthcare Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for Issuance under Equity Compensation Planseach of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Consideration of the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Company doeswill continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has yet to earn significant revenue, has a deficit in stockholders’ equity, and has sustained recurring losses from operations. This raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not haveinclude any equity compensation plans or any individual compensation arrangementsadjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to its common stock. The issuancethe Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any of our common stock is within the discretion of our Board of Directors, which has the power to issue any or all of our authorized but unissued shares without stockholder approval.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and result of operations contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of the other reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Actual results may differ materially from those containedCommission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in any forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,”accordance with the negativestandards of such terms or other comparable terminology. Thesethe PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are only predictions.

Althoughfree of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statementsengaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levelsrequired to obtain an understanding of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we, nor any other person, assume responsibilityinternal control over financial reporting, but not for the accuracy and completenesspurpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the forward-looking statements. We are underCompany’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no obligationsuch opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to update anyassess the risks of material misstatement of the forward-lookingfinancial statements, afterwhether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the filing of this Registration Statement to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

The following discussionamounts and analysis of financial condition and results of operations relates to the operations and financial condition reporteddisclosures in the financial statementsstatements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of eWellness Healthcare Corporationthe financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the quarter ending March 31, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and should be read in conjunction with such financial statements and related notes included in this report.our opinion.

 

OverviewHaynie & Company

Salt Lake City, Utah

eWellness is in the initial phase of developing a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program (“DMpt program”) to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems specifically designed to help prevent patients that are pre-diabetic from becoming diabetic.

Initially, our focus was on patients with pre-diabetes conditions. However, we have broadened our focus to include overweight patients saddled with lower back pain and knee pain caused by tissue strain and inactivity. We alsodecided to launch our platform in Los Angeles instead of New York after Blue Shield of California reimbursed our physical therapy telemedicine. We were poised to launch our business in New York through a partnership with Millennium Healthcare, Inc. (“MHI”), but the partnership did not provide the results we were expecting. Additionally, management determined that relocating the Company’s operations closer to where the CEO and Chairman lived made the business more manageable and avoided time and monies lost due to travel. Management believes that by broadening the Company’s focus to include lower back pain and knee pain caused from excess weight, provides additional opportunities for success. The Company remains committed to servicing patients diagnosed as pre-diabetes as well.

Plan of Operations

During November and December 2014, we conducted a pilot study of our PHZIO.COM platform (the “PHZIO Study”), which included two men and six women aged between 33 and 56 years old over an eight week period; six were based in Los Angeles and two were based in Louisiana. Three of the participants were recruited from Craigslist and the rest were friends or family of the Company’s management team. The goals for each were to gain physical strength, stamina, balance and to lose weight. The study required each participant to attend exercise/therapy sessions three days per week from 6:30 am – 8:30 am during the trial period. Each patient attended every scheduled session and a few lost 15 pounds by the end of the study period; most said they improved their abdominal muscle strength and flexibility. Management believes these results will only improve with a longer therapy regimen period. Management is hopeful that a larger study with more patients over a six month period may produce meaningful data that would increase the likelihood for reimbursement for Medicaid plans.

The participants of our PHZIO Study indicated that they would prefer to interact with a physical therapy exercise program provided via telemedicine rather than travel to a facility; the majority agreed (88%) that they would not have travelled to our Culver City facilities to participate in a brick and mortar program and/or their attendance record would have declined. Additionally, all participants stated that they want to continue using the PHZIO.COM platform. They also indicated that having a physical therapist provide exercise instructions via the web was not a barrier to interacting with our PHZIO.COM program.

Our initial PHZIO.COM program is focused on patients that have back, hip and or knee pain and are overweight and may be pre-diabetic. Based upon the successful development of our initial PHZIO.COM platform, and with proper funding, we intend on expanding our on-line exercise system to include various other exercise programs including dietary guidance programs, hip replacement, orthopedic exercise programs and osteoporosis exercise programs.March 24, 2020

 

We have developed various key performance indicators that we anticipate using to assess our business after operations are launched:

served as the Company’s auditor since 2016

Patient Induction Rate. Our DMpt programs are 26 weeks long and start with the induction. Our patient induction rate will provide us a weekly direct understanding of how we are coordinating with the referring doctors and how efficiently we are managing the inductions; it will also give us a foundation for modeling the next six months of revenue.eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Patient Attrition Rate. This indicator may be the single most important indicator of long term business outlook. The long term health of our business is directly linked to the long term health of our patients. If the patient stays with the program and does well, the probability of a health changing lifestyle shift is dramatically increased. When the patient stays with the program the Company’s business is rewarded with additional revenue. Furthermore, the increased success of each patient in our program enhances the insurance provider’s cost/benefits actuarial view of our service and thus motivates a better reimbursement schedule and more patients for us in the long run.BALANCE SHEETS

 

  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
       
ASSETS        
         
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $240,722  $383,335 
Accounts receivable  3,635   - 
Prepaid expenses  157,139   95,508 
         
Total current assets  401,496   478,843 
         
Property & equipment, net  22,810   14,092 
Intangible assets, net  9,000   11,000 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $433,306  $503,935 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $310,747  $236,741 
Accounts payable - related party  586,372   684,173 
Accrued expenses - related party  138,868   214,076 
Accrued compensation  552,974   1,113,470 
Contingent liability  -   90,000 
Convertible debt, net of discount  2,240,408   562,362 
Derivative liability  3,529,974   1,584,102 
         
Total current liabilities  7,339,343   4,484,924 
         
Total Liabilities  7,339,343   4,484,924 
         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  -   - 
         
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
Preferred stock, authorized, 20,000,000 shares, $.001 par value, 250,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  250   - 
Common stock, authorized 20,00,000,000 shares, $.01 par value, 12,752,084 and 4,128,139 issued and outstanding, respectively outstanding, respectively  12,752   4,128 
Shares to be issued  150   - 
Additional paid in capital  21,942,830   17,416,117 
Accumulated deficit  (30,862,019)  (21,401,234)
         
Total Stockholders’ Deficit  (6,906,037)  (3,980,989)
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT $433,306  $503,935 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

New Offices Per Month. This indicator will be useful in determining how fast or slow our distribution system will be growing. It will also provide us a predictive measure for resource requirements that will be emerging over the next six months.eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
       
REVENUE $3,635  $- 
         
OPERATING EXPENSES        
Executive compensation  408,000   408,000 
General and administrative  1,492,944   1,156,938 
Professional fees  2,403,898   2,130,131 
         
Total Operating Expenses  4,304,842   3,695,069 
         
Loss from Operations  (4,301,207)  (3,695,069)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Interest income  41   - 
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt  -   159,479 
Gain (loss) on derivative liability  (720,653)  (178,938)
Gain on contingent liability  90,000   - 
Foreign exchange rate  -   12,598 
Loss on disposal of asset  -   (2,134)
Interest expense  (4,527,336)  (745,542)
         
Net Loss before Income Taxes  (9,459,155)  (4,449,606)
         
Income tax expense  (1,630)  (1,856)
         
Net Loss $(9,460,785) $(4,451,462)
         
Basic and diluted (loss) per common share $(1.86) $(1.32)
         
Weighted average shares outstanding  5,083,148   3,374,115 

Selling General and Administrative Expenses (SGA). Before even launching, we have received a high indication

The accompanying notes are an integral part of interest in our service. We think the demand is warranted, but recognize that in the early stages of our services, we may experience bottlenecks in our ability to meet the demand for same. Under this type of environment it is critical to maintain awareness of the Company’s operational budget goals and how they are being met in our attempts to address demand. Regardless of our growth pace, it is critical to shareholder value that we are mindful of our operational spending.

Cashflow. Because the Company is “early stage” and launching with a minimum of capital, monitoring cashflow on a constant basis will be essential to growth.these financial statements

 

We received a total of approximately $483,417 from the Private Placement. Upon receipt of at least $1.2million, the Company’s plans are to pursue the targets set forth below to achieve controlled operational break-even within four months and open up to 24 offices within 12 months after the close of such private financing and healthy profitability and growth thereafter. Specifically, it is our intention to launch our services the first month after funding into two pre-existing physician locations; for each of the 11 months thereafter, we intend to launch into two additional pre-existing physician offices each month, for a total of 24 offices within the first 12 months after receipt of adequate funding. If we do not receive the full $1.2 million, we will scale our plans back accordingly, in accordance with the priorities set forth below. We need at least $400,000 to carry out our 1st objective, make good on some of the outstanding liabilities that are to come due within the next 3-6 months as disclosed herein and become profitable. Until we receive it, the majority of our efforts will be geared towards obtaining sufficient financing to launch and complete our 1st objective.

Specifically, other than completing our 1st objective, we anticipate expending an aggregate of approximately $31,000 per month to compensate our executive officers to encourage them to devote more time to our Company, as we will be simultaneously launching and rolling out our operations in light of the received funds. Additionally, in light of its importance to our operations, we plan to pay the remaining $15,000 due on our license agreement with Bistromatics Corp. (See, “Transactions With Related Persons, Promoters And Certain Control Person”).

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

1stObjective: Activate the system and begin provisioning. The Company’s first objective is to complete the final activation of our DMpt system and begin provisioning our service to new patients in the Los Angeles metropolitan area.STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

a.New induction offices per month
        Shares  Additional     Total 
  Preferred Shares  Common Shares  to be  Paid in  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  50:1 split  Amount  issued  Capital  Deficit  Deficit 
                         
Balance at December 31, 2017  -  $-   2,847,048  $2,847  $-  $13,317,636  $(16,949,772) $     (3,629,289)
                                 
Contributed services  -   -           -   220,500   -   220,500 
                                 
Option expense  -   -           -   467,938   -   467,938 
                                 
Shares issued to officers, directors and consultants  -   -   348,000   348   -   349,740   -   350,088 
                                 
Shares issued for contribution  -   -   20,000   20   -   69,980   -   70,000 
                                 
Shares issued for debt conversion  -   -   705,714   706   -   2,111,741   -   2,112,447 
                                 
Shares issued for financing costs  -   -   49,377   49   -   127,325   -   127,374 
                                 
Shares issued for prepaid services  -   -   52,000   52   -   239,248   -   239,300 
                                 
Shares issued for services  -   -   106,000   106   -   512,009   -   512,115 
                                 
Net loss  -   -       -   -   -   (4,451,462)  (4,451,462)
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2018  -  $-   4,128,139  $4,128  $-  $17,416,117  $(21,401,234) $(3,980,989)
                                 
Contributed services  -   -           -   216,000   -   216,000 
                                 
Shares issued to officers, directors and consultants  250,000   250           -   749,750   -   750,000 
                                 
Shares issued for cash  -   -   16,000   16   -   59,084   -   59,100 
                                 
Shares issued for debt conversion  -   -   8,225,381   8,225   -   3,929,566   -   3,937,791 
                                 
Shares issued for financing costs  -   -   20,000   20   -   114,980   -   115,000 
                                 
Shares issued for prepaid services  -   -   235,064   235   -   945,726   -   945,961 
                                 
Shares issued for services  -   -   127,500   128   150   511,607   -   511,885 
                                 
Net loss  -   -           -   -   (9,460,785)  (9,460,785)
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2019  250,000  $250   12,752,084  $12,752  $150  $23,942,830  $(30,862,019) $(6,906,037)

 

i. Month 3 – (1) Offices per month

ii. Month 6 – (2) Offices per month

iii. Month 9 – (2) Offices per month

iv. Month 12 – (2) Offices per month

b.New patient inductions per office per month

i. Month 3 – (100) New patient inductions per office per month

ii. Month 6 – (100) New patient inductions per office per month

iii. Month 9 – (100) New patient inductions per office per month

iv. Month 12 – (100) New patient inductions per office per month

c.Total new patients per week across all offices

i. Month 3 – (100) Weekly new patients

ii. Month 6 – (250) Weekly new patients

iii. Month 9 – (400) Weekly new patients

iv. Month 12 – (621) Weekly new patients

We estimate that our anticipated launch cash expenditures for the first 90 days will be a totalThe accompanying notes are an integral part of $382,133 expended on SGA and operations, as detailed in the following chart. However, these expenditure estimates are created using operations modeling and may not accurately reflect the actual cost of launching our service and do not reflect collecting revenue. Furthermore, because our service in not currently operational and has never been deployed as designed, management may encounter expenditures not planed or foreseen and these estimates may be materially different than actual results.

financial statements

Estimated Launch Cash Expenditures (90 Days)eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Service Activation Month 1  Month 2  Month 3  3 Month Total 
Printing and Reproduction $1,300  $1,300  $1,300  $3,900 
Tech Info Sys Development $26,400  $26,400  $8,000  $60,800 
Video Production $6,251  $6,251  $6,251  $18,753 
Web-Site $3,541  $3,541  $3,541  $10,623 
  $37,492  $37,492  $19,092  $94,076 
                 
SGA                
Fees - Bank $0  $0  $250  $250 
Executives & Employees $31,000  $37,000  $41,000  $109,000 
Equipment Rental $3,715  $3,795  $3,904  $11,414 
Factoring $0  $3,561  $11,781  $15,342 
Insurance $9,632  $10,534  $11,136  $31,302 
Interest $0  $0  $0  $0 
Internet Access $500  $500  $500  $1,500 
Licenses and Permits $1,200  $1,200  $1,200  $3,600 
Marketing, PR, Advertising $20,000  $20,000  $20,000  $60,000 
Millennium & Dr Training $5,000  $5,000  $5,000  $15,000 
Miscellaneous Expense $400  $480  $1,260  $2,140 
Office Expenses $398  $420  $1,500  $2,318 
Professional Fees $30,000  $20,000  $20,000  $70,000 
Postage and Delivery $167  $179  $191  $537 
Rent $0  $0  $9,825  $9,825 
Repairs $500  $500  $500  $1,500 
Taxes $6,405  $7,605  $8,405  $22,415 
Telephone $997  $997  $997  $2,991 
Travel & Entertainment $4,980  $8,019  $10,000  $22,999 
Utilities $0  $0  $0  $0 
  $114,894  $119,790  $147,449  $382,133 
  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
       
Cash flows from operating activities        
Net loss $(9,460,785) $(4,451,462)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
operating activities:
        
Depreciation and amortization  6,731   5,982 
Contributed services  216,000   220,500 
Shares issued for consulting services  511,885   512,115 
Shares issued for contribution  -   70,000 
Shares issued for financing costs  135,900   127,374 
Shares issued to officers, directors and consultants  187,500   350,088 
Options expense  -   467,938 
Amortization of debt discount and prepaids  4,805,376   812,499 
Loss on disposal of fixed asset  -   2,134 
Gain on settlement of debt  -   (159,479)
Gain on contingent liability  (90,000)  - 
Foreign currency exchange gain  -   (12,598)
Loss on derivative liability  720,653   178,938 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities        
Prepaid expense  (49,197)  22,479 
Accounts receivable  (3,635)  - 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  231,762   130,454 
Accounts payable - related party  (97,800)  332,661 
Accrued expenses - related party  (22,708)  60,067 
Accrued compensation  (70,496)  42,101 
         
Net cash used in operating activities  (2,978,814)  (1,288,209)
         
Cash flows from investing activities        
Purchase of equipment  (13,449)  (14,233)
Net cash used in investing activities  (13,449)  (14,233)
         
Cash flows from financing activities        
Shares issued for cash  59,100   - 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt  4,458,450   1,922,600 
Original issue discount and debt issuance costs  (565,450)  (242,700)
Payments on debt  (1,102,450)  (1,005)
         
Net cash provided by financing activities  2,849,650   1,678,895 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  (142,613)  376,453 
         
Cash, beginning of period  383,335   6,882 
         
Cash, end of period $240,722  $383,335 
         
Supplemental Information:        
Cash paid for:        
Taxes $1,600  $1,856 
Interest Expense $-  $- 
Non cash items:        
Warrants issued with debt $-  $- 
Derivative liability and debt discount issued with new notes $4,385,384  $1,099,732 
Shares issued for debt conversion $1,955,557  $1,456,782 
Exercise of warrants $-  $- 
Shares issued for extinguishment of accounts payable $-  $- 
Shares issued to directors and consultants as reduction of contributed capital $-  $1,215,912 
Shares issued for prepaids $945,961  $239,300 

 

ResultsThe accompanying notes are an integral part of Operations for the Three Months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014.

Revenues

eWellness has reported $0 revenues from operations for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014. We anticipate the beginning of revenue generation by the end of the third quarter of 2015.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2015 totalled $310,982 compared to $240,732 for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Operating expenses increased primarily as a result of an increase in professional fees for consulting services.

Net Loss

Net loss during the three months ended March 31, 2015, totaled $316,879 compared to $240,782 for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in the net loss is a result of increased operating and interest expenses as discussed above.

Interest Expense

Interest expense, including interest expense–related parties, was $17,220 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014, respectively. The increase was related to costs of convertible debt with unrelated parties.these financial statements

 

22F-5
 

 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended eWellness Healthcare Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and December 31, 20132019

 

RevenuesNote 1. The Company

The Company and Nature of Business

 

eWellness Healthcare Corporation (the “eWellness”, “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on April 7, 2011. The Company has generated no revenues to date.

eWellness Healthcare Corporation is the first physical therapy telehealth company to offer real-time distance monitored assessments and treatments. Our business model is to have large-scale employers use our PHZIO platform as a fully PT monitored corporate musculoskeletal treatment (“MSK”) wellness program. The Company’s PHZIO home physical therapy assessment and exercise platform has been designed to disrupt the $30 billion physical therapy market, the $4 billion MSK market and the $8 billion corporate wellness industry. PHZIO re-defines the way MSK physical therapy can be delivered. PHZIO is the first real-time remote monitored 1-to-many MSK physical therapy platforms for home use.

We have commenced treating patients on various commercial contracts and anticipate generating initial revenues during the 4thquarter of 2019. Despite the lack of revenues, we continue to train physical therapist on how to use our PHZIO treatment platform, with many of these therapists treating various patients on our system on a complimentary basis. Our PHZIO system has delivered over 4,000 telerehab treatments to date.

Our latest challenges in the Workers Compensation space has been patient adoption of PHZIO, related to a patients’ choice to choose if they are treated in-clinic or digitally. They are nearly all choosing in-clinic care. Our pivot to address this issue was to develop and sell MSK 360 a pre-injury fitness exam and custom exercise platform that is just rolling out now. Next, we finally are getting traction for our Per-Hab product with several large TPA’s. Lastly, multiple clients are requesting a Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercise product (RA 360) that is currently being developed with a launch date of mid-January. With the success of MSK 360 we expect that more Workers Comp patients will choose digital care over in-clinic care.

We have now developed four key products with large scale users that need to turn on utilization in 2020. We have a large list of corporate self-insured, TPA and insurance company sales book that we are actively focused on selling to them our MSK-360 and Pre-Hab platforms. We expect good traction from many of these firms in 2020. These products are:

+ PHZIO: Realtime PT monitored Digital PT Treatments (post-injury)

+ MSK 360: Digital “PHZIOFIT” fitness exam and customer exercise plans for employees, (pre-injury)

+ Pre-Hab: Digital pre-surgery (non-monitored) for Total Knee, Hip and Shoulder surgery (post injury and pre-surgery)

+ RA 360: (Available January 2020) Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercise Plan

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared to reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

The information regarding common stock shares, options and warrants throughout this document have been adjusted to reflect the 1:50 reverse split authorized by the Board of Directors on December 16, 2019 and further approved by FINRA on February 12, 2020.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported $0amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these good faith estimates and judgments.

Going Concern

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had minimal revenues. The Company has an accumulated deficit of $30,862,019 and a working capital deficit of $6,937,847. In view of these matters, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s ability to continue operations is dependent upon the Company’s ability to raise additional capital and to ultimately achieve sustainable revenues and profitable operations, of which there can be no guarantee. The Company intends to finance its future development activities and its working capital needs largely from the sale of public equity securities with some additional funding from other traditional financing sources, including term notes, until such time that funds provided by operations are sufficient to fund working capital requirements. The financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company complies with the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820-10,Fair Value Measurements, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:

Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had the following assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

  Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3 
Derivative Liability $3,529,974  $-  $-  $3,529,974 
Total Liabilities measured at fair value $3,529,974  $-  $-  $3,529,974 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had the following assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

  Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3 
Derivative Liability $1,584,102  $-  $-  $1,584,102 
Total Liabilities measured at fair value $1,584,102  $-  $-  $1,584,102 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost. Minor additions and renewals are expensed in the year incurred. Major additions and renewals are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:

Furniture and Fixtures5-7 Years
Computer Equipment5-7 Years
Software3 Years

The Company regularly evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. If factors indicate the asset may not be recoverable, we compare the related undiscounted future net cash flows to the carrying value of the asset to determine if impairment exists. If the expected future net cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized based on the fair value of the asset. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was no impairment recognized.

Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for assets that are not physical in nature as intangible assets. Intangible assets have either an identifiable or indefinite useful life. Intangible assets with identifiable useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their economic or legal life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reassessed each year for impairment. If an impairment has occurred, then a loss is recognized. An impairment loss is determined by subtracting the asset’s fair value from the asset’s book/carrying value. For the years ended December 21, 2019 and 2018, there was no impairment recognized.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740-10-30. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Accounting standards require the consideration of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if it is “more likely than not” that some component or all the benefits of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company accounts for debt issuance costs in accordance with ASU 2015-03. This guidance requires direct and incremental costs associated with the issuance of debt instruments such as legal fees, printing costs and underwriters’ fees, among others, paid to parties other than creditors, are reported and presented as a reduction of debt on the consolidated balance sheets.

Debt issuance costs and premiums or discounts are amortized over the term of the respective financing arrangement using the effective interest method. Amortization of these amounts is included as a component of interest expense net, in the consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash deposits and highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity to the Company of three months or less. The Company maintains cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Loss per Common Share

The Company follows ASC Topic 260 to account for the loss per share. Basic loss per common share calculations are determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share calculations are determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding. During periods when common stock equivalents, if any, are anti-dilutive they are not considered in the computation. As the Company has incurred losses for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no dilutive shares are added into the loss per share calculations. While currently antidilutive, the following instruments could potentially dilute EPS in the future resulting in the following common stock equivalents

  2019  2018 
       
Options  57,000   57,000 
Warrants  42,015   74,364 
Convertible Notes  1,782,346   506,605 
   1,881,361   637,969 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include all share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 specifies that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which the grantor acquires goods and services to be used or consumed in its own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. ASU 2018-07 also clarifies that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under ASC 606. The amendments in ASU 2018-07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company complies with the provisions of this amendment in recording share-based payment transactions at grant date per the equity valuation on that date.

The Company has reviewed all other recently issued, but not yet adopted, accounting standards in order to determine their effects, if any, on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Based on that review, the Company believes that none of these pronouncements will have a significant effect on its financial statements.

Note 3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of computer equipment that is stated at cost $31,888 and $22,654 less accumulated depreciation of $9,078 and $8,562 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Depreciation expense was $4,731 and $3,028 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Note 4. Intangible Assets

The Company recognizes the cost of a software license and a license for use of a programming code as intangible assets. The stated cost of these assets was $24,770 and $24,770 less accumulated amortization of $15,770 and $13,770 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the amortization expense recorded was $2,000 and $2,954, respectively.

Note 5. Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, reduced the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% beginning on January 1, 2018.

Net deferred tax liabilities consist of the following components as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Deferred tax assets:        
NOL carryover $2,402,900  $1,204,500 
Accrued payroll  111,900   233,800 
Deferred rent  -   - 
Related party accruals  123,100   143,700 
Deferred tax liabilities        
Depreciation  800   300 
Valuation allowance  (2,638,700)  (1,582,300)
Net deferred tax asset $-  $- 

The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 20142019 and 2018 due to the following:

  2019  2018 
       
Book loss $(1,986,800) $(934,800)
Depreciation  (500)  - 
Contributed services  45,400   46,300 
Meals & entertainment  10,800   4,200 
Stock for prepaids  196,000   63,200 
Stock for consulting  157,900   222,500 
Option expense  -   98,300 
Amortization of debt discount  813,100   107,400 
Accrued payroll  (121,900)  8,800 
Loss on conversion of debt  -   (159,500)
Gain on contingent liability  (18,900)  - 
Related party accruals  (20,500)  - 
Loss on derivative  151,300   37,600 
Valuation allowance  774,100   506,000 
  $-  $- 

At December 31, 2013. We anticipate2019, the beginningCompany had net operating loss carryforwards of revenue generationapproximately $11,505,000 that may be offset against future taxable income from the year 2020 through 2039. No tax benefit has been reported in the December 31, 2019 financial statements since the potential tax benefit is offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.

Due to the change in ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax reporting purposes are subject to annual limitations. Should a change in ownership occur, net operating loss carryforwards may be limited as to use in future years.

The Company’s policy is to recognize potential interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties, nor did we have any interest or penalties accrued related to unrecognized benefits.

The tax years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are open for examination for federal income tax purposes and by other major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.

Note 6. Related Party Transactions

In November 2016, the Company signed an agreement with a programming company (“PC”) within which one of the Company’s directors and Chief Technical Officer is the Chief Marketing Officer. The agreement is for additional features to be programmed for the launch of the PHZIO platform. The Company is to pay a monthly base fee of $100,000 for the development and compensation for the Company’s CEO and CTO. Following payment of the initial $100,000, the Company is obligated to only pay $50,000 monthly until the PC has successfully signed and collected the first monthly service fee for 100 physical therapy clinics to use the PHZIO platform. The PC will also have the right to appoint 40% of the directors. At the end of December 31, 2019, the third quarterCompany had a payable of 2015.$582,382 due to this company.

 

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased to $1,325,010 forFor the first nine months of the year ended December 31, 20142018, the Company rented office space from $466,636a company owned by our CEO. The imputed rent expense of $500 per month for nine months is recorded in the Statement of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital in the Balance Sheet. For the last three months of the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase is2018 and the full year ended December 31, 2019 the Company rented office space from a result of executive compensation and legal and accounting services expenses.third-party provider.

 

Net Loss

The Company incurred a net loss of $1,339,585 forThroughout the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with2019, the officers and directors of the Company incurred business expenses on behalf of the Company. The amounts payable to the officers as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were $1,368 and $3,076, respectively. There were no expenses due to the board members, but the Company has accrued directors’ fees of $137,500 and $211,000 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Because the Company is not yet profitable the officers have agreed to defer compensation. The Company had accrued executive compensation of $532,974 and $1,113,470 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 respectively.

Note 7. Convertible Notes Payable

Year Ended December 31, 2019

In January 2019, the Company received the third tranche of $60,000 relating to a net lossnote executed on July 13, 2018. During the year ending December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $466,636$1,350. In July 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $60,000 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $30,000. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.

In January 2019, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $308,000. The note, which is due on January 8, 2020, has an original issue discount of $28,000 and transaction costs of $10,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2013,2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $20,466. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted $266,000 of principal and $17,672 of accrued interest for 1,409,860 shares of common stock prices ranging between $.05 and $1.75. At December 31, 2019, there is $42,000 principal outstanding.

In January 2019, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $308,000 each. The note, which reflectsis due on January 8, 2020, has an increaseoriginal issue discount of $872,949.$28,000 and transaction costs of $10,000. The increaseconvertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $18,535. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted $308,000 of principal and $18,535 of accrued interest for 839,210 shares of common stock for prices ranging from $.10 to $2.10. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully converted.

In January 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $114,000. The note, which is due on October 30, 2019, has an original issue discount of $11,000 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% average of the two lowest per share trading prices for the ten (10) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $6,028. In July 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $114,000 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $42,010. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.

In January 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $58,300. The note, which is due on November 15, 2019, has an original issue discount of $5,300 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% average of the two lowest per share trading prices for the ten (10) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the nine months ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $2,753. In July 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $58,300 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $21,369. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.

In February 2019, the Company received the fourth tranche of $30,000 relating to a note executed on July 13, 2018. During the year ending December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $700. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted $29,504 of principal for 382,800 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $.05 and $1.50. At December 31, 2019, there is $496 principal and $700 accrued interest outstanding.

In March 2019, the Company executed a Securities Purchase Agreement for Convertible Debentures to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $365,000 to be funded in six tranches: $65,000 at signing, $100,000 forty-five (45) days after the signing date and $200,000 forty-five (45) days after the second closing date. The debentures, which are payable on March 18, 2022, have a 10% original issue discount and a commitment fee of $5,000 payable with the signing debenture. The debentures convert into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (i) $6.00 or (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the lowest traded price (as reported by Bloomberg LP) of the common stock for the ten (10) trading days prior to the conversion date. The first tranche of $65,000 was received in March 2019. In September 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $65,000 and a prepayment penalty of $19,500. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.

In March 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $47,300. The note, which is payable on January 30, 2020, has an original issue discount of $4,300 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,226. In September 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $47,300 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $16,555. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.

In March 2019, the Company executed a 3% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $360,000. The note, which is payable twelve (12) months after each tranche is funded, has an original issue discount of $60,000. The original issue discount will be prorated with each tranche paid. The first tranche of $60,000 is due at signing date. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the lesser of (i) lowest trading price or (ii) the lowest closing bid price on the OTCQB during the twenty-five (25) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. The first tranche was received on March 29, 2019. The second tranche of $37,500 was received on July 19, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3.209. In September 2019, the Company prepaid the first tranche of $60,000 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $30,000. At December 31, 2019, only the second tranche of $37,500 is outstanding.

In March 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $1,500,000 to be funded over separate tranches; the first tranche to be funded on signing. The note, which is due and payable six (6) months after the funding date of each tranche, has an original issue discount of 10%. The Company issued 65,217 shares of restricted common stock on the closing date. These are deemed returnable shares which the investor must return if the Company repays the note prior to the maturity date. In addition, the Company issued 20,000 shares of restricted common stock as a resultcommitment fee. The convertible note converts into common stock of executive compensationthe Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the lowest trading price during the thirty (30) day trading period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. The first tranche of $750,000 was received on March 25, 2019. The second tranche of $350,000 was received on July 12, 2019 and legalthe Company issued 53,846 shares of restricted common stock. These shares are redeemable if the Company pays the note prior to the maturity date of January 20, 2020. The third and accounting services expenses.final tranche was received on September 9, 2019 and the Company issued 80,000 shares of restricted common stock. These shares are redeemable if the Company pays the note prior to the maturity date of March 12, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $112,372. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted $393,647 of principal and $77,017 of accrued interest for 3,705,340 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $0.02 to $11.00. At the year ended December 31, 2019, there is $1,106,353 principal and $35,355 accrued interest outstanding.

 

CONTINGENCIESIn April 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $58,300. The note, which is payable on February 15, 2020, has an original issue discount of $5,300 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $3,811. In September 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $58,300 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $20,405. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.

In May 2019, the Company executed a convertible note conversion period extension agreement on a note dated October 28, 2018, within which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to May 27, 2019. The Company paid $16,031 to note holder for this extension agreement. On May 28, 2019, the Company executed a second extension agreement on this note within which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to June 11, 2019. The Company paid $16,105 to note holder for this extension agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the note holder converted the $308,000 note and accrued interest of $19,539 into 166,440 shares of common shares at prices ranging from $1.75 to $2.26. At December 31, 2019, this note has been fully converted.

In May 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $110,000. The note, which is due on February 13, 2020, has an original issue discount of $10,000 and transactions costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% of the lowest closing price for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $7,723. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted $91,500 of principal and $6,000 of accrued interest into 1,596,158 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $0.04 to $0.20. At the year ended December 31, 2019, there is $18,500 principal and $1,723 accrued interest outstanding.

In July 2019, two Back-End notes executed in October 2018 with an institutional investor was funded for $154,000 each. Each note, which is due on October 29, 2019, has an original issue discount of $14,000 and transaction costs of $2,500. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest per share trading prices for the prior twenty (20) trading days including the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $6,143 for each note.

In July 2019, the Company signed an amendment to a convertible note issued on March 21, 2019 revising the conversion price from 75% to 65% of the lowest trading price during the thirty (30) trading days prior to the conversion date.

In July 2019 the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $140,800. The note, which is payable on April 30, 2020, has an original issue discount of $12,800 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $7,192.

In July 2019, the Company executed a convertible note conversion period extension agreement on a note dated January 8, 2019 within which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to August 9, 2019. The Company paid $21,560 to note holder for this extension agreement.

In July 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $113,000. The note, which is due on July 9, 2020, has an original issue discount of $10,000 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% average of the lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $6,130.

In July 2019, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $235,200. The note, which is due on July 11, 2020, has an original issue discount of $25,200 and transaction costs of $10,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% average of the lowest closing bid price for the prior twenty (20) trading days including the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $8,351.

In July 2019, the Company executed a convertible note conversion period extension agreement on a note dated January 8, 2019 within which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to August 9, 2019. The Company paid $22,410 to note holder for this extension agreement.

In July 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $250,000. The note, which is due on April 19, 2020, has an original issue discount of $37,500 and transaction costs of $5,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the average of the lowest per share trading prices for the twenty-five (25) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $12,986.

In July 2019, the Company executed two 12% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to two institutional investors in the principal amount of $38,500 each. Each note, which is due on April 30, 2020, has an original issue discount of $3,500 and transaction costs of $1,500. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% of the lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,746 for the two notes.

In September 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $58,300. The note, which is payable on July 15, 2020, has an original issue discount of $5,300 and transaction costs of $3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $1,967.

In September 2019, a Back-End note executed in January 2019 with an institutional investor was funded for $154,000. The note, which is due on January 9, 2020, has an original issue discount of $14,000 and transaction costs of $5,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,747.

In September 2019, two Back-End notes executed in January 2019 with an institutional investor was funded for $154,000 each. Each note, which is due on January 8, 2020, has an original issue discount of $14,000 and transactions costs of $5,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest per share trading prices for the prior twenty (20) trading days including the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,476 for each note.

In October 2019, the Company executed a 10% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $57,750. The note, which is payable on October 2, 2020, has an original issue discount of $5,250 and transaction costs of $2,500. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 65% of the lowest trading price during the twenty (20) trading days ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $1,424.

Year Ended December 31, 2018

In January 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $110,000. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on October 12, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $4,489 was fully converted into 48,257 shares of common stock at a price of $2.37 per share.

In January 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $91,300. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on October 30, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $4,980 was fully converted into 32,616 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $2.915 to $3,015.

In February 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $63,800. During year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on November 30, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $3,480 was fully converted into 26,196 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $2.435 to $2.66.

In March 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $77,000. As of September 30, 2018, the institutional investor exercised its MFN provision in Paragraph 4a increasing the OID from the stated in the note from 10% to 15% thus increasing the amount owed to $80,500. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on December 5, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $5,928 was fully converted into 48,049 shares of common stock at a price of $1.80.

In March 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $72,450. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on December 30, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $3,780 was fully converted into 37,556 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $1.965 to $2.185.

In May 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $125,000. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which is due on May 10, 2019, and accrued interest totaling $415 was fully converted into 32,525 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $3.14 to $5.16. At the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company is still liable for $5,288 of accrued interest that has not yet been converted.

In May 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $51,750. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which is due on March 1, 2019, and accrued interest of $2,700 was fully converted into 13,174 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $4.05 and $4.25.

In July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $56,500. The note, which is due on April 17, 2019, has an original issue discount of $6,500. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.50 or (ii) 75% of the lowest per share trading price for the thirty (30) trading days before the issued date of this note. The Company issued 2,000 shares of common stock valued at $8,000 upon the execution of this note. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $2,991.

In July 2018, the Company executed an 3% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $180,000 for funding in six tranches. The note, which is due twelve months from the date of each individual tranche, has an original issue discount of $10,000 per tranche. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to 75% of the market price which is lowest trading price during the twenty (20) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. The trading price is the lesser of: (i) lowest traded price or (ii) the lowest closing bid price on the OTCQB. The first tranche of $60,000 was received in the month of July and second tranche of $30,000 was received in the month of August. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,102.

In July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $28,250. The note, which is due on April 17, 2019, has an original issue discount of $3,250. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.50 or (ii) 75% of the lowest per share trading price for the thirty (30) trading days before the issued date of this note. The Company issued 1,000 shares of common stock valued at $4,000 upon the execution of this note. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,495.

In July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $77,000. As of September 30, 2018, the institutional investor exercised its MFN provision in Paragraph 4a increasing the OID from the stated in the note from 10% to 15% thus increasing the amount owed to $80,500. The note, which is due on April 5, 2019, has an original issue discount of $7,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $3.00 or (ii) 75% of the lowest per share trading price for the ten (10) trading days before the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $4,870.

In July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $60,950. The note, which is due on April 30, 2019, has an original issue discount of $7,950. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.00 or (ii) variable conversion price which is 75% of the average of the lowest (2) VWAP for the ten (10) trading day period ending on the latest compete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $3,647.

In August 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $58,300. The note, which is due on June 15, 2019, has an original issue discount of $5,300. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.00 or (ii) variable conversion price which is 75% of the average of the two (2) lowest VWAP for the ten (10) trading day period ending on the latest compete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $2,338.

In October 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $47,300. The note, which is due on July 15, 2019, has an original issue discount of $7,300. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the variable conversion price which is 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest VWAP for the ten(10) trading day period ending on the latest compete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,291.

In October 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $165,000. The note, which is due on October 12, 2019, has an original issue discount of $15,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the lowest per share closing price during the fifteen (15) trading days immediately preceding the date of the notice of conversion. The first tranche of $110,000 was received in the month of October and the second tranche of $55,000 was received in the month of November. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $2,594.

In October 2018, the Company executed two 8% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to two institutional investors, each in the principal amount of $308,000. Each note, which is due on October 29, 2019, has an original issue discount of $33,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $4,118 for each note.

In November 2018, a Back-End note executed in May 2018 with an institutional investor was funded. The Back-End note is an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable in the principal amount of $125,000. The note, which is due on May 10, 2019, has an original issue discount of $10,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to 72% of the lowest VWAP for the ten (10) trading days prior to and including the conversion date. Conversion into shares of common stock can commence following the 180thcalendar day after the Original Issue Date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,123.

As of December 31, 2019, all 2018 notes have been fully converted or paid. (See Note 8)

Note 8. Equity Transactions

Preferred Stock

The total number of shares of preferred stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 20,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock to officers, directors and consultants as deferred compensation and/or expense. The shares are eligible for conversion after 24 months into 40 shares of common stock per each preferred share. The value of the issued shares was calculated on the basis of 40 shares per preferred share at the common share value on the date of issuance. The deferred compensation value of the shares will vest monthly at 1/24th of the calculated value of $3,000,000 and requisite expense or reduction of accrued compensation and/or accrued directors fees will be recorded. At the recording of the requisite vested share value, the corresponding number of preferred shares will be recorded as being issued. At the end of December 31, 2019, there were 250,000 vested preferred shares and $510,000 was recorded to reduce accrued compensation; $52,500 was recorded to reduce accrued directors’ fees, and $187,500 was recorded as expense for a total of $750,000.

Common Stock

On July 9, 2019, the Company filed a Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C for the purpose of authorizing the increase in the number of authorized shares of Common stock from four hundred million (400,000,000) shares of Common stock to nine hundred million (900,000,000) shares of Common stock (the “Authorized Common stock Share Increase”). On July 9, 2019, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to implement the Authorized Common stock Share Increase with the State of Nevada.

On October 10, 2019, the Company filed a Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C for the purpose of authorizing the increase in the number of authorized shares of Common stock from nine hundred million (900,000,000) shares of Common stock to one billion nine hundred million (1,900,000,000) shares of Common stock (the “Authorized Common stock Share Increase”). On October 15, 2019, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to implement the Authorized Common stock Share Increase with the State of Nevada.

On December 6, 2019, the Corporation filed a Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C for the purpose of authorizing the implementation of a corporate action for a reverse stock split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, including shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance in a ratio and at a time and date to be determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, not to exceed a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis. On December 12, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and approved the reverse stock on a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis. The Company subsequently filed with FINRA on December 20, 2019 for approval to implement this reverse stock split. FINRA approval was received on February 12, 2020. As of February 12, 2020, the Company’s stock began trading under the symbol of EWLLD. Throughout these financial statements, footnotes and elsewhere in the Form 10K for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the common shares outstanding and issued have been adjusted to reflect this reverse split.

The Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C, noted above, was also filed for the purpose of authorizing the increase in the number of authorized shares of Common Stock one billion nine hundred million (1,900,000,000) shares of Common Stock to four billion five hundred million (4,500,000,000) shares of Common Stock (the “Authorized Common Stock Share Increase”). On December 9, 2019, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to implement the Authorized Common Stock Share Increase with the State of Nevada.

Debt Conversion Shares

2019

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued a total of 8,225,381 shares of common stock per debt conversion of various convertible notes (See Note 7). The total of the debt conversion was for $1,776,901 of principal, $157,756 of accrued interest and $20.900 financing costs.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 219,064 shares of common stock for financing costs relating to convertible debt. The value of the financing costs was $937,462.

2018

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued a total of 625,714 shares of common stock per debt conversion of various convertible notes (See Note 7). The total of the debt conversion was $1,284,582 principal plus $172,200 accrued interest.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 49,377 shares of common stock for financing costs relating to convertible debt. The value of the financing costs was $127,374

Consultant Issued Shares

2019

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 163,500 shares of common stock for marketing and consulting services valued at $635,385.

2018

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 158,000 shares of common stock for marketing and consulting services valued at $751,415.

Institutional Investor Shares

2019

In April 2019, the Company issued 16,100 shares of common stock pursuant to a capital call notice in relation to an Equity Purchase Agreement dated June 18, 2018. The capital call totaled $59,100.

2018

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock as an inducement per an Equity Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor within which the investor agrees to purchase up to $1,500,000 of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001. The value of these shares is $70,000.

Stock Options

On August 6, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the 2015 Stock Option Plan, pursuant to which certain directors, officers, employees and consultants will be eligible for certain stock options and grants. The Plan is effective as of August 1, 2015 and the maximum number of shares reserved and available for granting awards under the Plan shall be an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, provided however that on each January 1, starting with January 1, 2016, an additional number of shares equal to the lesser of (A) 2% of the outstanding number of shares (on a fully-diluted basis) on the immediately preceding December 31 and (B) such lower number of shares as may be determined by the Board or committee charged with administering the plan. This plan may be amended at any time by the Board or appointed plan Committee.

The following is a summary of the status of all Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2019 and changes during the periods ended on December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:

  Number  Weighted       
  of Stock  Average  Remaining  Intrinsic 
  Options  Exercise Price  Life (yrs)  Value 
Outstanding at January 1, 2018  400,000  $13.00   1.9  $- 
Granted  -   -   -   - 
Exercised  -   -   -   - 
Expired  (343,000)  3.50   -     
Outstanding at December 31, 2018  57,000  $40.00   2.2  $- 
Granted  -   -   -   - 
Exercised  -   -   -   - 
Expired  -   -   -   - 
Outstanding at December 31, 2019  57,000   40.00   1.1  $- 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2019  57,000  $40.00   1.1  $- 

The Company recognized stock option expense of $0 and $467,693 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Warrants

In March 2018, the Board of Directors, at the request and with the approval of the investors, determined that it was in the best interests of the Company and the Investors, based upon market price and relatively limited liquidity of the shares of common stock that the Company revised the expiration date and exercise price for 8,349 unexercised warrants granted on April 9, 2015. The original expiration date of April 9, 2018 was extended to April 9, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, these warrants expired.

Note 9. Commitments, Contingencies

 

The Company may be subject to lawsuits, administrative proceedings, regulatory reviews or investigations associated with its business and other matters arising in the normal conduct of its business. The following is a description of an uncertainty that is considered other than ordinary, routine and incidental to the business.

 

The closing of the Initial Exchange Agreement with Private Co. was conditioned upon certain, limited customary representations and warranties, as well as, among other things, our compliance with Rule 419 (“Rule 419”) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the consent of our shareholders as required under Rule 419. Accordingly, we conducted a “Blank Check” offering subject to Rule 419 (the “Rule 419 Offering”) and filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register the shares of such offering; the Registration Statement was declared effective on September 14, 2012. We used 10% of the subscription proceeds as permitted under Rule 419 and the amount remaining in the escrow trust as of the date of the closing of the Share Exchange was $90,000 (the “Trust Account Balance”).

Rule 419 required that the Share Exchange occur on or before March 18, 2014, but due to normal negotiations regarding the transactions and the parties’ efforts to satisfy all of the closing conditions, the Share Exchange did not close on such date. Accordingly, after numerous discussions with management of both parties, they entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) to reflect a revised business combination structure, pursuant to which we would: (i) file a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8A”) to register our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, which we did on May 1, 2014 and (ii) seek to convert the participants of the Rule 419 Offering into participants of a similarly termed private offering (the “Converted Offering”), to be conducted pursuant to Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Fifty-two persons participated in the Rule 419 Offering and each of them gave the Company his/her/its consent to use his/her/its escrowed funds to purchase shares of the Company’s restricted common stock in the Converted Offering (the “Consent”) rather than have their funds returned. To avoid further administrative work for the investors, we believe that we took reasonable steps to inform investors of the situation and provided them with an appropriate opportunity to maintain their investment in the Company, if they so choose, or have their funds physically returned. Management believed the steps it took constituted a constructive return of the funds and therefore met the requirements of Rule 419.

 

However, pursuant to Rule 419(e)(2)(iv), funds“funds held in the escrow or trust accountshall be returned by first class mail or equally prompt means to the purchaser within five business days [if[if the related acquisition transaction does not occur by a date that is 18 months after the effective date of the related registration statement].” As set forth above, rather than physically return the funds, we sought consent from the investors of the Rule 419 Offering to direct their escrowed funds to the Company to instead purchase shares in the Converted Offering. The consent document (which was essentially a form of rescission) was given to the investors along with a private placement memorandum describing the Converted Offering and stated that any investor who elected not to participate in the Converted Offering would get 90% of their funds physically returned. Pursuant to Rule 419(b)(2)(vi), a blank check company is entitled to use 10% of the proceed/escrowed funds; therefore, if a return of funds is required, only 90% of the proceed/escrowed funds need be returned. The Company received $100,000 proceeds and used $10,000 as per Rule 419(b)(2)(vi); therefore, only $90,000 was subject to possible return.

 

As disclosed intherein, we filed the prior amendments to the Initialinitial Form 8-K we have filed the prior amendments in response to comments from the SEC regarding the Form 8-K and many of those comments pertain to the Company’s potentialan alleged violation of Rule 419. Although theThe Company has continued to provide the SEC with information and analysis as to why it believes it did not violate Rule 419 based upon latest communications withbut was unable to satisfy the persons reviewing the Form 8-K, they do not agree with the assessments the Company presented to them.SEC’s concerns. Comments and communications indicate that Rule 419 requires a physical return of funds if a 419 offering cannot be completed because a business combination was not consummated within the required time frame; constructive return is not permitted.

As a result

Because of these communications and past comments, we are disclosing that we did not comply with the requirements of Rule 419, which required us to physically return the funds previously submitted to escrow pursuant to the Rule 419 Offering. As a resultBecause of our failure to comply with Rule 419, the SEC may bring an enforcement action or commence litigation against us for failure tostrictly comply with Rule 419.419. If any claims or actions were to be brought against us relating to our lack of compliance with Rule 419, we could be subject to penalties (including criminal penalties), required to pay fines, make damages payments or settlement payments. In addition, any claims or actions could force us to expend significant financial resources to defend ourselves, could divert the attention of our management from our core business and could harm our reputation.

 

Ultimately, the SEC determined to terminate its review of the Initial Form 8-K and related amendments, rather than provide us with additional opportunities to address their concerns and therefore, we did not clear their comments. It is not possible at this time to predict whether or when the SEC may initiate any proceedings, when this issue may be resolved or what, if any, penalties or other remedies may be imposed, and whether any such penalties or remedies would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Litigation and enforcement actions are inherently unpredictable, the outcome of any potential lawsuit or action is subject to significant uncertainties and, therefore, determining at this timecurrently the likelihood of a loss, any SEC enforcement action and/or the measurement of the amount of any loss is complex. Consequently, we are unable to estimate the range of reasonably possible loss. Our assessment is based on an estimate and assumption that has been deemed reasonable by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on an estimate and assumption that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change that estimate and assumption.In light of Considering the uncertainty of this issue and while Management evaluates the best and most appropriate way to resolve same, management determined to create a reserve on the Company’s Balance Sheet for the $90,000 that was subject to the Consent.

The statute of limitations applicable to SEC enforcement proceedings is 28 U.S.C. § 2462. Section 2462 provides that “an action, suit or proceeding for the enforcement of any civil fine, penalty, or forfeiture, pecuniary or otherwise,” must be commenced within five (5) years from the date when the relevant claim accrued. Section 2462 has also been applied in enforcement proceedings brought by other federal regulatory agencies, including the Commodities and Futures Trading Commission, the Office of Foreign Assets Control, the Federal Communications Commission, and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. The SEC is now barred from commencing an enforcement action against the Company because the deadline for the SEC to commence such action expired on or before September 30, 2019. Because of this expiration date, the Company has removed the $90,000 from the balance and recorded it as Gain on Contingent Liability.

From time to time the Company may become a party to litigation matters involving claims against the Company. Except as may be outlined above, the Company believes that there are no current matters that would have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 10. Derivative Valuation

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCESThe Company evaluated the convertible debentures and associated warrants in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” and determined that the conversion feature of the convertible promissory notes was not afforded the exemption for conventional convertible instruments due to their variable conversion rates. The notes have no explicit limit on the number of shares issuable, so they did not meet the conditions set forth in current accounting standards for equity classification. Therefore, these have been characterized as derivative instruments. We elected to recognize the notes under ASU paragraph 815-15-25-4, whereby there would be a separation into a host contract and derivative instrument. We elected to initially and subsequently measure the notes and warrants in their entirety at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

 

AsThe debt discount is amortized over the life of Marchthe note and recognized as interest expense. For years ended December 31, 2015, we had negative working capital2019 and 2018, the Company amortized the debt discount of $779,796. Cash flows provided by financing activities were $166,100$3,871,849 and $30,000 for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014,$511,339, respectively. The cash balance as of March 31, 2015 was $25,753.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had negative working capital of $645,152 compared to working capital of $4,770 as of December 31, 2013. Cash flows provided by financing activities were $178,433 and $0 forDuring the years ended December 31, 20142019 and December 31, 2013, respectively.2018, the Company had the following activity in the derivative liability account:

  Notes  Warrants  Total 
Derivative liability at January 1, 2018 $365,591  $774,986  $1,140,577 
Addition of new conversion option derivatives  1,243,333   -   1,243,333 
Conversion of note derivatives  (429,927)  -   (429,927)
Changes in warrant derivatives  -   (202,610)  (202,610)
Change in fair value  223,724   (390,995)  (167,271)
Reclassification of derivative to gain on extinguishment of debt  -   -   - 
Derivative liability at December 31, 2018 $1,402,721  $181,381  $1,584,102 
Addition of new conversion option derivatives  4,385,384   -   4,385,384 
Conversion of note derivatives  (2,165,898)  -   (2,165,898)
Extinguishment due to note cancellations  -         
Changes in warrant derivatives  -   -   - 
Change in fair value  (92,240)  (181,374)  (273,614)
Reclassification of derivative to gain on extinguishment of debt  -   -   - 
Derivative liability at December 31, 2019 $3,529,967  $7  $3,529,974 

For purposes of determining the fair market value of the derivative liability, the Company used Black Scholes option valuation model. The cash balancesignificant assumptions used in the Black Scholes valuation of the derivative are as of December 31, 2014 was $900.follows:

 

We believe that anticipated cash flows from operations will be insufficient to satisfy our ongoing capital requirements. We are seeking financing in the form of equity capital in order to provide the necessary working capital. Our ability to meet our obligations and continue to operate as a going concern is highly dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing. We cannot predict whether this additional financing will be in the form of equity or debt, or be in another form. We may not be able to obtain the necessary additional capital on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. In any of these events, we may be unable to implement our current plans which circumstances would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial conditions and results of operations.

Stock price at valuation date $.05-11.25 
Exercise price of warrants $12.50 
Conversion rate of convertible debt $.0325 – 35.00 
Risk free interest rate  1.48%-2.60%
Stock volatility factor  103%-1468%
Years to Maturity  .02 – 1 
Expected dividend yield  None 

If we are not successful in generating sufficient liquidity from operations or in raising sufficient capital resources, on terms acceptable to us, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations liquidity and financial condition.

The independent auditors’ opinion expresses doubt about eWellness’ ability to continue as a going concern. The independent auditors report on eWellness’ December 31, 2014 and 2013 financial statements included in this Registration Statement states that the Company’s recurring losses, lack of revenues and operations and not having any positive operating cash flows since inception, raise substantial doubts about eWellness’ ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsNote 11. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 2 of our Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

Changes inDuring the year ended December 31, 2018 the Company had the following non-cash investing and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

For a discussion of the Company’s changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure, please refer to the information set forth under Item 4.04 in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 2, 2015, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

BUSINESS

eWellness was incorporated in Nevada in May 2013. eWellness is an early-stage Los Angeles based corporation that seeks to provide a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy (DMpt) Programs to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems, in addition to in-office sessions. Based on today’s insurance landscape, our main revenue source shall come from in-office visits.

The Physical Therapy Telemedicine Space

One of the most promising and rapidly developing areas of healthcare and rehabilitation is telemedicine – the use of telecommunication technologies to provide health information, assessment, monitoring, and treatment to individuals with chronic conditions from a distance. Increasingly, insurers, healthcare providers, and technology vendors are using telemedicine solutions and services to make medical intervention both more convenient and accessible to patients to raise the quality of care while reducing costs. (Herrick, 2007).

Low back pain is second only to upper respiratory problems as a symptom-related reason for visits to a physician. (Andersson, 1999 Hart LG). By 2023, the estimated cost of chronic conditions including low back pain and diabetes including treatment and lost productivity will swell to $4.2 trillion annually. (Deyo RA, 2001). Home-based telemedicine holds promise as an effective method for providing physical therapy exercise programs to these segments of our populations including people with back, hip and knee pain and for those individuals who may be pre-diabetic and/or are obese.

Physical therapy intervention including core muscle strengthening exercise along with lumbar flexibility and gluteus maximus strengthening is an effective rehabilitation technique for all chronic low back pain patients irrespective of different duration (less than one year and more than one year) of their pain. (Kumar T, 2014). It has also been widely proven that strengthening and aerobic exercises are effective at reducing symptoms and preventing knee pain among patients with osteoarthritis and other painful knee conditions. (Senanik P, 2012).

Physical therapy intervention is becoming an increasingly accepted mode of intervention delivery and policy recommendations have been made to State Boards of Physical Therapy. (Julian J. 2014). The PHZIO.COM platform complies and exceeds the recommendations for physical therapy intervention delivered via telemedicine.

The PHZIO.COM platform eliminates the barrier of transportation, offers participants the flexibility of exercising at their preferred time of day, and does not involve as much energy or time necessary to get to an exercise or fitness facility.

Traditionally, physical therapy exercise programs are based upon exercise and education provisioned by physical therapist to patients at a brick and mortar facility using a face-to-face model of care. Over the past three years, we have conceptualized, designed, engineered, tested and deployed our PHZIO.COM platform.

Physical Therapy Industry Statistics

Below are some statistics we recently gathered regarding the Physical Therapy industry.1

U.S. Current Annual Industry Revenue $31 Billion 
(IBIS World, 2015)    
     
U.S. Clinics  103,311 
(IBIS World, 2015)    
     
U.S. Industry Consolidated Clinics  15%
U.S. Largest Consolidator Penetration  3%
U.S. Industry Projected Annual Growth in Demand  7%
(Harris Williams & Co., 2014)    
     
U.S. Physical Therapy Average Clinic Annual Revenue $543,000 
(Cafariello, August 5th, 2014)    
     
U.S. Clinic Median Profit  13%
Larger locations, with an annual income greater than $1 million, generated a significantly higher median profit level (23 percent) than smaller sites (8 percent).    
     
(Charles R. Felder)    
     
U.S. Total Individual Therapist 2012  204,200 
U.S. Total Individual Therapist 2022  277,700 
(Healthcare Wages)    
     
U.S. Physical Therapist Labor Costs    
Median wage for a licensed Physical Therapist   
Per hour $38.39 
Per year $79,860 
(U.S. Department of Labor)    

1Works Cited

Cafariello, J. (August 5th, 2014).Investing in Physical Therapy. Wealth Daily.

Charles R. Felder, P. S. (n.d.).Reality Check. Retrieved June 13, 2015, from http://physica therapy.advanceweb.com/Editorial/Content/PrintFriendly.aspx?CC=98030: http://physical-therapy.advanceweb.com/Editorial/Content/PrintFriendly.aspx?CC=98030

Harris Williams & Co. (2014).PHYSICAL THERAPY MARKET OVERVIEW. Harris Williams LLC.

Healthcare Wages. (n.d.).PHYSICAL THERAPIST SALARY INFORMATION. Retrieved June 11, 2015, from Healthcare Wages : http://www.healthcarewages.org/physical-therapist-salary/

IBIS World. (2015).Physical Therapists Market Research Report | NAICS 62134 | Jun 2015. Physical Therapists in the US: Market Research Report.

U.S. Department of Labor. (n.d.).Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2014-15 Edition, Physical Therapists. Retrieved June 12, 2015, from Bureau of Labor Statistics: http://www.bls.gov/ooh/healthcare/physical-therapists.htm

PHZIO Platform

Our PHZIO.COM 6-month 78 session 40-minute on-line distance monitored telemedicine exercise program is a physician prescribed (insurance reimbursable) physical therapy exercise program designed around an exercise kit that includes: an inflatable exercise ball, latex resistance bands, a yoga mat and stretch strap that provides a comprehensive exercise regimen that minimizes stress on the joints while allowing for hundreds of progressive exercises that focus on strength, balance, cardiovascular conditioning, coordination and flexibility.financing activities:

 

 Our PHZIO.COM platform is an on-line distance monitored telemedicine exercise program with a 6-month duration, wherein seventy-eight (78) individual 40-minute progressive exercise sessions are watched & interacted with by a patient on their laptop computer.Issued 49,377 shares of common stock for financing costs valued at $127,374
   
 The patients are inducted into the PHZIO.COM program through a physician prescription and physical therapist evaluation. The PHZIO.COM physical therapy program is designed aroundIssued 20,000 shares of common stock as an exercise kit that includes:inducement for an inflatable exercise ball, latex resistance bands, a yoga mat and stretch strap.Equity Purchase Agreement valued at $70,000
   
 The patient followsIssued 348,000 shares of common stock to officers, directors and certain consultants per the PHZIO.COM instructions and performs the specific exercises while being remotely monitored by a physical therapist through the camera located on the laptop computer. The PHZIO.COM program provides a comprehensive exercise regiment that minimizes stress on the joints while allowing for hundreds of progressive exercises that focuses on strength, balance, coordination, and flexibility.2018 Equity Incentive Plan valued at $1,566,000
   
 The PHZIO.COM program is designed to be operated in a patient’s home or office in order to increase complianceIssued 80,000 shares of common stock for settlement of debt of $180,051 and eliminate transportation to a fitness center or gym.accrued interest of $56,817
   
 Our physical therapists monitor up to 30 patientsIssued 52,000 shares of common stock valued at $239,300 which was recorded as a time while these patients are on-lineprepaid
Issued 106,000 shares of common stock valued at $512,115 for services.
Issued 625,714 shares of common stock for the extinguishment of $1,294,582 of debt and following along with our PHZIO.COM exercise program. Each patient and physical therapist has real-time text and video conferencing capability when interaction is needed between the patient and our physical therapist.$172,00 of accrued interest

When patients are referred to eWellness, a physical therapist

During the year ended December 31, 2019 the Company had the following non-cash investing and assistant will evaluate patients for the program. The goal is to ensure compliance with the regimen, reduce BMI to a healthy number, help patients lose weight and boost their activity level for the six-month program.financing activities:

Issued 219,064 shares of common stock for financing costs valued at $937,462.
Issued 8,225,381 shares of common stock for settlement of debt of $1,776,900, accrued interest of $157,756 and $20,900 of financing costs.
Issued 36,000 shares of common stock valued at $123,500 which was recorded as a prepaid.
Issued 127,500 shares of common stock valued at $511,885 for services

Note 8. Subsequent Events

 

Patients can accessOn January 30, 2020, the Company executed a series12-month advisory services agreement. The Company is to issue 20,000 shares of progressively difficult workoutscommon stock monthly. The Company issued 40,000 shares of common stock (for January and February) with a value of $118. In addition, the Company is to also pay the advisor a monthly fee of $2,500.

On February 12, 2020, FINRA approved a 1:50 reverse split of the Company’s common stock. As noted throughout this document, all common shares are stated as if the 1:50 reverse split had been completed as of the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2018. Following the approval, the Company’s stock began trading under the symbol “EWLLD”. Due to rounding issues for the reverse split, the Company issued 47,877 additional shares of common stock.

On February 19, 2020, the Board of Directors approved the increase of authorized common stock shares from 4,500,000,000 to 20,000,000,000. The number of authorized preferred shares remained at 20,000,000.

From January 1 until the filing of this report on March 24, the Company issued 454,143,389 shares of common stock for debt conversion totaling $444,758 which includes $338,510 principal, $43,248 accrued interest and $63,000 financing costs.

From January 1 until the filing of this report on March 24, the Company issued 55,000 shares of common stock to consultants for services rendered in 40-accordance to 45-minute videos from home. They use a unique log-in from an application, which will securely store all their data over a six-month period. When patients log on, it triggers a cameraconsulting agreements. The value of these shares is $995.

BUSINESS

eWellness Healthcare Corporation (“eWellness”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”), was incorporated in the physical therapists’ remote office.State of Nevada on April 7, 2011.

 

TeamsThe Company has developed a new operating structure enabling it to operate in 48 states. The below noted chart illustrates the Company’s new operational structure that provides for three individual professional operating companies in California, New Jersey and most importantly Florida. With our Florida Professional Association (PA), we are able to provision our telehealth services in 46 states, (excluding: California, Delaware, Kansas and New Jersey). Thus, we formed two additional professional companies in California and New Jersey. Each professional company has executed a revocable operating agreement with the Company. These agreements are required by each individual state and states that Darwin Fogt, MPT, the sole officer, director and shareholder of four physical therapy assistants supervisedeach of the operating companies. All accounting services are supplied to these operating companies by a senior physical therapist will monitor patients to ensure compliance. A remote physical therapist watches in real time while the patient is performing the exercises and guides him through his exercise sessions. The therapist provides constant feedback, instruction and motivation and ensures patients are doing the exercises properly and safely. The supervising therapist can speak to the user or communicate through text message.Company’s accounting team.

 

CompetitionThe Company and Nature of Business

The Company isa provider of the state of the art PHZIO platform for the physical therapy (“PT”) and telehealth markets and believes it is the first digital telehealth physical therapy company (“dtPT Company”) to offer real-time monitored physical therapy assessments and treatments to large-scale employers. The Company’s digital telehealth assessment and treatment platform (the “dtPT Platform” or “Platform”) has been designed to serve the $30 billion physical therapy market, the $4 billion musculoskeletal (“MSK”) market and the $8 billion corporate wellness market. Our dtPT Platform redefines the way physical therapy (“PT”) can be delivered. We believe that our Platform is able to transform the access, cost and quality dynamics of PT assessments and treatments.

We designed our Platform to enable its usage for all PT assessments and treatments by means of computer, smart phone and/or similar digital media devices (the “Access Devices”). This new approach will lower patient treatment costs, expand patient treatment access and improve patient compliance. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home.

We believe that our innovative approach to solving the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current access to PT clinics, will lead to highly scalable and substantial growth in our revenues.The Company has signed 7 partnership and healthcare provider agreements to date and has begun to generate initial revenues during the fourth quarter of 2019.We believe that we are well positioned to participate in the rapidly evolving PT treatment market by introducing our innovative dtPT Platform enabling remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home care. Our Platform incorporates research-based methods and focuses on, not only rehabilitation but also wellness, functional fitness, performance, and prevention.

Our dtPT Platform recognizes that the national healthcare industry (federal and private insurance) is moving toward a model of prevention and that physical therapy is expected to take a larger role in providing wellness services to patients. Due to the real-time patient monitoring feature, we believe that our dtPT Platform is reimbursable by insurance companies such as Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield.

The Company will initially rollout these new telehealth solutions within California, New Jersey, Georgia, Tennessee, Arizona and Canada, with plans to expand nationally over the next twelve months. With these new telehealth tools, eWellness will engage with the “At-Home” Physical Therapy and MSK treatment market. This market involves physical therapy practitioners treating patients in their home instead of a clinic. The “At-Home” market model when combined with the PHZIO and or MSK 360 offers patients and practitioners a means to receive and deliver PT and MSK services without having to leave work during normal business hours. Patients can receive physical therapy and MSK services at almost any hour of the day. A model that is not currently employed within traditional clinical settings.

Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms have been developed to significantly support us in becoming the leader in the new industry of digital telehealth in the MSK and PT markets. Our focus is to highlight that a majority of all future MSK PT treatments can be accomplished with a smart phone. This new digital adoption will lower employee treatment costs, expand employee treatment access and improve employee compliance. Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platform allows employees and PT’s to cut the cord from the old-school, wait in line, brick and mortar clinical experience to an immediate response digital, in-home PT experience. Nearly, 100% of all PT assessments and treatments can now be done on an employee’s smart phone in the privacy of their own home. Digital MSK treatments are clearly the next upgrade the industry needs to make.

The Company has created a strong path to initial revenue generation and substantial sales growth through executing on our Workers Compensation and MSK Sales Funnel. Our Workman’s Compensation and MSK Sales Funnel currently includes over 101 companies. Starting in the Summer of 2018 we pivoted our sales process to focus on the workman’s compensation PT industry. Additionally, we added the MSK market during the summer of 2019. Multiple agreements are anticipated to be executed from our workman’s compensation and MSK sales funnel through 2019 and beyond.

Recent Developments

During June 2019 the Company signed a Provider Service Agreement with CareIQ, a division of CorVel Healthcare Corporation, one of the largest Third-Party Insurance Administrators (“TPA”) in the U.S. with patients in all 50 states.https://www.corvel.com/about-us. Initially, PHZIO will be used to treat patients in five (5) states including: California, New Jersey, Georgia, Tennessee and Arizona. These initial states will be used to assess the effectiveness of the PHZIO digital physical therapy platform.

In October 2019 The Company signed a Direct to Consumer Marketing Agreement with Wosler Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation d/b/a/ Slingshot Health (“Slingshot”)(https://www.slingshothealth.com), Through this agreement, Slingshot seeks to involve EWLL affiliated PT Providers, and EWLL seeks to gain their affiliated PT Providers access to the Slingshot consumer healthcare patients through the Slingshot platform. The Parties anticipate commencing these new direct to consumer sales and marketing efforts during the first quarter of 2020. The Company believes that Slingshot Healthcare is one of the leading on-line platforms for digital healthcare to consumers. Slingshot Health is a healthcare marketplace connecting people to health and wellness providers, placing control directly in the hands of those seeking and delivering care. By removing layers of bureaucracy surrounding our healthcare system, Slingshot is achieving its mission of creating better access, more affordability and greater transparency in healthcare. Through Slingshot’s proprietary platform, consumers enter the services they want, their location, availability and the price they are willing to pay. Slingshot then matches them to a local provider who can deliver the service. Healthcare consumers receive high-quality, affordable services and providers earn more overall.

In October 2019, EWLL’s PHZIO Canada (“PHZIO Canada”) signed a one-year Pilot Program Agreement with C&C Insurance Consultants d/b/a/ StudentVIP.ca (“StudentVIP.ca”) (https://studentvip.ca/about-us/), Through this agreement, StudentVIP.ca seeks to market PHZIO.com services to its student health insurance clients. StudentVIP.ca is one of Canada’s largest student health insurance provider servicing over 100,000 college students. The Parties anticipate commencing these new direct to consumer sales and marketing efforts during the first quarter of 2020.

Our Principal Products and Services

The principal features of our new digital telehealth physical therapy delivery system are as follows:

SaaS technology platform solution for providers bundling rehabilitation services and employer wellness programs: PTs can evaluate and screen patients and calculate joint angles using drawing tool
First real-time remote monitored one-to-many PT treatment platform for home use;
Ability for PTs to observe multiple patients simultaneously in real-time;
Solves what has been a structural problem and limitation in post-acute care practice growth.
PT practices can experience 20% higher adherence and compliance rates versus industry standards; and
Tracking to 30% increase in net income for a PT practice.

We have commenced treating patients on various commercial contracts and started to generate revenues during the three months ended December 31, 2019. We continue to train physical therapists on how to use our Platform, with many of these therapists treating various patients on our system on a complimentary basis. To date, our dtPT Platform has delivered over 4,000 PT assessments and treatments.

During the 2nd half of 2019, we intensified our focus on PT assessments and treatments covered under the Workers’ Compensation Insurance program which is a form of insurance providing wage replacement and medical benefits to employees injured in the course of employment. Changes in regulations related Workers’ Compensation Insurance have provided us with an opportunity to offer our MSK 360 Program as described below. Under the new regulation patients can choose to be treated in-clinic or through dtPT. Until recently, patients nearly all choose in-clinic treatment. In response to this change we developed our MSK360 Program.

We are in the final stage of developing a fourth program related to Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercises (“RA 360 Program”). We expect to make the RA 360 Program available during the first quarter of 2020.

 

To date, we have not identified any other program that is designed to provide Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine Program that has been specifically designed to help prevent pre-diabetic patients from becoming diabetic. Although we compete against typical brick and mortar physical therapy practices, they are limited significantly by the number of patients that can be seen in an 8 hour shift and do not offer any telemedicine products. The national average isexisting provider agreements with approximately 16 patients per day per Physical Therapist (“PT”) or PT assistant (“PTA”). Oncecorporations based on which their employees can utilize our Platform. Additionally, we launchare actively pursuing as clients for our DMpt services our PTsnumerus large corporate self-insured companies, TPA’s and PTAs are anticipatedinsurance companies to be as high as 137 patients per day.sign provider agreements with us. We anticipate being ablehave historically had to deliverdevote up to 850% more patient volume per PTone year in sales and PTA. Additionally,marketing and sales activities and efforts to sign new provider agreements and to date we have executed and existing telemedicine physical therapy businesses do create and sell exercise videos, but such business is not insurance reimbursable and there is little patient engagement. (See, Risk Factors, “We operate in a highly competitive industry.”) Accordingly, we believe16 provider agreements with the following companies that we are first-to-market withexpect to generate revenues during the innovative servicefirst quarter of 2020 as follows:

Pepsi, Corvel, Imperial, Rogers, Manulife, CanadaLife, Navy & Stage Benefits, Health and program we seek to provide.Dental Plan, Slingshot Health, BBD Benefits By Design, Morneau Shapell, Green Shield Canada, Bruce Power.

Our dtPT Platform under the domain name PHZIO.com currently offers three treatment programs (i) PHIZO Program; (ii) MSK 360 Program and (iii) Pre-HabPT Program.

 

eWellness DMpt Program Cost Savings for the Insurance Industry.Diabetes is not only common and serious; it is also a very costly disease. The cost of treating diabetes is staggering. According to the American Diabetes Association, the annual cost of diabetes in medical expenses and lost productivity rose from $98 billion in 1997 to $132 billion in 2002 and to $174 billion in 2007.New York State Department of health, http://www.health.ny.gov/diseases/conditions/diabetes/, Paragraph titled “Diabetes is Serious and Costly”.PHZIO Program: The American Diabetes Association released new research on March 6, 2013 estimating the total costs of diagnosed diabetes have risen to $245 billion in 2012 from $174 billion in 2007, when the cost was last examined. This figure represents a 41 percent increase over a five year period.American Diabetes Association, http://www.diabetes.org/newsroom/press-releases/2013/annual-costs-of-diabetes-2013.html.The average yearly health care costs for a person without diabetes is $2,560; for a person with diabetes, that figure soars to $11,744 or an increase of $9,184 per year.New York State Department of health, http://www.health.ny.gov/diseases/conditions/diabetes/. Much of the human and financial costs can be avoided with proven diabetes prevention and management steps. Our 6-month DMpt program has a simple goal of preventing pre-diabetics from becoming diabetic. As an example of the magnitude of potential savings, based upon successfully taking 10,000 patients through our program and lowering their BMI and weight and significantly improving their wellness, the cost savings to the insurance industry could be significant. Based on the above statistics, for every 10,000 patients that do not become diabetic, it would create a savings of approximately $2.296 billion over a 25-year period or $91.84 million per year. The program costs to insurers for those 10,000 patients would have otherwise been approximately $17.82 million.

 

The DMpt PZHIO.COM Exercise Program

Our PHZIO treatment enables patients to engage with live or on-demand video based dtPT assessments and treatments from their home or office. Following a physician’s exam and prescription for physical therapy to treat back, knee or hip pain, a patient can be examined by a physical therapist and if found appropriate inducted in our PHZIO program that includes a progressive 6-month telemedicine exercise program (including monthly in-clinic checkups). All PHZIO treatments are monitored by a licensed therapist that sees everything the patient is doing while providing their professional guidance and feedback in real-time. This ensures treatment compliance by the patient, maintains the safety and integrity of the prescribed exercises, tracks patient metrics and captures pre-and post-treatment evaluation data. This innovative assessment and treatment program enable any PT practice to be able to treat more patients while utilizing the same resources.

A Monitored In-office & Telemedicine Exercise Program: Our initial 6-month DMpt exercisePHZIO program has been designed to provide patients, who are accepted into the program, with traditional one-on-one PT evaluations, re-evaluations (every one(one to four weeks throughout the DMptPHZIO program depending on type of insurance), and atafter the conclusion of the program a Physical Performance Test. These PTs are known as Induction & Evaluation Physical TherapistsPTs (“IEPTs”). All patient medical data, information and records are retained in the files of the IEPT.retained. The IEPT will also evaluate the progress of the patient’s participation in our DMptPHZIO program.

 

 Physician DiagnosisDiagnosis:: Following a physician’s diagnosis of a patient with non-acute back pain, who is also likely overweight and pre-diabetic, a physician may prescribe the patient to participate in the eWellness DMpt exerciseour PHZIO program.
   
 Enrollment ProcessProcess:: The accepted patients are assessed by our in-office PTs and PTAs,a PT, located at selected company referred physician officesa PT Licensee clinic and then enrolled in our DMptPHZIO program by going online to our DMpt program virtual private network (“VPN”)website phzio.com and creating a login name and password. The patient will then populate their calendar with planned times when they anticipate exercising. They will also be provided with a free exercise ball, resistance stretch bands, stretch strap and yoga mat at induction.
   
 Exercising BeginsBegins:: The day after the patient receives the equipment, the patient will log on to our VPN atwebsite least 3 times per week, to watch and follow the prescribed 40 minute40-minute on-line exercise program. The DMpt platformOur Platform also allows two-way communication (videoconferencing) with one of our licensee’s On-line Physical TherapistsPTs (“OLPT’s”), who is responsible for monitoring on-line patients. The OLPT’s are also available to answer patient’s questions. When available the patients exercise sessions are recorded and stored in our system as proof that they completed the prescribed exercises. There are 26250 various 40-minute exercise videos that are viewed by our patients in successive order.
   
 Open 6am-9amDriving Patients to work out between 6:00am-9:30am 5 days per weekweek:: Our DMpt systemPlatform has a calendar function so that patients can schedule when they will login to our DMpt system.their exercise session. This calendar enables usa PT Licensee to better spread the load of patients participating in any forty-minute on-line exercise program during our 15 hours of weekly operations, 6am through 9am9:30am Monday through Friday.Friday are to most optimal hours for patient engagement. Also, if the patient is not on-line at the planned exercise time, our system can send them an automated reminder, via text, voicemail and or e-mail messaging.

Trackable Physical Therapy.The exercise DMpt prescription and instruction will be delivered with a series of on-line videos easily accessed by each patient onvia the internet. Each video will be approximately 40 minutes in length with exercises, which will specifically address the common impairments associated with diabetes and/or obesity. Exercise programs will be able to be performed within each patient’s own home or work location without requiring standard gym equipment.location. Each patient will be required to log in to the system withwhich will monitor performance automatically in order to ensure their compliance. Each patient will be required to follow up with their referring physician and PT at designated intervals and metrics such as blood pressure, blood sugars, BMI, etc. will be recorded to ensure success of the program.

 

Patient Program Goals.On Our PHZIO Program was designed so that the average each patient is targeted to lose 2 pounds per week, totaling up to 48 pounds over the duration of the program to progress toward healthier defined BMI, reduction body fat percentage by at least 8%, reduced reliance on medication for blood glucose regulation and dosage or frequency and a goal of at least a 50% adherence to continuing the DMptPHZIO program independently at conclusion of program.

 

Trackable Video Exercise Program.The On-Line DMptPHZIO Program video content will includeincludes all aspects of wellness preventative care to ensure the best results: cardiovascular training, resistance training, flexibility, and balance and stabilization; research studies on all such distinct impairments have shown to provide effective treatment results. Each video will integrateintegrates each of the four components to guarantee a comprehensive approach to the wellness program, but each video will specifically highlight one of the four components. All of our DMpt video content willPHZIO Program videos can be fully mobile application compliant and are also availableviewed on all desktops, tablets, PC’s and MAC computers and devices. Multiple DMpt exercise videos will be shot to improve adherence to the program and limit redundancy for the patients. Our plan is to recruit recognizable athletes and celebrities to participate as subjects in the videos to improve interest for the patients and improve compliance.Access Devices.

 

Specific Video Programs.Each patient wouldwill receive a prescription for six months (26 week) of physical therapy and exercise that is provided by viewing on-line programs produced by eWellnessus where the patient can do these exercises and stretching on their own at least 3 days per week for at least 40 minutes. The DMpt videos can be watched on a laptop or desktop computer. In order toTo view the videos, the patient would log onto the eWellness web-sitePlatform and would be directed to watch the appropriate video in sequence. As the patient is logged-in, eWellnessthe monitoring PT will be able to monitor how often and if the entire video session was viewed. This data would be captured and sent weekly to the prescribing physician and eWellnessthe monitoring PT for review. At all times, a licensed OLPT/PTA will have access to each patient utilizing the videos and will be able to communicate with a patient via video-conferencingvideoconferencing and/or instant messaging. This will help improve adherence to the program as well as the success and safety of the patients’ treatments. A patient will also be instructed to walk or ride a bike at least 30 minutes three days per week in addition to participating in our program.

If the patient is not viewing the videos, then the prescribing physician and/or the eWellnessmonitoring PT would reach out to the patient by telephone and/or e-mail to encourage the patient to keep upcommit to their physical fitness regime. After each series, the patient returns for an office visit to the prescribing physician for blood tests, blood pressure and a weight management check- up as well as a follow-up visit with the PT for assessment of the patient’s progress toward established goals.

 

Exercise Patient KitsKits..Each patient Most patients will receive a home exercise tool kit, which will include: an inflatable exercise ball, a hand pump, a yoga mat, a yoga strap, and varying levels of resistance bands, free of any additional charges.bands. Each of the DMptPHZIO Program exercise videosvideo will include exercises that incorporate the items in the tool kit. By using a bare minimum of equipment, patients should be able to participate more easily at home or at their workplace. Our estimated cost of the kit is $49, which we pay and factored in to ourinto a PT licensees’ revenue stream and internal projections.

Our Cloud-based DMpt System Design.Our Chief Technology Officer (CTO), Curtis Hollister, is currently a principal shareholder and operator of two video content platform based businesses in Ottawa Canada that have built and own the intellectual property for various global corporate and governmental projects having similar requirements as ours. Not only will Mr. Hollister’s experience stand to significantly shorten our path to service activation of our own program, but his industry contacts will provide immediate access to valuable resources. Because of this access, initially all system maintenance, updates and upgrades of our PHZIO.com platform will be made by Mr. Hollister as our Chief Technology Officer and a readily available team of independent freelance consultants in Ottawa. Additionally, through his ownership in these video content platform businesses, the Company was able to enter into an agreement with one of them to secure the rights to intellectual property completing approximately 80% The cost of the Company’s systems requirements at a total cost of $20,000. The remaining efforts to build-out our cloud-based platform were completed in late October 2014 and were tested on a limited basis during November and December 2014, with a now completed launch on April 29, 2015. Our platform was built based on the Zendesk® highly-scalable customer service application platform. Initially, all system maintenance, updates and upgrades willexercise kits may also be made by Mr. Hollister’s team in Ottawa.

Text based Patient Engagement Protocol & Engagement Tools.We intend on using text based messaging to assist in continuous patient engagement in order to improve on our patient program drop-out rate, which is anticipated to be 50%, spread-out over the 6-month program. eWellness’ Text based Patient Engagement Protocol will initially include:

Exercise reminder after 3 minutes past the anticipated start time, if the patient is not logged into our exercise system at the time noted in their patient calendar.
Daily meal suggestions for breakfast, lunch and dinner to be sent out daily at 5:30am, 11:00am and 5:00pm.
Four hours after a patient has watched an exercise video, each will be asked how they feel: more energy, less energy, tired, in pain?
Remind patients on days off days to fit in cardio that day by riding a bike, walking and taking the stairs for at least 30 minutes.
Recommend for the more advanced patients to have them add up to 100 squats per day to their work out. Remind them daily in the morning and then ask them in the afternoon if they did the squats.

Follow-on Program.Upon conclusion of the prescribed exercise prescription, each successful patient shall be given the option of continuing to have accessbilled to the library of videos for continued independent progression for a nominal fee of $29.95 per year. New video content with exercises specifically designed for the assigned population prescribed and demonstrated by a licensed PT will be filmed to maintain interest in the exercises among the viewing audience.patients account.

 

Treatment & Reimbursement Strategy.MSK 360 Program

The musculoskeletal (MSK) system, which consists of our bones, muscles and joints, experience strain as we move. MSK related issues are a leading cause of absenteeism in the workplace and in many cases can lead to short- or long-term disability. These costs are a significant factor in any workplace and have cascading effects on employee productivity. We have formulatedbelieve that to accelerate physical health, it is critical to prevent and address MSK timely to reduce future health costs.

Patients can receive virtual care through the MSK 360 Program with the guidance of a registered PT via our Platform through their Access Devices. As patients will not need to travel to their health appointments during the workday, telerehabilitation is a timesaver, and therefore a cost saver.

The employee will first be evaluated to determine the priority of patients’ treatments based on the severity of their condition if they are suitable for our MSK 360 Program. If a patient has experienced a major injury (e.g. fracture), he/she will be instructed to receive in-person PT care.

Any EPS and/or LW insureds may, after an in-home or in-office PT assessment, enroll in a 6-month comprehensive treatment program. The main treatment objective of our MSK360 Program is to graduate at least 60% of inducted patients through our 6-month program. Patients should expect to experience an average of a 20% reduction in BMI, a two-inch reduction in waist size, weight loss of at least 10 pounds, significant overall improvement in balance, coordination, flexibility, strength and lumbopelvic stability. Patients also should score better on Functional Outcomes Scales (Oswestry and LEFS) which indicates improved functional activity levels due to reduced low back, knee and hip pain.

PreHabPT Program

Any individuals covered by EPS and/or LW who are seeking non-emergency orthopedic surgery shall first receive an online consultation, in-home or in-office PT therapy evaluation and will be prescribed a four to eight-week pre-habilitation physical therapy (“PreHabPT”) exercise program prior to any surgery. Another in-home or in-office PT evaluation will be made following surgery and a treatment and reimbursement strategy that eliminates a significant portion of our reimbursement risk associated with billing for telemedicine sessions. After thoroughly reviewing our DMpt program with MHI, it is clear that our initial billingplan will be highly focused on in-office physical therapyinitiated. A PreHabPT Program is an eight-week physician to patient visits rather than telemedicine sessions. In fact, we now anticipate that telemedicine visits will only accountpre-surgical (Prehab) digital therapeutic exercise treatment for a small portion of total billing in year one. We have developed three DMpt Program Reimbursement Plans that allow us to provide our program to all patients that have insurance. Please see, “Insurance/Reimbursement” below.anticipate having total join replacement (knee, hip and or shoulder) or back surgeries.

 

MHI Physican Collaboration ProcessPurePT.We will provide each participating physician with market-value rent for one of their treatment room’s on a monthly basis, to house one of our PTs and PTAs. Our onsite team will induct patients into our program and complete ongoing assessments of patients as they proceed through our 6-month program. Each onsite team consisting of one certified Physical Therapist (PT) and one certified Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) will attend to 21 patients per day between the two of them. Assuming a seven hour work day, that averages to approximately one patient every 40 minutes per certified professional. These patient visits will consist of either first time enrollments or follow-up assessments, which in the general realm of Physical Therapy tasks are considered neither time consuming or intensive.

 

Additionally, eachPurePT is a patient who is participatingand independent PT Program for connecting new patients to PT’s that are seeking to be treated with our PHZIO treatment system. Patient program assessments can be made in our DMpt program is requiredthe privacy of a patient’s home or office. PurePT connects new patients to return toPT’s, particularly in states that have direct access rules where patient’s insurance will reimburse for treatment without requiring a physician’s prescription. PurePT puts the physical office location at monthly or weekly intervals (depending on the type of health insurance plan), at which time they may also have a follow-up office visit with their physician.patient first.

Our Marketing Strategy

 

PhysiciansWe pivoted and intensified our focus on generating revenues from PT assessments and treatments covered under the Workers’ Compensation Insurance program where changes in regulations related Workers’ Compensation Insurance have provided us with an opportunity to offer our MSK 360 Program as described above. Under the new regulation patients can confidently prescribe the eWellness programchoose to qualifiedbe treated in-clinic or through dtPT. Until recently, patients and be sure that those patients are receiving the best guidance and support with respectnearly all choose in-clinic treatment. In response to physical activity and diet in order to reduce their risk factors associated with diabetes and obesity. The remote-based treatments also represent additional opportunities for each patient to perform preventative biometric screening which may have been prescribed by the physician and be reimbursable.this change we developed our MSK360 Program.

Competition

 

The physician will only need to sign a prescription forhealthcare industry, including the physical therapy business, is highly competitive. The physical therapy business is highly fragmented with no company having a significant market share nationally. We believe that we are first dtPT Company to offer real-time monitored physical therapy assessments and treatments to large-scale employers.

The global Telehealth Market is likely to expand considerably with impetus from the ability of telehealth to serve rural populations. According to a report published on August 1, 2019 by Fortune Business Insights, titled “Telehealth Market: Global Market Analysis, Insights, and Forecast, 2019-2026,” the market was valued at US$ 49.8 Billion in 2018. Based on this report, the telehealth market will reach US$ 266.8 Billion by 2026.

Competitive factors affecting our business include quality of care, cost, treatment outcomes, convenience of treatment programs offered, and relationships with, and ability to meet the needs of, referral and payor sources. We compete, directly or indirectly, with many types of healthcare providers including the physical therapy departments of hospitals, private therapy clinics, physician-owned therapy clinics, and chiropractors. We may face more intense competition if consolidation of the therapy industry continues. We believe that our new approach to physical therapy will lower patient treatment costs, expand patient treatment access and improve patient compliance. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home.

We believe that our business model based on digital telehealth physical therapy resulting in potential strategic competitive advantage We also believe that our competitive position is enhanced by our strategy by making physical therapy more easily accessible to patients. We offer convenient hours for qualifiedthe PT assessments and treatments. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in order for them to become enrolled into the eWellness DMpt program. The physician is not responsible for any additional paperwork or treatment.privacy of once home. We have identified, as direct competitors, a number of privately held telemedicine and exercise platform companies as mentioned below:

 

On Line Physical Therapy (OLPT).Our PTs will interfacePhysera: Physera provides direct access to world-class physical therapists with our patientspersonalized exercises programs for convenient and low-cost treatment of musculoskeletal pain. The Company has raised $10.8 million. Estimated revenues are less than $1 million in two settings. One setting2019. Post money valuation is the “in office” enrollment and follow-up visits as previously described and the other setting is the On Line Physical Therapy (OLPT) portion of our Distance Monitored Physical Therapy (DMpt) program. In the OLPT setting, the patient interacts with a certified professional via a mobile device within the patients chosen space time three times per week.

OLPT Physical Therapy Operational Assumptions.We will begin operations with just a single OLPT PT and expand the OLPT team size to up to 2 PTAs supervised by 1 PT as our patient load grows. Eventually we anticipate that we will grow to 3OLPT teams with 1 OLPT and 4 PTs. If a patient requests a video conference, that patient is switched over to the OLPT for any answers to questions. The patient will continue to be monitored for the remainder of the session by the OLPT.currently $50 million.

 

Based upon discussionsReflexion Health: Reflexion Health, Inc. develops and publishes a prescription software for medical professionals and their patients. It offers a rehab measurement tool to track patient adherence for the prescribed rehab plan. The company was incorporated in 2012 and is based in San Diego, California. The Company has raised $29.8 million. Estimated revenues are just over $1.3 million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $100 million.

Hinge Health: Hinge Health focuses on musculoskeletal health. Hinge Health’s back and joint pain care pathways combine wearable sensor-guided exercise therapy with variousbehavioral change through 1-on-1 health coaching and education. The Company has raised $36.1 million. Estimated revenues are just over $1.6 million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $500 million.

Peerwell: PeerWell’s PreHab and ReHab app delivers customized daily lessons to those with scheduled surgery. The Company has raised $9.1 million. Estimated revenues are under $2.5 million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $50 million.

Force Therapeutics: Force Therapeutics was founded in 2010 to transform the delivery of injury rehabilitation through web and mobile applications. In addition to its smart platform for mobile and web content delivery, FORCE Therapeutics produces high definition, evidenced based exercise videos for its applications. The Company has raised $25.7 million. Estimated revenues are under $1.6 million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $100 million.

Respondwell: Respondwell offers a tele-rehabilitation platform that enables healthcare professionals,service providers to connect, monitor, and collect data about their patients. It provides its services for total joint replacement patients. Respondwell enables patients to access videos of physical therapies that are conducted by virtual instructors. The platform offers in-product rewards to increase patient engagement. It offers two online programs: Therapy@Home and Fitness@home. Estimated revenues are $5 million in 2019. The company is owned by Zimmer Biomet NYSE: ZBH.

We believe that none of the most active work out times are between 6:00amabove direct competitors have real time patient monitoring, confirming patient adherence and 9:00am.compliance. We will also know throughbelieve that none of these companies offers a MSK Program, nor the depth of video exercise content and or abilities to monitor one-to-many-patient treatments as offered by our calendar what times the patient has selected for his/her the work outs, which will also be a guide to staffing. We will need to try to drive patients into open slots in our OLPT/PTA schedule. Initial service hours will be from 6:00am to 9:00am (3 hours per day), 5-days per week.PHZIO Program.

 

Insurance/Reimbursement

 

Based on management’s experience and reviewThus far in the state of insurance literature, they believe that if a provider offers telemedicine reimbursement, such provider will typically reimburse the same number of telemedicine visits as the number of allowable in-office physical therapy visits. Currently, managementCalifornia our initial licensee has successfully receivedgained reimbursement by Californiafrom Blue Cross, Blue Shield and CIGNA insurance companies. The licensee receiver reimbursements that allows for reimbursement associated with telemedicine physical therapy and other insurers including Medicare, Medicaid and other private insurers currently will not reimburse for physical therapy via telemedicine. This is why we have created multiple billing plans that may or may not include reimbursement for telemedicine physical therapy. We anticipate negotiating individual reimbursement plans with each insurance company. We also believe that the definition of telemedicine may broaden over the next 1-5 yearsare equivalent to include physical therapy. While we believe our management team has a strong grasp of the pulse and trends of the insurance industry, there can be no assurance that management’s industry perceptions are accurate or that there will there will be any changes to insurance reimbursement policy associated with physical therapy telemedicine at any insurance company.

in-clinic patient reimbursements. For PT licensee patients, whose insurance companies provide little or no reimbursement for Physical Therapy Telemedicine Reimbursement, they willmay have higher co-payments for our servicesparticipating in the PHZIO program or be responsible to pay the full cost of such services.

 

Telemedicine Physical Therapy Reimbursement:

We believe that by introducing and leveraging telemedicine in certain categories of physical therapy patients, we will create access and convenience to services for the patient and efficiency cost savings, as well as long term patient outcome savings for the insurance provider. We have divided our planned program into 4 different basic billing groups to accommodate reimbursement for our program from a variety of sources typical of our anticipated patient base. We will continue to add billing groups as our patient base evolves and grows. In all four programs remote telemedicine represents at least 75% of the appointments we will be conducting with each patient. Our proposed business operations never include more than 25% in-office appointments for any of the four patient programs. While our proposed operations and delivery of services in all our patient programs is predominantly remote telemedicine and we believe that insurance providers will eventually find telemedicine a rewarding mechanism, our plan does not rely on evolving telemedicine billing codes to sustain our current patient programs. Therefore, early on our sustainability plans are to anticipate that a significant portion of our reimbursement will be generated via the insignificant in-office appointments portion of our operations.

Our operations and delivery of services is predominantly remote monitored telemedicine. We anticipate having significant patient data on the value of monitored patients verses non-monitored patients after the initial 6-months of running our DMpt Program and we suspect this data will show that active monitoring significantly improves outcomes. Thus, we believe that private insurers and Medicare/Medicaid will start reimbursing for our telemedicine visits some time in year two, after these results are revealed. Accordingly, in year one, although we will provide our telemedicine services, only a small portion of our gross revenues will be from telemedicine reimbursements; we expect that revenue stream to increase in year two and year three, during which we project the majority of our revenues to come from telemedicine reimbursement. Additional revenue in year 1 will come from patients whose insurance does not cover telemedicine, but who want to be monitored and are willing to pay out of pocket, the $100 monthly fee we charge for a set number of monitored telemedicine sessions; based on our understanding of this industry and the current and anticipated state of medical insurance and reimbursement, we have based our projections on the belief that a small portion of patients whose insurance does not cover telemedicine are willing to pay for it themselves.

Five Separate Reimbursement Plans

Our program is a combination of therapy for 26 weeks and is designed to guide a patient through active physical retraining. We have divided our program into 4 different basic billing models to accommodate the majority of reimbursability of our anticipated patient base. The following is a further break down of those billing groups by type of appointment and reimbursement:

Program A (Private Insured) - 6 in-office visits and 24 monitored and 54 un-monitored telemedicine sessions: We anticipate that in year 1, a smaller portion of our patients will have private health insurance that accepts physical therapy telemedicine billing and that our average per patient reimbursement will be approximately $2,935 for the completed six-month DMpt program that includes 6 in-office visits and 24 telemedicine sessions; Program A also includes 54 non-monitored telemedicine therapy sessions that are not eligible for reimbursement based on existing insurance codes. In year 2, we anticipate this insurance covered segment to grow, but by year 3, become a significant portion of our patient load.
Program A - Private Insured        
Total patient appointments  84   100%
Appointments insurance reimbursed under current codes (30 Appointments Total - 36%)        
In-office enrollments or check-ups (insurance reimbursed)  6   7%
Monitored remote physical therapy sessions (insurance reimbursed)  24   29%
Appointments not insurance reimbursed undercurrent codes        
Non-monitored remote physical therapy sessions (not reimbursed)  54   64%

Program B (Partial Insurance + Self Pay) - 14 in-office visits reimbursed via insurance and up to 78 monitored telemedicine sessions for $100.00 per month via out-of-pocket: We anticipate that in year 1 through year 3, a significant portion of our patients will consist of patients with insurance that only reimburses for in-office visits. We anticipate that our average per patient reimbursement for patients in this program will be approximately $1,872.25 for a completed 26 week DMpt program that includes 14 in-office visits and up to 78 monitored telemedicine therapy sessions that are not eligible for reimbursement based on existing insurance codes, but for which the patient can receive for an out of pocket cost of $100.00 per month at their discretion.

Program B - Limited or Catastrophic Insured        
Total patient appointments  92   100%
Appointments insurance reimbursed under current codes        
In-office enrollments or check-ups (insurance reimbursed)  14   15%
Appointments patient pays $100 monthly flat rate        
Monitored remote physical therapy sessions  78   85%

Program C (Medicare) -14 in-office visits and 78 un-monitored telemedicine sessions: We anticipate that in year 1, a significant portion of our patients will have Medicare or state insurance that does not initially reimburse for physical therapy telemedicine, but will reimburse for in-office visits. We anticipate that the average per patient reimbursement will be approximately $1,369 for a completed six-month DMpt program that includes 12 in-office patient visits; Program C also includes up to 78 un-monitored telemedicine therapy sessions that are not eligible for reimbursement based on existing insurance codes. In year 2, we anticipate this segment to decline, but still remain significant and become a minor portion of our patient base in year 3.

Program C - Medicare Medicaid        
Total patient appointments  92   100%
Appointments reimbursed undercurrent insurance codes        
In-office enrollments or check-ups (insurance reimbursed)  14   15%
Appointments not reimbursed under current insurance code        
Un-monitored remote physical therapy sessions  78   85%

Program D (Self-Insured / Self-Pay) - 14 in-office visits and up to 78 monitored telemedicine sessions for $300.00 per month via out-of-pocket: We anticipate that in year 1 through year 3, a very small portion of our patients will consist of patients self-insured or self-pay. We anticipate that our average per patient reimbursement for patients in this Program will be approximately $2,100 for a completed 26 week DMpt program that includes 14 in-office visits; Program D also includes up to 78 non-monitored telemedicine therapy sessions that are not eligible for reimbursement based on existing insurance codes.

Program D - Non-Insured/Cash Pay        
Total patient appointments  92   100%
Appointments patient pays $300 monthly flat rate (no insurance reimbursement)        
In-office enrollments or check-ups (non-reimbursed & covered under flat rate)  14   15%
Monitored remote physical therapy sessions (non-reimbursed & covered under flat rate)  78   85%

Program E (Brick-n-Mortar)- 26 in-office visits and up to 78 monitored telemedicine sessions. We anticipate that in year 1 through year 3, a significant portion of our patients will consist of patients with insurance that only reimburses for in-office visits. We anticipate that our average per patient reimbursement for patients in this program will be approximately $1,948.33 for a completed 26 week DMpt program that includes 26 in-office visits and up to 78 monitored telemedicine therapy sessions that are not eligible for reimbursement based on existing insurance codes.

Program E - Brick-n-Mortar        
Total patient appointments  104   100%
Appointments insurance reimbursed under current codes        
In-office enrollments or check-ups (insurance reimbursed)  26   25%
Appointments patient pays $0        
Monitored remote physical therapy sessions  78   75%

Non-monitored sessions include watching our on-line exercise classes and receiving engagement communications from our system without direct monitoring; if needed, patients will also be able to log-in and communicate with one of our OLPTs between 6:00am and 9:00pm, 7 days per week.

There is virtually no cost to us to send out the digital content that makes up the bulk of the non-monitored sessions. The patient retention data we can discern from this segment provides great value to us because we can provide it to the insurance agencies to demonstrate the benefits of monitoring.

Expansion into other markets where telemedicine has high support.On December 20,th 2013, we executed a 25-year licensing agreement with a London, Ontario based telemedicine company Physical Relief Telemedicine Health Care Services (“PRTHCS”), pursuant to which we granted PRTHCS a limited, transferable right to use and promote our DMptPHZIO Program within the province of Ontario; additional Canadian territories may be added at the partiesparties’ mutual discretion. PRTHCS has a known track-record in the telemedicine industry in Canada.

They will also pay us a 20% monthly royalty fee on gross billing for services under To date PRTHCS has been unsuccessful in licensing our DMpt program. PRTHCS also agreedPHZIO platform to pay us all costs to setup their own cloud-based system and to film 26 unique English and French speaking versions of our exercise video in Ontario; the estimated costs of these services is estimated at $117,000 (the “Cloud Fee”), which shall be made in three separate payments. However, after meeting with them in February of 2014, it was determined that PRTHCS could deploy our cloudany Canadian based service in Canada just as it was designed for the U.S. domestic market and therefore, we agreed to waive the Cloud Fee and all parties agreed to move forward accordingly in June 2014.

Pursuant to the agreement, we agreed to provide technical support, as needed and issued them a one year limited warranty on our program. The agreement also provides for the parties to indemnify one another against certain program or agreement related losses.

The agreement provides a 25 year license, which term shall renew annually thereafter, unless earlier terminated. We may terminate the agreement after a material breach of the agreement by either party, if either party is dissolved for any reason, if PRTHC is restrained from transacting a substantial part of its business for 60 consecutive days due to court, administrative or governmental order, or if either party becomes party to a bankruptcy proceeding or makes an assignment to liquidate all of its assets. PRTHC may terminate the agreement at any time with 30 days notice to the Company, although such termination does not relieve them of all of their payment obligations under the agreement. They have yet to begin marketing our DMpt program.PT clinics.

 

Our Planned Expansion into other States where Telemedicine has high support.The most common path being taken by states is to cover telemedicine services in their Medicaid program. 42 states now provide some form of Medicaid reimbursement for telemedicine services (mostly physician to physician consultations). More importantly 16 states have now expanded their definition of telemedicine to include physical therapy and have also required that state and private insurance plans cover telemedicine services. Those 16 states with the broadest telemedicine policies include: Alaska, Georgia, Hawaii, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Virginia and Vermont.

 

Company Development Costs.As of the date of this Registration Statement, we have spent approximately 14 months developing our unique business model and our design for eWellness’ automated website and systems for the DMpt program. Over the course of the 14-month development phase we expended approximately $780,078 in travel expenses, legal, consulting services and miscellaneous expenses. Additionally, we expended a total of approximately 2,575 professional man-hours between the various management team members that if billed at a rate of $200.00 per hour equates to approximately $515,000 in professional time. Thus, our imbedded development costs have totalled approximately $1,295,078.

Market Information

Diabetes Statistics.According to the American Diabetes Association (“ADA”), the data from the 2011 National Diabetes Fact Sheet (released Jan. 26, 2011) (http://www.diabetes.org/diabetes-basics/statistics/) the overall prevalence of diabetes includes 25.8 million children and adults in the United States or approximately 8.3% of the population. In 2007, diabetes was listed as the underlying cause on 71,382 deaths and was listed as a contributing factor on an additional 160,022 deaths. This means that diabetes contributed to a total of 231,404 deaths. There were approximately 1.9 million new cases of diabetes diagnosed in people aged 20 years and older in 2010.

Economic Costs of Diabetes in the U.S. in 2012. According to the ADA 2012 Economic Study (http://professional.diabetes.org/News_Display.aspx?TYP=9&CID=91943&loc=ContentPage-statistics) the total estimated costs of diagnosed diabetes have increased 41%, to $245 billion from $174 billion in 2007. Direct medical costs are $176 billion, which includes costs for hospital and emergency care, office visits, and medications. Indirect medical costs total $69 billion, which includes costs for absenteeism, reduced productivity, unemployment caused by diabetes-related disability, and lost productivity due to early mortality. Medical expenditures for people with diabetes are 2.3 times higher than for those without diabetes. More than 1 in 10 health care dollars in the U.S. are spent directly on diabetes and its complications, and more than 1 in 5 health care dollars in the U.S. goes to the care of people with diagnosed diabetes. The absolute cost of hospital inpatient care for people with diabetes has risen from $58 billion in 2007 to $76 billion in 2012. However, hospital inpatient care costs have fallen from 50 percent to 43 percent of total direct medical costs.

Diabetes Costs in Specific Populations. According to the ADA (http://professional.diabetes.org/News_Display.aspx?TYP=9&CID=91943&loc=ContentPage-statistics), most of the cost for diabetes care in the U.S., 62.4%, is provided by government insurance (including Medicare, Medicaid, and the military). The rest is paid by private insurance (34.4%) or by the uninsured (3.2%). People with diabetes who do not have health insurance have 79% fewer physician office visits and are prescribed 68% fewer medications than people with insurance coverage, but they also have 55% more emergency department visits than people who have insurance. Total per-capita health care expenditures are lower among Hispanics ($5,930) and higher among non-Hispanic blacks ($9,540) than among non-Hispanic whites ($8,101). Non-Hispanic blacks also have 75% more emergency department visits than the population with diabetes as a whole. Total per-capita health expenditures are higher among women than men ($8,331 vs. $7,458). Compared to non-Hispanic whites, per capita hospital inpatient costs are 41.3% higher among non-Hispanic blacks and 25.8% lower among Hispanics. Among states, California has the largest population with diabetes and thus the highest costs, at $27.6 billion. Although Florida’s total population is 4th among states behind California, Texas, and New York, Florida is 2nd in costs at $18.9 billion.

Diabetes and Exercise. A recent ADA study indicated that 150 minutes of physical activity a week (30 minutes, five times a week) helped prevent or delay type 2 diabetes.http://www.diabetes.org/are-you-at-risk/lower-your-risk/activity.html Paragraph titled “Aerobic Exercise.” In this study, people also lost 10 to 20 pounds by making changes in their eating habitshttp://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/prevention/resources.htmsub section “How does the lifestyle intervention help participants prevent type 2 diabetes?”. The Top10 Benefits of Being Active includehttp://www.diabetes.org/food-and-fitness/fitness/physical-activity-is-important.html:

Improved blood glucose management. Activity makes your body more sensitive to the insulin you make and activity also burns glucose (calories). Both actions lower blood glucose.
Lower blood pressure. Activity helps your heart pump stronger and slower.
Improved blood fats. Exercise can raise good cholesterol (HDL) and lower bad cholesterol (LDL) and triglycerides (heart healthy changes).
Reduced insulin or diabetes pills. Activity can lower blood glucose and weight. Both of these may lower the amount of insulin or diabetes pills required.
Weight loss and maintaining loss. Activity burns calories. If you burn enough calories, you’ll trim a few pounds. Stay active and you’ll keep the weight off.
Lower risk for other health problems such as heart attack or stroke, some cancers, and bone loss.
Gain more energy and sleep better.
Reduced stress, anxiety, and depression. Work out or walk off daily stress.
Build stronger bones and muscles. Weight-bearing activities, such as walking, make bones stronger. Strength-training activities makes muscles strong.
Be more flexible. Move easier when you are active.

Diabetes, Exercise & The Affordable HealthCare Act. The diabetes and obesity epidemic in America is on the rise and presents the health care community with a unique opportunity to capitalize on wellness and prevention measures to address the large populations requiring intervention. The Affordable Health Care Act (Obamacare) has a provision requiring insurance companies to cover preventative techniques(http://www.hhs.gov/healthcare/facts/bystate/publichealth/ppht-map.html and http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/initiatives/prevention/index.html). Insurance companies understand that preventative measures for this population is not only an effective but also a cost-efficient approach. One of the most efficacious treatments of Type II diabetes and obesity is a prescribed exercise plan. There is an abundance of controlled studies, which demonstrate the benefits of exercise with this patient population. Unfortunately, health information delivered to the patient alone is not an effective approach for successful outcomes. A guided, monitored exercise protocol that holds patients accountable to their health is the best way to achieve results.

Diabetes & Cardiac Physical Therapy. Physical therapists are uniquely trained and experienced in exercise prescription especially with special patient populations such as those with diabetes. The specialty is positioned to be the health care professionals of the future who are responsible for wellness and preventative care in addition to rehabilitation services, which have been historically performed. No other healthcare profession has as much knowledge of proper exercise prescription, biomechanics, posture, and safe execution of occupational and functional tasks as PTs. The diabetic and obese populations have a specific set of complications and considerations with their conditions and PTs are well qualified to deliver education and instruction on effective modes and types of exercise to reduce co-morbidities and improve overall health.

Initial Program Patient Inclusion Criteria

While eWellness hopes to be able to provide assistance to as many people as possible, we do have some requirements for entrance into our program. Each individual must be:

Cleared for cardiovascular exercise.
Covered by private health insurance or federal or state insurance and/or pay the partial or full monthly program fee themselves.
Experiencing some level of back pain and be overweight.
Screened and identified as pre-diabetic or early-stage Type II (NIDDM) diabetes.
Capable of accessing a smart phone or computer with internet access.
Experiencing no neuropathy.

Insurance Company Partnerships

We will also be seeking partnership agreements with various insurance companies that include six of the biggest health insurance companies: WellPoint, CIGNA, Aetna, Humana, United Healthcare and BlueCross BlueShield, although the latter works on a state-by-state basis. The five biggest health insurance companies insure approximately half of the insured population, or well over 100 million people. As of the date of this Registration Statement, we have not made any agreements with any insurance carriers. Once we commence our DMpt program and generate at least six months of program patient result data, we will approach active and prospective insurance carriers about establishing a tailored reimbursement agreement with us that will cover all of our services, including monitored and non-monitored telemedicine sessions and services.

Intellectual Property and Licensing

 

With adequate funding, we anticipate the development of various Applicationpatent protection and Pioneering Methods patent protect and Trademarktrademark protection associated with our technology platform and unique physical therapy treatments.

On April 30, 2015, we filed We have licensed our telemedicine platform from Bistromatics Inc., a company owned by our CTO, for a Utility Patent from the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)perpetuity for our Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program.

Also on April 4th, 2014, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) for our Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program. A provisional patent is filed without any formal patent claims, oath or declaration, ortelemedicine application in any information disclosure or prior art statement. Under United States patent law, a provisional application establishes an early filing date for the related invention, but which does not mature into an issued patent unless the applicant files a regular non-provisional patent application within one year. There is no such thing as a “provisional patent”. A provisional application can establish an early effective filing date in one or more continuing patent applications later claiming the priority date of an invention disclosed in earlier provisional applications by one or more of the same inventors.

A “provisional” is automatically abandoned (expires) one year after it is filed. The provisional filing date is not counted as part of the 20-year life of any patent that may issue with a claim to the provisional filing date.

A provisional application, as such, is never examined by the USPTO, and therefore can never become a patent. It is also not “published”, but will become a part of any later non-provisional application file that references it, and thus becomes “public” upon issuance of a patent claiming its priority benefit. We anticipate that we can file an application for a patent within the next 10 months. If approved, of which there can be no guarantee, the patent would provide us with certain level of intellectual property rights to our DMpt system.market worldwide.

 

REGULATIONS AND HEALTHCARE REFORM

 

Numerous federal, state and local regulations regulate healthcare services and those who provide them. Some states into which we may expand have laws requiring facilities employing health professionals and providing health-related services to be licensed and, in some cases, to obtain a certificate of need (that is, demonstrating to a state regulatory authority the need for, and financial feasibility of, new facilities or the commencement of new healthcare services). Only one of the states in which we intend to roll out our services requires a certificate of need for the operation of our physical therapy business functions. Our therapists, however, are required to be licensed, as determined by the state in which they provide services. Failure to obtain or maintain any required certificates, approvals or licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

State Legislation

 

Insurance reimbursement for our PHZIO.COMPHZIO services is likely to improve in 20162019 and beyond based upon current draft legislation in Congress that seeks to significantly expand Medicare’s reimbursement for telemedicine services including for physical therapy. If passed, this legislation would drive private healthcare insurers to also reimburse for physical therapy associated with telemedicine. Also, in early November 2014, we were advised byWe have received authorization from the California State Board of Physical Therapy (“CSBPT”) that we could operate our PHZIO.COMPHZIO platform and bill patientspatients’ insurance within the Association’s rules in the state of California.

On July 21, 2017, bill SB 291 (now P.L.2017, c.117) became effective in New Jersey. The law establishes coverage of telemedicine and telehealth services, both under New Jersey Medicaid and commercial health insurance plans. The law does not explicitly impose a payment parity requirement (i.e., mandating that reimbursement for telemedicine and telehealth services be equal to reimbursement rates for identical in-person services). Instead the law sets the in-person reimbursement rate as the maximum ceiling for telemedicine and telehealth reimbursement rates.

On January 17, 2018 an amendment (“SB 1315”) to the New Jersey Physical Therapy Licensing Act of 1983 (“PT Licensing Act”), became effective. This law expands the scope of practice of PTs to include identification of balance disorders; wound debridement and care; utilization review; screening, examination, evaluation, and application of interventions for the promotion, improvement, and maintenance of fitness, health, wellness, and prevention services in populations of all ages exclusively related to physical therapy practice.

 

Stark Law

 

Provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibit referrals by a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to an entity in which the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship, subject to several exceptions. Unlike the Fraud and Abuse Law, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute. Proof of intent to violate the Stark Law is not required. Physical therapy services are among the “designated health services”. Further, the Stark Law has application to the Company’s management contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as well as, any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including any financial transaction resulting from a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. Several states have enacted laws similar tolike the Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and Medicaid) patients. Many federal healthcare reform proposals in the past few years have attempted to expand the Stark Law to cover all patients as well. As with the Fraud and Abuse Law, we consider the Stark Law in planning our clinics, marketing and other activities, and believe that our operations are in compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected. Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

HIPAA

 

In an effort toTo further combat healthcare fraud and protect patient confidentially, Congress included several anti-fraud measures in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). HIPAA created a source of funding for fraud control to coordinate federal, state and local healthcare law enforcement programs, conduct investigations, provide guidance to the healthcare industry concerning fraudulent healthcare practices, and establish a national data bank to receive and report final adverse actions. HIPAA also criminalized certain forms of health fraud against all public and private insurers. Additionally, HIPAA mandates the adoption of standards regarding the exchange of healthcare information in an effort to ensure the privacy and electronic security of patient information and standards relating to the privacy of health information. Sanctions for failing to comply with HIPAA include criminal penalties and civil sanctions. In February of 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. Title XIII of ARRA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), provided for substantial Medicare and Medicaid incentives for providers to adopt electronic health records (“EHRs”) and grants for the development of health information exchange (“HIE”). Recognizing that HIE and EHR systems will not be implemented unless the public can be assured that the privacy and security of patient information in such systems is protected, HITECH also significantly expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Most notable are the new mandatory breach notification requirements and a heightened enforcement scheme that includes increased penalties, and which now apply to business associates as well as to covered entities. In addition to HIPAA, a number ofmany states have adopted laws and/or regulations applicable in the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information that can be more stringent than comparable provisions under HIPAA.

We believe that our futurecurrent business operations will beare fully compliant with applicable standards for privacy and security of protected healthcare information. We cannot predict what negative effect, if any, HIPAA/HITECH or any applicable state law or regulation will have on our business.

 

Other Regulatory Factors

 

Political, economic and regulatory influences are fundamentally changing the healthcare industry in the United States. Congress, state legislatures and the private sector continue to review and assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems. Based upon newly finalized FDA rules, we believe that our planned DMptPHZIO platform is exempt from Federal Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulation. Yet, in the unlikely event that these rules change in the future, the FDA could then require us to seek 510K approvals for our on-line services that could create delays in provisioning our DMptPHZIO services. (See FDA ruling noted below) Also, potential alternative approaches could include mandated basic healthcare benefits, controls on healthcare spending through limitations on the growth of private health insurance premiums, the creation of large insurance purchasing groups, and price controls. Legislative debate is expected to continue in the future and market forces are expected to demand only modest increases or reduced costs. For instance, managed care entities are demanding lower reimbursement rates from healthcare providers and, in some cases, are requiring or encouraging providers to accept capitated payments that may not allow providers to cover their full costs or realize traditional levels of profitability. We cannot reasonably predict what impact the adoption of any federal or state healthcare reform measures or future private sector reform may have on our business.

FDA Ruling: Examples of Mobile App’s which it Intends to Exclude from Regulation

 

On September 25, 2013, the FDA issued Finalized Guidance of medical mobile applications (“Apps”). The FDA has issued a ruling on Apps that may meet the definition of a medical device, but they have determined that they will not exercise enforcement on these Apps. The Guidance contains an appendix that provides examples of mobile apps that MAY meet the definition of medical device but for which FDA intends to exercise enforcement discretion. These mobile apps may be intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease. Even though these mobile apps may meet the definition of medical device, the FDA intends to exercise enforcement discretion for these mobile apps because they pose lower risk to the public. The FDA understands that there may be other unique and innovative mobile apps that may not be covered in this list that may also constitute healthcare related mobile apps. This list is not exhaustive; it is only intended to provide clarity and assistance in identifying the mobile apps that will not be subject to regulatory requirements at this time. Based on our understanding of the Guidance, although there can be no guarantee, we believe our DMpt servicesPHZIO platform will not be subject to regulatory requirements at this time because such services seem to fall within the statutory examples.

 

Employees.As of

At the periodsyear ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014,2019, we had four2 employees in the United States, approximately 7 employees through Bistromatics in Canada and various consultants. Our employees are neither represented by a union nor subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relations with our employees to be favorable. We have entered into certain agreements with our employees regarding their services. We utilize the services of consultants for safety testing, regulatory and legal compliance and other services.

 

Legal Proceedings.ProceedingsWe are not currently a party to any litigation. However, from time to time, we may become a party to litigation matters involving claims against us. Although we have not received notice that any proceeding or enforcement action has been instituted as of the date of this Registration Statement, as further explained elsewhere in this Registration Statement, the final comment received from the SEC regarding the Current Report of Form 8-K that we initially filed on May 6, 2014, was that they were terminating their review of that filing because they continued to have concerns about certain of the issues raised, specifically a Rule 419 violation, that they could not resolve and were going to take further steps they deem appropriate. Please refer to the related discussion in Risk Factors“We may be subject to liability for failure to comply with Rule 419 under the Securities Act”and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Contingencies.”

 

PropertyIn June 2018, a settlement agreement was signed between the Company and holder of the note payable with the following terms for the cancellation of the note payable, accrued interest and all warrants granted relating to the various notes:

 

Our eWellness Corporate Office is located in Culver City, California. We lease 150 square feet for $500 per month from Evolution Physical Therapy, a company owned by our CEO. (See “Transactions With Related Persons, Promoters And Certain Control Person” below).

1.The Company will issue 54,189 shares of commons stock that is immediately tradeable under Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144, but subject to a daily trading limit of 25,000 shares per day;
2.The Company will issue 25,811 shares of common stock that shall be subject to a 180-day holding period and are also subject to a daily trading limit of 25,000 shares per day;
3.The holder of the note payable shall bear all fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, associated with the transfer and trading of the Company’s shares;
4.Beyond issuing the shares noted above, the Company shall not take any additional action that would cause the note holder to incur tax consequence from the transfer or would affect the note holder’s tax consequences in any way.

 

DuringThe Company issued the period ended80,000 shares of common stock on June 20, 2018. At December 31, 2014,2018, the Company signed a contract for short term office services with Regus Management Group, LLC, (Regus) in New York City, but never physically occupiedhad no indebtedness to this holder of the space and the provider cancelled the contract in November 2014. While there was $27,994note payable of services payments payable to Regus at the period ended December 31, 2014 and the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company mitigated the liability by introducing an alternate user for the space and ultimately settled the outstanding debt with a payment of $5,500 on April 24, 2015.

Our eWellness OLPT Operational Office Space Model calls for approximately 500 square feet of office space with a net per square foot rental price of approximately $1 per square foot per month. Required tenant improvements would be addedprincipal or accrued interest or exercisable warrants relating to the rent. We anticipate a 1-year lease with one 1-year renewal option. These offices were occupied during the period ended December 31, 2014. We have located multiple locations in Los Angeles that meet our criteria, but as of the date of this Registration Statement, have not entered into any lease. All tenant improvements will be part of our monthly lease payment. The anticipated cost for the computers, software packages telephone system, routers, cabling, racking, servers and equipment and supplies is approximately $100,000 to provision services by one PTA on one DMpt platform.

Available Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, file reports and other information with the SEC. Our reports and other information filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s Web site is http://www.sec.gov.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. Copies of the registration statement and the exhibits are on file with the SEC and may be obtained from the SEC’s Web site or upon payment of the fee prescribed by the SEC, or may be examined, without charge, at the offices of the SEC set forth above. For further information, reference is made to the registration statement and its exhibits. Information located on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated into this filing unless this filing specifically indicates otherwise.

MANAGEMENTnote.

 

Directors and Executive OfficersTransfer Agent

 

The transfer agent of the Company’s common stock is VStock Transfer LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, (212) 828-8436.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULT OF OPERATIONS

The following tablediscussion and textanalysis should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those set forth under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Reverse Stock Split

Effective December 19, 2019, the namesCompany amended its Certificate of Incorporation to affect a one-for-50 reverse stock split of the Company’s Common stock (the “Reverse Split”) This reverse stock split was approved by FINRA on February 12, 2020 All share and agesper share data have been retroactively restated in this report and in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes to reflect the effects of allthe Reverse Split.

Overview

eWellness has developed a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program (“PHZIO program”) to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems specifically designed to help prevent patients that are pre-diabetic from becoming diabetic.

Results of Operations of eWellness for the Twelve-month Periods Ended December 31, 2019 vs. 2018

REVENUES: eWellness has reported $3,635 and $0 revenues from operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

OPERATING EXPENSES: Total operating expenses increased to $4,304,842 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $3,695,069 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is a result of increases in the value of stock issued to directors, financing fees, travel and executive officersmeal expenses offset by a reduction of stock option expense.

NET LOSS: The Company incurred a net loss of $9,460,785 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with a net loss of $4,451,462 for the year ended December 31, 2018, which reflects an increase of $5,009,323. The increase is primarily because of an increase of general and administrative expenses (outlined above) of $336,006 increase in interest expense of $3,781,794 and increase in loss on derivative liability of $541,715.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2019, we had negative working capital of $6,937,847 compared to negative working capital of $4,006,081 as of August 6 , 2015.December 31, 2018. The main portion of the negative working capital increase is because of an increase in convertible debt, net of discount, and an increase in derivative liability. Cash flows provided by financing activities were $2,849,650 and $1,678,895 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The increase in cash flows from financing activities was from the issuance of convertible debt for cash. The cash balance as of December 31, 2019 was $240,722.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, there was a negative cash flows from operations of $2,978,814 compared to a negative cash flows from operations of $1,288,209 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This is primarily due to an increase in the net loss. We are seeking financing in the form of equity capital to provide the necessary working capital. Our ability to meet our obligations and continue to operate as a going concern is highly dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing. We cannot predict whether this additional financing will be in the form of equity or debt or be in another form. We may not be able to obtain the necessary additional capital on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. In any of these events, we may be unable to implement our current plans which circumstances would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial conditions and results of operations.

On December 5, 2019, the Company had filed a Definitive Information Statement with the SEC (the “Information Statement”) pursuant to which the Company, based upon the Joint Written Consent of our Board of Directors and Majority Consenting Stockholders, authorized the Reverse Split on a ratio not to exceed a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis, which Reverse Split was to be initiated within 365 days from December 5, 2019. On December 12, 2019, our Board of Directors approved the one-for-fifty (1:50) Reverse Split and filed the requisite application with FINRA. On February 12, 2020, FINRA approved the one-for-fifty (1:50) Reverse Split

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

There are no family relationships amongoff-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Our significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 2 of our Audited Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report.

MANAGEMENT

Our directors and executive officers. Each director iswere elected at our annual meeting of shareholders and holds officeto serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders orand until his successor isrespective successors will have been elected and will have qualified. Also provided herein are brief descriptions ofThe following table sets forth the business experience of each director,name, age and position held with respect to our present executive officerofficers and advisor during the past five years and an indication of directorships held by each director in other companies subject to the reporting requirements under the Federal securities laws. None of our officers or directors is a party adverse to us or has a material interest adverse to us.directors:

 

Name Age Position(s)
Darwin Fogt 4043 President, Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board of Directors
David Markowski 5457 Chief Financial Officer and Member of the Board of Directors
Douglas MacLellan 5964 Chairman and Secretary
Curtis Hollister 4146 Chief Technology Officer and Member of the Board of Directors
Douglas Cole 5864 Member of the Board of Directors
Brandon Rowberry 4044 Member of the Board of Directors
Rochelle Pleskow 50

57
 Member of the Board of Directors

Darwin Fogt, President, CEO & Director.Mr. Fogt has been CEO of eWellness Corporation since May 2013. SinceFrom 2001 to 2018, he has beenwas founder, President and practicing therapist of Evolution Physical Therapy, Inc,Inc., a privately held company in Los Angeles, CA providing sports and orthopedic physical therapy services. From 2008 to present,2018, Mr. Fogt haswas also been founder and President of Bebe PT, a physical therapy practice specializing in perinatal rehabilitation and wellness. Additionally, from 2012 to present2018 Mr. Fogt has beenwas the founder and President of Evolution Fitness, a primarily cash-based fitness and rehabilitation center serving high level athletes and clients in Culver City, CA. Mr. Fogt has consulted with and been published by numerous national publications including Runner’s World, Men’s Health, Men’s Journal, and various Physical Therapy specific magazines; his 13 plus years of experience include rehabilitating the general population, as well as professional athletes, Olympic gold medalists, and celebrities. Mr. Fogt earned his B.S. in Exercise Science from the University of Southern California in 1996 and his MPT (Master’s(Master of Physical Therapy) from California State University: Long Beach in 2001. He is currently working toward earning his DPT (Doctorate(Doctor of Physical Therapy) degree.

 

David Markowski, Chief Financial Officer & Director.Mr. Markowski has been CFO of eWellness Corporation since May 2013. From October 1997 to October 2002 he was CEO and Co-Founder of GFNN, Inc. From 2002 to 2013 Mr. Markowski has maintained various active roles within GFNN’s subsidiaries including Founder, Director and CEO positions. From October 2009 to December 2011, he was the Director of Corporate Development for Visualant, Inc. From June 2003 to 2010 he was President of Angel Systems, Inc. an independent consulting firm with competencies in strategic marketing and business development. From January 1998 to October 1998, Mr. Markowski served as the Vice President of Finance for Medcom USA, a NASDAQ listed company. Prior to that, he had a decade of investment banking experience on Wall Street involved in financing start-ups and public offerings.Offerings. He is a business development specialist with accolades in INC Magazine and others. Mr. Markowski obtained a BA degree in Marketing from Florida State University in 1982.

 

Curtis Hollister, Chief Technology Officer & Director.Mr. Hollister has been a founder and CTO of eWellness since May 2013. From November 2008 to present he has been the founder and President of Social Pixels, a privately held Canadian company focused on helping companies apply online media and digital campaigning. From November 2008 to present he has been the founder and President of Ripplefire, a privately held Canadian company also specializing in the digital campaigning space. He is a global entrepreneur and innovator known for his ability to identify and capitalize on industry trends. His high profilehigh-profile projects include such clients as Government of Canada, AT&T, Bell Canada, Microsoft, Nokia, Conversant IP and TD Bank. From 1998 to 2002 Mr. Hollister founded and operated TeamCast.com, a technology spin-off focusing on peer-to-peer networking. From 1997 to 2002 Mr. Hollister founded and operated Intrasoft Technologies, a technology start-up to capitalize on the emerging Intranet application market. From 1995 to 1997 Mr. Hollister founded and operated Intranet Technologies, the first successful Internet service provider in Ottawa, Canada’s capital city. Mr. Hollister graduated from Center Hastings Secondary in 1991 and from 1991 to 1995 attended Carleton University with a special focus on Economics.

DouglasDouglas MacLellan, Chairman of the Board. Mr. MacLellan currently serves as Chairman of the Board of eWellness Healthcare Corporation since May 2013. Mr. MacLellan is also an independent member of the board of directors of American Battery Metals Corporation (OTCQB: ABML), a development stage battery metals recycling and mining company since October 2017 to the present. From November 2009 to presentDecember 2017, Mr. MacLellan has beenwas an independent director of ChinaNet Online Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: CNET) a media development, advertising and communications company. From June 2011 to present Mr. MacLellan has been Chairman of Innovare Products, Inc., a privately held company that develops innovative consumer products. InFrom May 2014 to October 2016, Mr. MacLellan joinwas a member of the Board as an independent director of Star MountainJameson Stanford Resources Inc.Corporation (OTCBB: SMRS )JMSN) an early stage mining company. UntilFrom September 1992 through April 2014, Mr. MacLellan was Chairman and chief executive officer at Radient Pharmaceuticals Corporation. (OTCQB: RXPC.PK), a vertically integrated specialty pharmaceutical company. He also continues to serve as president and chief executive officer for the MacLellan Group, an international financial advisory firm since 1992. From August 2005 to May 2009, Mr. MacLellan was co-founder and vice chairman at Ocean Smart, Inc., a Canadian based aquaculture company. From February 2002 to September 2006, Mr. MacLellan served as chairman and cofounder at Broadband Access MarketSpace, Ltd., a China based IT advisory firm, and was also co-founder at Datalex Corp., a software and IT company specializing in mainframe applications, from February 1997 to May 2002. Mr. MacLellan was educated at the University of Southern California in economics and international relations.

Douglas Cole, Director.Mr. Cole has been a Director of the company since May 2014. Mr. Cole is also current Chairman & CEO of American Battery Metal Corporation (OTCQB: ABML). From 2005 to the present, Mr. Cole has been a Partner overseeing all ongoing deal activities with Objective Equity LLC, a boutique investment bank focused on the technology, healthcare andclean tech, mining and mineral sectors. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Cole has played various executive roles as Executive Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of TWL Corporation (TWLP.OB). From May 2000 to September 2005, he was also the Director of Lair of the Bear, The University of California Family Camp located in Pinecrest, California. During the period between 1991 and 19961998, he was the CEO of HealthSoft, and he also founded and operated Great Bear Technology,(GBT) which acquired Sony Image Soft and Starpress, then went public and eventually sold to Graphix Zone. In 1995 Mr. Cole was honored by NEA, a leading venture capital firm, as CEO of the year for his work in the Starpress integration. From 1996-199 He wasSince 1982 he has been very active with the CEO and Board memberUniversity of NetAmerica.com (NAMI) 1996-1999. He has also served on various public boards including Longwei Petroleum ( LPH)  2011-Feb 2013, Advanced Therapeutics (AVTH) Dec 2013- January 2104 and China Chemical. (CHCC), 2011-2012.California, Berkeley mentoring early-stage technology companies. Mr. Cole obtained his BA in Social Sciences from UC Berkeley in 1978.

 

Brandon Rowberry, Director. MrMr. Rowberry has been a Director since June 2014. He is a well-known healthcare innovation executive. From 2010 to 2014201, he drove enterprise-wide Innovation/Venturing for United Health Group where in 2012 they were awarded the prestigious PDMA Outstanding Corporate Innovation Award. From 2012 to present, he has also been Managing Director of 7R Ventures an investment and advisory firm. From 2005 to 2009, he was Director of Strategy & Innovation at Circuit City. From 2001 to 2005, he was a Sr. Corporate Consultant focusing on Organizational Development and Innovation at Hallmark. From 2000 to 2001, he was a Manager of Organizational Development & Innovation at Honeywell. Mr. Rowberry has also been a frequent corporate innovation guest speaker on NBC, FOX, ABC. Mr. Rowberry obtained his MastersMaster of Organizational Behavior from Marriott School of Business, BYU in 2000.

 

Rochelle Pleskow, Director. From 2010 through 2014, she hasMs. Pleskow served as the Chief Healthcare Information Officer for Hewlett Packard. She developed the framework of healthcare analytics platform, which encompasses quality improvement, outcomes analysis, patient safety, operational analytics, clinical informatics, physician performance, and regulatory compliance monitoring for health plans, hospitals and physicians. From 2008 through 2010, she acted as a senior consultant to various companies on healthcare policy and procedures including acting as an advisor for ASP model start-up, whose business included a HIPAA/HL7 and PCI compliant processing tool, which verifies a patient’s insurance coverage, accurately calculates out-of-pocket costs, and processes payments in one system and at the time of service. This model improves revenue cycle management as it accelerates the collection of patient payments. From 2007 through 2008, she was Director of business Architecture for Blue Shield of California, where she developed the business framework and core elements of a large scalelarge-scale IT systems implementation to increase competitive advantage for Blue Shield of California. Re-engineered core business processes in Health Services Division in order to modernize the technology. Ms. Pleskow received her B.A. and M.S. from the State University of New York at Buffalo.

 

Director Qualifications

 

We seek directors with established strong professional reputations and experience in areas relevant to the strategy and operations of our businesses. We also seek directors who possess the qualities of integrity and candor, who have strong analytical skills and who are willing to engage management and each other in a constructive and collaborative fashion, in addition to the ability and commitment to devote time and energy to service on the Board and its committees, as necessary. We believe that all of our directors meet the foregoing qualifications.

 

The Board believes that the leadership skills and other experience of the Board members described below, in addition to each person’s experience set forth above in their respective biographies, provide the Company with a range of perspectives and judgment necessary to guide our strategies and monitor our executivesexecutives’ business execution.

 

Darwin Fogt.Fogt. Mr. Fogt is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving as a physical therapistPT for over 12 years and has built three successful physical therapy practices. Mr. Fogt has contributed to the Board’s strong leadership and vision for the development of the Company’s innovative business model.

 

Douglas MacLellan.MacLellan. Mr. MacLellan is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving as an officer and/or director of various advance technology and high growth companies over the past 20 years. Mr. MacLellan has contributed to the Board’s strong leadership and vision for the development of the Company’s innovative business model.

 

Curtis Hollister.Hollister. Mr. Hollister is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving in senior management positions in various advance technology, software and video content business over the past 20 years. He holds a wealth of experience in software development, video content management and network technology.

David Markowski.Markowski. Mr. Markowski is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving in senior management positions in various companies over the past 20 years, with an emphasis on corporate finance, accounting, audit, financial modeling and marketing. He holds a wealth of experience in company management skills.

Doug Cole.Cole. Mr. Cole is an international business executive with over 20 years of active management and board roles in various software, educational and technology public and private companies.

 

Brandon Rowberry.Rowberry. Mr. Rowberry holdshas held over 15 years in senior management positions as an innovation expert in various advance technology and healthcare industries. He is anticipated to greatly expand our industry relationships within healthcare insurers and the telemedicine industry.

 

Rochelle Pleskow. Ms. Pleskow holds a vast knowledge base on healthcare informatics and the scaling of various technology implementations at selected large-scale technology and healthcare companies and is anticipated to be a good addition to its board of directors as the Company implements its anticipated white label program to physical therapy clinics through the U.S. marketplace.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, none of the following events occurred during the past ten years that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our executive officers, directors or promoters:

 

(1) A petition under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was a general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;

 

(2) Convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

(3) Subject of any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities:

 

(i) Acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity;

 

(ii) Engaging in any type of business practice; or

 

(iii) Engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of Federal or State securities laws or Federal commodities laws;

 

(4) Subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any Federal or State authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph (3)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 

(5) Found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commission to have violated any Federal or State securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated;

 

(6) Found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any Federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

(7) Subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of:

 

(i) Any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation; or

 

(ii) Any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order; or

 

(iii) Any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

 

(8) Subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

 

In light of the efforts and services they provided to the Private Co. prior to the Share Exchange, we believe that Douglas MacLellan and Darwin Fogt may be deemed “promoters” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), since they took the initiative in the formation of our business and received 10% of our equity securities in exchange for the contribution of property or services, during the last five years. In addition, Gregg C. E. Johnson may be deemed a “promoter” of the Company as a result of his receipt of shares of our common stock at the time of completion of the Share Exchange.

 

Executive Compensation

For the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we did not pay any compensation to our executive officers, nor did any other person receive a total annual salary and bonus exceeding $100,000. Prior to the Share Exchange, which closed in April 2014, we did not pay our sole officer any compensation nor did we have an employment agreement.

Following the Share Exchange, we do not currently have any formal employment salary arrangement with any of or new officers. However, the Board determined that the following salaries shall be recordedand accrued on a monthly basis as contributed capital and compensation for the following individuals for the services they provide to us:

After 1-1-14,but before profitability

Monthly Recognized  Contributed  Compensated 
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman $20,000  $11,000  $9,000 
Darwin Fogt, CEO/President $14,000  $7,000  $7,000 
David Markowski, CFO $14,000  $7,000  $7,000 
Curtis Hollister, CTO $14,000  $7,000  $7,000 

At profitability and after

Monthly Recognized  Contributed  Compensated 
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman $20,000  $0  $20,000 
Darwin Fogt, CEO/President $14,000  $0  $14,000 
David Markowski, CFO $14,000  $0  $14,000 
Curtis Hollister, CTO $14,000  $0  $14,000 

All of our current officers have agreed to defer their compensation until such time as we are cash flow positive; therefore, none of our officers have received any compensation as of the date of this Registration Statement. No retirement, pension, profit sharing, stock option or insurance programs or other similar programs have been adopted by the Company for the benefit of the Company’s employees.

Director’s Compensation

We shall continue to maintain the policy regarding director compensation that existed prior to the Share Exchange, pursuant to which directors are not entitled to receive compensation for service rendered to us or for meeting(s) attended except for reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses. There are no formal or informal arrangements or agreements to compensate employee directors for service provided as a director; however, compensation for new non-employee directors is determined on an ad hoc basis by the existing members of the board of directors at the time a director is elected.

Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to the Company’s Risk Management

We believe that our compensation policies and practices for all employees, including executive officers, do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employment Contracts

We do not have any formal employment agreement with any of our current Officers. Any future compensation will be determined by the Board of Directors, and, as appropriate, an employment agreement will be executed. We do not currently have plans to pay any compensation until such time as the Company maintains a positive cash flow.

Outstanding Equity Awards

There were no equity awards outstanding as of the end of the three month period ending March 31, 2015 or the year ended December 31, 2014.

On July 31, 2015, our Board of Directors approved the 2015 Stock Option Plan. The following is a brief description of certain important features of the 2015 Plan, the full text of which is attached as Exhibit 10.7. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit 10.7.

General. The 2015 Plan provides for any option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock unit, performance award, dividend equivalent, or other stock-based award to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates.

Administration. The 2015 Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Board of Directors or by a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors administers the 2015 Plan, references to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board of Directors. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may at any time delegate to one or more officers or directors of the Company some or all of its authority over the administration of the 2015 plan. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

The Committee has the authority to administer and interpret the 2010 Plan, to determine the employees to whom awards will be made under the 2015 Plan and, subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, the type and size of each award, the terms and conditions for vesting, cancellation and forfeiture of awards and the other features applicable to each award or type of award. The Committee may accelerate or defer the vesting or payment of awards, cancel or modify outstanding awards, waive any conditions or restrictions imposed with respect to awards of the stock issued pursuant to awards and make any and all other determinations that it deems appropriate with respect to the administration of the 2015 Plan, subject to the minimum vesting requirements of the 2015 Plan, the provisions of Sections 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable laws or exchange rules.

Eligibility. All employees, officers, directors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan. The definition of “employee” means any person including officers and directors of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company. Participation is discretionary — awards are subject to approval by the Committee. Pursuant to the 2015 Plan, the Company is permitted to grant nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted stock units and other stock based awards to the employees, directors and consultants. Incentive stock options are not issuable under the 2015 Plan.

Shares Subject to the Plan. The number of Shares available for granting awards under the 2015 Plan shall be (A) 3,000,000, plus (B) additional Shares as follows: As of January 1 of each year, commencing with the January 2, 2016, the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan shall automatically increase by a number of Shares equal to the lesser of (x) 2% of the total number of Shares then outstandingand (y) such lower number of Shares as may be determined by the Committee, subject to certain adjustment. Shares of Company common stock issued in connection with awards under the 2015 Plan may be shares that are authorized but unissued, or previously issued shares that have been reacquired, or both.

Types of Awards. The following types of awards may be made under the 2015 Plan. All of the awards described below are subject to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, subject to such limitations as are provided in the plan. The number of shares subject to any award is also determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

Fair Market Value. Fair Market Value means shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any shares or other securities), the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Board or the Committee.

Option. Option shall mean a non-qualified stock option.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or, if the Board or the Committee shall so determine in the case of any such right other than one related to any Incentive Stock Option, at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise over (2) the grant price of the right as specified by the Board or the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the grant price, term, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Board or the Committee. The Board and the Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate.

Restricted Stock. A restricted stock award is an award of outstanding shares of Company common stock that does not vest until after a specified period of time, or satisfaction of other vesting conditions as determined by the Committee, and which may be forfeited if conditions to vesting are not met. Participants generally receive dividend payments on the shares subject to their award during the vesting period (unless the awards are subject to performance-vesting criteria) and are also generally entitled to indicate a voting preference with respect to the shares underlying their awards. All shares underlying outstanding restricted stock awards are voted proportionately to the restricted shares for which voting instructions are received.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator.

Performance Awards. Performance Awards may be granted to Employees, directors and consultants at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional or individual goals, applicable federal or state laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

Dividend Equivalents. The Board and the Committee are hereby authorized to grant Awards under which the holders thereof shall be entitled to receive payments equivalent to dividends or interest with respect to a number of Shares determined by the Board or the Committee, and the Board and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or otherwise reinvested. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, such Awards may have such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee shall determine.

Other Stock-based Awards. The Board and the Committee are authorized to grant such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as are deemed by the Board or the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, provided, however, that such grants must comply with applicable law. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, the Board or the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.

Duration. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan, including, without limitation, any amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant, or any other holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted, without the consent of any share owner, participant of the 2015 Plan, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person. No Award shall be granted under the Plan more than 10 years after August 1, 2015. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Board and the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

As of August 6, 2015, we have agreed to issue 350,000 options under the 2015 Plan.

40

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 6, 2015 by (i) each person (or group of affiliated persons) who is known by us to own more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (ii) each director, executive officer and director nominee, and (iii) all of our directors, executive officers and director nominees as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock that such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of the respective table. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of the respective table is deemed to be outstanding for such person, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership.

The business address of each beneficial owner listed is in care of 11825 Major Street, Culver City, California, 90230 unless otherwise noted. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock owned by them, except to the extent that power may be shared with a spouse.

As of August 6, 2015, we had 17,131,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, our former sole director and CEO, Mr. McRobbie-Johnson, agreed to cancel 5,000,000 shares of common stock that he owned and to transfer an aggregate of 4,600,000 shares of our common stock that he owned. Accordingly, after the Share Exchange, Mr. McRobbie-Johnson owns 400,000 of common stock shares, or approximately 2.6%, of our issued and outstanding common stock.

Pursuant to our Supply and Distribution Agreement with Millennium Healthcare, Inc., we shall issue them 110,000 shares of our common stock, up to a maximum amount of 1.1 million shares, for every $100,000.00 of insurance reimbursement received by us from MHI patients for our DMpt program (up to $1 million in billing). As of the date of this Registration Statement, we have not issued MHI any shares and such shares shall not be included in the number of our outstanding shares of common stock until they are issued, if ever; however, if all 1.1million shares were issued today, MHI would own approximately 7.2% of our outstanding common stock.

Name of Beneficial Owner Amount and
Nature of
BeneficialOwnership
  Percent of Class 
Darwin Fogt  3,750,000(1)  

21.9

%
David Markowski  1,100,000   

6.4

%
Douglas MacLellan  3,750,000   

21.9

%
Curtis Hollister  1,950,000   

11.4

%
Douglas Cole  200,000   1.2%
Brandon Rowberry  200,000   1.2%
Rochelle Pleskow  

250,000

(2)  

1.5

%
All officers and directors as a group ( 7 persons)  11,200,000   

65.4

%
J.F.S. Investments, Inc. ( 3 )  950,000   

5.5

%
Evolution Physical Therapy, Inc. ( 4 )  1,000,000(1)  

5.8

%
Gregg C.E. Johnson ( 5 )  1,545,669( 6 )  

9.0

%

(1)This includes 1,000,000 shares held by Evolution Physical Therapy, Inc., which is owned by Mr. Fogt.
(2)This includes 250,000 5-year stock options at a price of $0.80 per share.
( 3 )Joseph Salvani is the President andthe sole indirect owner of, and controls,J.F.S. Investments, Inc.
( 4 )Darwin Fogt is the President andthe sole indirect owner of, and controls,Evolution Physical Therapy, Inc.
( 5 )The mailing address for Gregg C.E. Johnson is 6081 W. Park Ave, Chandler, AZ 85226.
( 6 )This amount includes: (i) 1,240,669 shares held by Summit Capital USA, Inc. (“Summit USA”), which is beneficially owned by Mr. Johnson, who has voting and dispositive control over the securities held by Summit USA and (ii) 305,000 shares Mr. Johnson owns directly. Mr. Johnson disclaims beneficial ownership of the common stock owned by Summit USA, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such company.

Changes in Control

As a result of the Share Exchange, eWellness became our wholly owned subsidiary and the officers and directors appointed as of the closing of such transaction own approximately 66.7% of the shares of the Company outstanding post-exchange common stock. As a result, the newly appointed board members control the board.

Transactions With Related Persons, Promoters And Certain Control Persons

Other than the relationships and transactions discussed below, we are not a party to, nor are we proposed to be a party, to any transaction during the last fiscal year involving an amount exceeding $120,000 and in which a related person, as such term is defined by Item 404 of Regulation S-K, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Related Party Debt: Prior to the closing of the Share Exchange through the year ended December 31, 2014, a related party, a company in which our former Secretary-Treasurer and CFO also served as CFO, paid $67,710 on behalf of the Company. The amount outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $56,155 and $40,893, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $3,867 imputed interest on the amount owed to the related party. At the period ended March 31, 2015, the amount outstanding was $43,056 and the Company recorded $1,078 of imputed interest on that outstanding amount. The debt remains a Company liability, which is to be repaid when the Company has sufficient capital to do so and there is no specific time frame within which such repayment must be made.

Share Transfers: Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, Mr. McRobbie (our former CEO and sole director) transferred an aggregate of 2,100,000 shares to the following parties: 1,500,000 to Summit Capital USA, Inc. (“Summit”), over which our former CFO serves as CFO; 300,000 to an unrelated third party; and, 300,000 to Gregg Johnson, who, together with his wife beneficially owns Summit Capital Corp., which is a 50% owner of Summit; all of these shares were issued as compensation for a variety of business consulting services each such named party performed on behalf of the Company pursuant to oral agreements between each party and Mr. McRobbie. The services provided included identifying, evaluating, structuring and providing advice in connection with potential acquisitions, mergers or combinations with potential acquisitions, performance of due diligence, coordination of accounting and legal due diligence, familiarization with the business, operations, properties, financial condition, management and prospects of potential target companies and the coordination of the preparation of all required documentation to complete the acquisition and the filing of all required public disclosures to complete such transaction. These services also included the evaluation of several different business opportunities, including the transaction with eWellness Corporation that was ultimately consummated. Based on the oral agreements with Mr. McRobbie, the fee for these services was earned and due upon the closing of the Share Exchange. The transfer of the 2,100,000 shares was a private transaction between the named individuals and was not a Company issuance.

MHI Agreement: On May 24, 2013, eWellness entered into an exclusive 25-year Supply and Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Millennium Healthcare, Inc. (“MHI”) for the following 14 states that include: Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Delaware Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Under the agreement, eWellness agrees to provide its eWellness Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program (“DMpt program”) to MHI affiliated physicians within the terms of the Agreement. MHI agreed to market the eWellness DMpt and agreed to use its best efforts to promote and use the DMpt program; MHI also agreed to assist in managing the insurance reimbursement to eWellness for PT evaluations, re-evaluations and physical tests that eWellness staff perform at selected MHI facilities; however, we will be responsible for seeking reimbursement opportunities from insurance providers who do not currently reimburse for our telemedicine services. MHI, through its wholly owned operating subsidiaries, provide primary care physician practices, physician groups and healthcare facilities of all sizes with cutting edge medical devices focused primarily on preventive care through early detection. MHI currently provides their services to 70 medical group offices in NYC and approximately 130 in Northern New Jersey. There are approximately 400 individual physicians in these various practices. Approximately 20 percent of those patient visits are reoccurring visits.

MHI will charge eWellness a 20% billing fee on all insurance reimbursement or patient fees for marketing the DMpt Program and assisting in the processing of insurance reimbursement. We have also agreed that for every $100,000.00 of insurance reimbursement received from MHI patients for our DMpt program (up to $1 million in billing), we will issue 110,000 shares of our common stock to MHI, up to a maximum amount of 1.1 million shares. As of the date of this Registration Statement, we have not issued any shares to MHI under this Agreement because we have not yet required or utilized MHI’s reimbursement services, nor has MHI marketed our services.

Each party has the right to terminate the agreement upon breach of the Agreement or dissolution of either party. We may also terminate the Agreement if MHI is, for a period of 60 continuous days, restrained or prevented from transacting a substantial part of their business by reason of a judgment order or regulation of any court or authority; MHI may terminate the Agreement at any time with 30 days written notice. The parties may also terminate the Agreement if either becomes the subject to any bankruptcy or similar proceeding. The Agreement also includes standard indemnification provisions for both parties.

Programming Agreement: On or about June 23, 2014, we entered into a license agreement with Bistromatics Corp., to which one of our directors, Curtis Hollister, is Chief Marketing Officer, pursuant to which we obtained a perpetual license to use the programming code created by a video management platform as a base to develop our telemedicine video service for a license fee of $20,000; $2,000 of which was due upon execution, $5,000 of which is due on August 1, 2014 and the $13,000 balance is due by September 15, 2014. The parties entered into an addendum extending the due date of the $20,000 license fee to December 31, 2014 and another addendum extending it to July 1, 2015. Intellectual property developed as a result of this license, will be our property; but Bistromatics will retain the intellectual property for the original code base. We may resell or license the resulting telemedicine platform for an extended license fee of $10,000 for each additional instance the code base will be used. Through this agreement, Bistromatics Corp. built our PHZIO.com platform; Mr. Hollister purchased the domain name on behalf of the Company and retains no rights to same.

Operating Agreement: On April 1, 2015, we entered into an Operating Agreement with EPT (a company owned by our CEO), wherein we agreed that EPT would be able to operate our telemedicine platform www.phzio.com and offer it to selected physical therapy patients of EPT. We shall receive 75% of the net insurance reimbursements from the patient for use of the platform. We will advance capital requested by EPT for costs specifically associated with operating the www.phzio,com platform and associated physical therapy treatments – computer equipment, office or facilities rental payments, physical therapist or physical therapy assistant, administrative staff, patient induction equipment, office supplies, utilities and other associated operating costs. It is anticipated that the operation of the platform by EPT will generate positive cash flow within 90 days from the start of patient induction.

Office Space: The Company rents its Culver City, CA office space from Evolution Physical Therapy (“Evolution”), a company owned by our CEO. Evolution has agreed to contribute the annual rent for the period ended March 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 towards founding eWellness and its operations; the market value of such rent is $500 per month. During the period and year ended, the Company recorded rent expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital in the Balance Sheet.

Research and Development: The officers of the Company from time to time charge the Company for research and development services. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014 the expenses for these services were $0 and $30, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the expenses for these services were $30 and $2,706, respectively.

Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Party Transactions

Our Board of Directors conducts an appropriate review of and oversees all related-party transactions. We have not yet adopted formal standards in respect of the review and approval or ratification of related-party transactions; however, our board has conformed to the following standards: (i) all related-party transactions must be fair and reasonable to us and on terms comparable to those reasonably expected to be agreed to with independent third parties for the same goods and/or services at the time authorized by the board; and (ii) all related-party transactions must be authorized, approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors who have no interest, either directly or indirectly, in any such related party transaction.

Corporate Governance and Director Independence

 

Presently, we are not currently listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system and therefore are not required to comply with the director independence requirements of any securities exchange. In determining whether our directors are independent, however, we intend to comply with the rules of NASDAQ. The board of directors will also consult with counsel to ensure that the boards of director’s determinations are consistent with those rules and all relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the independence of directors, including those adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to the independence of audit committee members. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2)defines an “independent director” generally as a person other than an Executive Officer or employee of the Company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the Company’s board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board of Directors has determined that Douglas Cole, BrandonMr. Rowberry and RochelleMs. Pleskow would qualify as “independent” as that term is defined by Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2). Further, Mr. Cole qualifies as “independent” under Nasdaq Listing Rules applicable to board committees.

 

Due to our lack of operations and size prior to the Share Exchange, we did not have an Audit Committee. For these same reasons, we did not have any other separate committees prior to the Share Exchange; all functions of a nominating committee, audit committee and compensation committee were performed by our sole director. Although, as stated above, we are not the subject of any listing requirements, in connection with the Share Exchange, our Board of Directors established several committees to assist it in carrying out its duties. In particular, committees shall work on key issues in greater detail than would be practical at a meeting of all the members of the Board of Directors; each committee reviews the results of its deliberations with the full Board of DirectorsDirectors.

 

The standing committees of the Board of Directors currently consist of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Current copies of the charters for the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, may be found on our website atwww.ewellnesshealth.com, under the heading “Corporate Information—Governance Documents.” Printed versions also are available to any stockholder who requests them by writing to our corporate Secretary at our corporate address. Our Board of Directors may, from time to time, establish certain other committees to facilitate our management.

The Board will consider appointing members to each of the Committees at such time as a sufficient number ofwhen enough independent directors are appointed to the Board or as otherwise determined by the Board. Until such time, the full board of directors will undertake the duties of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee.

 

A copy of our Code of Ethics is attached as Exhibit 14.1 which is incorporated herein by reference.

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

Other than as described below, none of the Selling Stockholders nor any of their affiliates has held any position or officeCompliance with been employed by or otherwise has had any material relationship with us or our affiliates during the three years prior to the date of this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated below, none of the Selling Stockholders are broker-dealers or affiliates of a broker-dealer within the meaning of Section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act.

This prospectus relates to the offering and sale, from time to time, of up to 1,641,300 shares of our common stock held by the stockholders named in the table below.

The table below lists the selling stockholders and other information regarding the beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d)16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended, requires that our directors, executive officers and the rules and regulations thereunder)persons who own more than 10% of a class of our common stockequity securities that are registered under the Exchange Act to file with respectthe SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes of ownership of such registered securities.

Based solely upon a review of information furnished to the securities held by eachCompany, to the Company’s knowledge, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, all such forms were filed.

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we did not pay any compensation to our executive officers, nor did any other person receive a total annual salary and bonus exceeding $100,000.

Following the closing of the selling stockholders.Share Exchange dated April 11, 2014, which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC April 14, 2014, we have not adopted any formal employment salary arrangement with any of our new officers. However, the Board determined that the following salaries shall be recordedand accrued on a monthly basis as contributed capital and compensation for the following individuals for the services they provide to us:

After 1-1-14, but before profitability

Monthly Recognized  Contributed  Compensated 
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman $20,000  $11,000  $9,000 
Darwin Fogt, CEO/President $14,000  $7,000  $7,000 
David Markowski, CFO $14,000  $7,000  $7,000 
Curtis Hollister, CTO $14,000  $7,000  $7,000 

At profitability and after

Monthly Recognized  Contributed  Compensated 
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman $20,000  $0  $20,000 
Darwin Fogt, CEO/President $14,000  $0  $14,000 
David Markowski, CFO $14,000  $0  $14,000 
Curtis Hollister, CTO $14,000  $0  $14,000 

All of our current officers have agreed to defer their compensation, which compensation has been accrued, until such time as we are cash flow positive; therefore, none of our officers have received any compensation as of the date of this Registration Statement. No retirement, pension, profit sharing or insurance programs or other similar programs have been adopted by the Company for the benefit of the Company’s employees. The second columnCompany has adopted a stock option plan for officers, directors and consultants.

Director’s Compensation

There is no formal or informal arrangements or agreements to compensate employee directors for service provided as a director; however, compensation for new non-employee directors is determined on an ad hoc basis by the existing members of the board of directors at the time a director is elected. The Company is accruing $2,000 per month for the non-employee directors. They are entitled to receive reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses

Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to the Company’s Risk Management

We believe that our compensation policies and practices for all employees, including executive officers, do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employment Contracts

We do not have any formal employment agreement with any of the officers. Any future compensation will be determined by the Board of Directors, and, as appropriate, an employment agreement will be executed.

Outstanding Equity Awards

There were no equity awards outstanding as of the end the year ended December 31, 2019.

Option Grants

During the year ended December 31, 2019, there were no options granted.

Aggregated Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Value

There were no stock options exercised during the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2018 by our executive officers. During the year ending December 31, 2018, 343,000 options granted to officers, directors and specific consultants in 2016 expired.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) Awards

There were no awards made to any named executive officers in the last completed fiscal year under any LTIP.

RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Certain Related Party Transactions

Other than the relationships and transactions discussed below, we are not a party to, nor are we proposed to be a party, to any transaction during the last fiscal year involving an amount exceeding $120,000 and in which a related person, as such term is defined by Item 404 of Regulation S-K, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Programming Agreement:

On November 11, 2016, the Company signed an agreement with a programming company (“PC”) within which the one of the Company’s directors and Chief Technical Officer is the Chief Marketing Officer. The agreement is for additional features to be programmed for the launch of the PHIZIO platform. The contract specifies that the Company’s CEO and CTO will retain their officer and director positions and retain their past due accrued compensation through June 30, 2016. The Company is to pay a monthly base fee of $100,000 for the development and compensation for the Company’s CEO and CTO. Following payment of the initial $100,000, the Company is obligated to only pay $50,000 monthly until the PC has successfully signed and collected the first monthly service fee for 100 physical therapy clinics to use the PHIZIO platform. The agreement establishes that the Company is indebted to the PC for $225,000 for past programming services. The PC will also have the right to appoint 40% of the directors. At the end of December 31, 2019, the Company had a payable of $582,832 due to this company.

Office Space: For the first nine months of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company rented office space from a company formerly owned by our CEO. The imputed rent expense of $500 per month for nine months is recorded in the Statement of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital in the Balance Sheet. From the end of September 2018, the Company has rented other office space from a third-party provider.

Indebtedness of Management

No officer, director or security holder known to us beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common stock or any member of the immediate family or sharing the household (other than a tenant or employee) of any of the foregoing persons is indebted to us in the years 2018 and 2017.

Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Party Transactions

Our Board of Directors conducts an appropriate review of and oversees all related-party transactions. We have not yet adopted formal standards in respect of the review and approval or ratification of related-party transactions; however, our board has conformed to the following standards: (i) all related-party transactions must be fair and reasonable to us and on terms comparable to those reasonably expected to be agreed to with independent third parties for the same goods and/or services at the time authorized by the board; and (ii) all related-party transactions must be authorized, approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors who have no interest, either directly or indirectly, in any such related party transaction.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.

The following table lists the number of shares of commonCommon stock and shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock of our Company as of January 24, 2020, that are beneficially owned by (i) each person or entity known to our Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the sellingoutstanding Common stock; (ii) each officer and director of our Company; and (iii) all officers and directors as a group. The table also includes Information relating to beneficial ownership of Common stock by our principal stockholders as of August 6, 2015, including assuming exerciseand management is based upon information furnished by each person using “beneficial ownership” concepts under the rules of the NotesSecurities and Warrants held by each such selling stockholder onExchange Commission. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that date but taking accountperson has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of the security. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any limitations on exercise set forth therein.security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within sixty (60) days. Under the rules of the SEC, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which he/she may not have any pecuniary beneficial interest. Except as noted below, each person has sole voting and investment power.

 

The third column lists the sharesbusiness address of common stock underlying the Notes and Warrants being offered by this prospectus by the selling stockholders and does not take into account any limitations on conversion or exerciseeach beneficial owner listed is in care of the Notes or Warrants, respectively set forth therein.

The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus.

Under the terms of the Warrants, a selling stockholder may not exercise the warrants to the extent (but only to the extent) such selling stockholder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own a number of shares of our common stock which would exceed 4.99%. The number of shares in the second column reflects these limitations and other limitations on conversion and exercise of other convertible and exercisable instruments of the company held by each selling stockholder. The selling stockholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We estimate that our costs and expenses of registering the shares listed herein for resale will be approximately $4,901.82.

Name of Selling Stockholder Number of Shares of Common Stock Owned Prior to Offering  Maximum Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Sold Pursuant to this Prospectus  Number of Shares of Common Stock Owned After Offering 
Rodney Ryan Schoemann Jr. Inter Vivos Trust of 1998*  818,098(1)+   338,873(2)  479,225 
Rodney R. Schoemann  1,100,000(3)  331,376 (4)   768,624 
Thomas Madden*  186,686+ +   77,329   109,357 
Mikhael Rogol*  17,143++   7,101   10,042 
Marquis Healthcare*  397,143++   164,505   232,638 
Donald Ulferts*  142,857++   59,174   83,683 
Len Chanasyk*  200,000++   82,844   117,156 
Christopher Bailey*  14,286++   5,918   8,368 
Victoria Lundell*  11,429++   4,734   6,695 
Theodore Aspergren*  142,857++   59,174   83,683 
Ed Umlauf*  300,000++   124,266   175,734 
Parallax Group*  23,429++   9,705   13,724 
Kristina Schoemann*  908,458(5)+   376,302(6)  532,156 

Company at 333 Las Olas Way, Suite 100, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 unless otherwise noted. Except as otherwise indicated, above or in the footnotes to the table, the selling stockholderspersons listed below have not held any position or office or had any material relationship with us or any of our subsidiaries within the past three years and possess sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Common stock owned by them, except to the shares shown.extent that power may be shared with a spouse.

 

* This person received shares from the Private Placement and the numberAs of March 20, 2020, we had 467,038,350 shares of Common stock and 250,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock to be sold pursuant to this Prospectus includes an equal amount of shares underlying such persons Noteissued and Warrant received pursuant thereto, unless otherwise noted in the footnotes below.outstanding.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1) Common stock Beneficially Owned (1)  Percentage of Common stock Owned (1)  Shares of Series A Preferred Stock Held (2)  Percentage of Series A Preferred Held  Number and Percentage of Total Voting Shares 
Darwin Fogt, CEO and President  148,000   .04%  170,000   17% 28,147,929 or 10.96%
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman  155,000   .04%  170,000   17% 28,154,929 or 11.07%
David Markowski, CFO  62,000   .02%  170,000   17% 28,061,929 or 9.63%
Curtis Hollister, CTO  534,958   .12%  170,000   17% 28,534,887 or 16.95%
Brandon Rowberry, Director  10,000   .01%  25,000   2.5% 4,127,637 or 1.43%
Doug Cole, Director  16,000   .01%  75,000   7.5% 12,368,910 or 4.07%
Rochelle Pleskow, Director  6,000   .01%  25,000   2.5% 4,123,637 or 1.37%
Director and Officer (5 people)  931,958   .25%  805,000   80.5% 133,519,858 or 55,48

+  Represents the shares underlying all of the Notes and Warrants such person received pursuant to the Private Placement and other shares held by such person; however, due to the application of Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we are unable to register all of these shares at this time.

++ Represents the shares underlying all of the Notes and Warrants such person received pursuant to the Private Placement; however, due to the application of Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we are unable to register all of these shares at this time.

 (1)Includes: 200,000Applicable percentage ownership is based on 467,038,350 shares received from another shareholderand an aggregate of 618,098 shares underlying the securities issued in the Private Placement.
(2)Includes: 82,844 shares received from another shareholderand an aggregateCommon stock outstanding as of 256,028 shares underlying the securities issued in the Private Placement.
(3)Includes: 150,000 shares from the 419 Transaction; 400,000 shares issued pursuant to Consulting Agreement; 400,000 shares underlying warrants, exercisable at $0.35 per share, issued pursuant to the extension of a Consulting Agreement; and 150,000 shares underlying warrants, exercisable at $0.35 per share, issued pursuant to a short term loan provided by this shareholder.
(4)These are shares issuable pursuant to Mr. Schoemann’s Consulting Agreement dated April 21, 2014.
(5)Includes: 200,000 shares received from another shareholder and an aggregate of 708,458 shares underlying the securities issued in the Private Placement.
(6)Includes: 82,844 shares received from another shareholder and an aggregate of 293,458 shares underlying the securities issued in the Private Placement.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering 1,641,300 shares under the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the 1,641,300 shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus represents about one-third of the estimated 5,471,000 shares of common stock we believe will be outstanding and held by non-affiliates as at the date of this prospectus and which we reasonably expect will be offered and sold within two years from the date of this prospectus. In the event that less than 5,471,000 shares our issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, we will proportionally reduce the 1,641,300 shares to which this prospectus relates to an amount equal to one-third of such issued and outstanding shares. We have also agreed with the holders of the registered shares to register for resale in future registration statements additional shares of their common stock underlying the Notes and Warrants, to the maximum extent permitted by Rule 415 and the SEC, and at such time as the 1,641,300 shares to which this prospectus relates have been sold.

We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register the shares of common stock.

The selling security holders and any of their pledgees, donees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock being offered under this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which shares of our common stock are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. The selling security holders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of shares:

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resales by the broker-dealer for its account;
an exchange distributionMarch 20, 2020. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of Common stock that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of November 25, 2019 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the person holding such securities for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 (2)
privately negotiated transactions;
The 1,000,0000 shares of Series A Preferred Shares have the right to cover short sales made aftervote in the date thataggregate, on all shareholder matters votes equal to 51% of the registration statementtotal shareholder vote on any and all shareholder matters. The Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to this 51% voting right, representing at present 3,294,109 votes based on the 6,459,038 shares of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective byCommon stock outstanding, no matter how many shares of Common stock or other voting stock of the Commission;
broker-dealers may agree withCompany’s stock are issued and outstanding in the selling security holders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;
a combination of any of these methods of sale; and
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.future.

 

The shares may also be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities ActDescription of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), if available, rather than under this prospectus. The selling security holders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of shares if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.our SECURITIES

General

 

The selling security holders may pledge their sharesfollowing description summarizes the most important terms of our securities. This summary does not purport to their brokers underbe complete and is qualified in its entirety by the margin provisions of customer agreements. If a selling security holder defaults on a margin loan,our Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Designations of the broker may, from time to time, offerSeries A Voting Preferred Stock, (the “Series A Preferred Stock or “Series A” Preferred), the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), and sell the pledged shares.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling security holders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling security holders (or, if any broker-dealer actsour Bylaws, as agent for the purchaseramended, copies of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, which commissionshave been filed as to a particular broker or dealer may be in excess of customary commissions to the extent permitted by applicable law.

If sales of shares offered under this prospectus are made to broker-dealers as principals, we would be required to file a post-effective amendmentexhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. InYou should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation, including the post-effective amendment,Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, our Bylaws, and the applicable provisions of the Nevada Revised Statute (the “NRS”) for a complete description of our capital stock. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 20,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 1,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Preferred and 2,000,000 shares have been designated Series B Preferred. Reference is made to the Series B Certificate of Designation, attached as Exhibit 10.30 hereto.

As of March 20, 2020, there were467,038,350shares of our common stock outstanding and7,857,307,733shares reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding convertible notes; and 30,000,000 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding grants under the 2018 Employee Incentive Plan. Our Company is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of authorized but unissued capital stock.

Common stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our Board, in its discretion, determines to declare and pay dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our Board may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters properly submitted to a vote of stockholders on which holders of common stock are entitled to vote. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our Certificate of Incorporation. The directors are elected by a plurality of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the election of directors. On all other

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be requireddistributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to discloseprior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the namespreferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Our Board is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the NRS, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each Series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our Board can also increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) the number of shares of any participating broker-dealersseries of preferred stock, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our Board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock or other series of preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the compensation arrangements relating to such sales.voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

Series A Preferred Shares

Amount and Designation

 

The selling securitydesignation of this series, the authorized amount of which consists of one million (1,000,000) shares of Series A Preferred Voting Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).

Rank.

The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the Corporation’s common stock but junior to any class or series of the Corporation’s preferred stock hereafter created or its presently authorized and issued shares.

Voting Rights.

Except as otherwise provided herein or by law and in addition to any right to vote as a separate class as provided by law, the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers on all matters subject to a vote by the holders of the Corporation’s common stock and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock or holders of any other class or series of voting capital stock having the right to vote, including, without limitation, the right to vote for the election of directors, voting together with the holders of common stock or holders of any other class or series of voting capital stock having the right to vote, as one class. For so long as Series A Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class with the holders of the Corporation’s common stock and the holders of any other class or series of shares entitled to vote with the common stock (collectively, the “Voting Capital Stock”), with the holders of Series A Preferred Stock being entitled to fifty-one percent (51%) of the total votes on all such matters regardless of the actual number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, and the holders of Voting Capital Stock and any broker-dealersother shares entitled to vote being entitled to their proportional share of the remaining 49% of the total votes based on their respective voting power.

Dividends.

Unless otherwise declared from time to time by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available thereof, the holders of shares of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends.

No Preemptive or agents that are involved in sellingConversion Rights.

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any stock of the Corporation of any class whatsoever, or of securities convertible into or exchangeable for any stock of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized and whether issued for cash or other consideration or by way of dividend by virtue of the Series A Preferred Stock nor shall the shares offeredof Series A Preferred Stock be convertible into shares of the Corporation’s common stock.

Liquidation Rights.

The holder or holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any distributions in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

Other Rights and Limitations of Series A Preferred Stock.

A. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock (“Holders”), in addition to the Voting Rights set forth in Section 3 above, shall: (i) have limited conversion rights (the “Limited Conversion Rights”) to convert the shares of Series A Preferred Stock into forty (40) shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.001 (the “common stock” or Conversion Shares”), commencing on a date twenty-four (24) months from the initial date of issuance (the “Issuance Date”) subject to the Holder continuing to serve as an officer, director or key employee of the Corporation for twenty-four (24) months after the Issuance Date. If the Holder shall cease serving as an officer, director or key employee of the Corporation prior to the expiration of twenty-four (24) months after the Issuance Date, other than as a result of the death or permanent disability of the Holder, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed not fully-vested and the Holder’s Limited Conversion Rights shall be convertible into Conversion Shares based upon 1/24th of Holder’s total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock for each month of service to the Corporation and all other rights, including Voting Rights and Conversion Rights shall cease and be deemed null and void.

B. With respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued in the name of a Holder who ceases serving as an officer, director or key employee of the Corporation as a result of the death or permanent disability of such Holder, such Holder’s shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock that the shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall not be transferred or assigned by any Holder other than upon thedeath of a Holder and any such transfer shall occur by devise, descent, or by operation of law to one or more immediate family members of such Holder or to a trust or family conservatorship established for the benefit of such immediate family members (each a “Beneficiary”), provided that the Beneficiary agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Designation.

C.The shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock transferred to a Beneficiary shall cease to have Voting Rights set forth in Section 3 above but, notwithstanding the foregoing, for a period of twelve (12) months after the subject shares shall have been transferred to the Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall have the right to convert the shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock into forty (40) Conversion Shares; and

Transfer Restrictions; Legend.

The shares of Series A Preferred Stock being issued to the Holders are not transferable.

Amendments.

The Corporation may amend this Certificate of Designation only with the approving vote of holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock.

Our Board has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our Board. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 250,000 Series A Preferred Shares outstanding and we are Offering up to 2,000,000 shares Series B Preferred which on a share-for-share basis reduces the 19,000,000 authorized shares. Our Series B Preferred are being issued under this prospectus may be deemedauthority. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

VStock Transfer LLC will act as the registrar, transfer agent and dividend and redemption price disbursing agent in respect of the Series B Preferred. The principal business address of VStock Transfer LLC is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, (212) 828-8436.

Description of OFFERED SECURITIES

The following description summarizes the most important terms of the Units, the Series B Preferred, the Warrants, and the NRS. This summary does not purport to be “underwriters” withincomplete and is qualified in its entirety by the meaningprovisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Designations of the Securities Act in connection with these sales. Commissions received by these broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Any broker-dealers or agents that are deemed to be underwriters may not sell shares offered under this prospectus unless and until we set forth the names of the underwritersSeries B Preferred, our Bylaws, and the material detailsform of their underwriting arrangements in a supplement to this prospectus or, if required, in a replacement prospectus included in a post-effective amendmentWarrant, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Units

Each Unit offered hereby consists of (i) one share of Series B Preferred and (ii) five Warrants, each exercisable for a period of five years from the date of issuance to purchase one additional share of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00, on a post-Reverse Split basis, subject to adjustment as disclosed under “Warrants” below. The selling security holdersUnits will not be certificated and the shares of Series B Preferred and the Warrants offered as part of such Units are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this Offering.

Series B Preferred

General

We are currently authorized to designate and issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more classes or Series and, subject to the limitations prescribed by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the NRS, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of each class or series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any other persons participating in the saleclass or distributionSeries our Board may determine, without any vote or action by our stockholders. As of the shares offered underdate of this prospectus, we had 250,000 shares of the Series A issued and outstanding, and an additional 2,000,000 authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred.

The Series B Preferred offered hereby will be fully paid and nonassessable. Our Board may, without the approval of holders of the Series B Preferred or our common stock, designate additional series of authorized preferred stock ranking junior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred and authorize the issuance of such shares. Designation of preferred stock ranking senior to the Series B Preferred will require approval of the holders of Series B Preferred, as described below in “Voting Rights.”

No Maturity, Sinking Fund or Mandatory Redemption

The Series B Preferred has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption. Shares of the Series B Preferred will remain outstanding indefinitely unless we decide to redeem or otherwise repurchase them. We are not required to set aside funds to redeem the Series B Preferred.

Ranking

The Series B Preferred will rank, with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up:

(1)senior to all classes or series of our common stock (except where common stockholders have contractual rights and preferences described in paragraph (2) below) and to all other equity securities issued by us other than equity securities referred to in paragraph (3) below;
(2)junior to the previously designated Series A;
(3)junior to future equity securities issued by us with terms specifically providing that those equity securities rank senior to the Series B Preferred with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up (See “Voting Rights” below);
(4)effectively junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness (including indebtedness convertible to our common stock or preferred stock).

Dividends

Holders of shares of Series B Preferred are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds of the Company legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 13% of the Stated Value of $25 per share per annum (equivalent to $3.25 per annum per share). Plan of Distribution – Escrow Agreement.” Dividends on the Series B Preferred are be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month; provided that if any dividend payment date is not a business day, as defined in the Certificate of Designations, then the dividend that would otherwise have been payable on that dividend payment date may be paid on the next succeeding business day and no interest, additional dividends or other sums will accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after that dividend payment date to that next succeeding business day. Any dividend payable on the Series B Preferred, including dividends payable for any partial dividend period, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. However, the shares of Series B Preferred offered hereby will be credited as having accrued dividends since the first day of the calendar month in which they are issued. Dividends will be payable to holders of record as they appear in our stock records for the Series B Preferred at the close of business on the applicable Dividend Record Date, which shall be the last day of the calendar month, whether or not a business day, immediately preceding the month in which the applicable dividend payment date falls. As a result, holders of shares of Series B Preferred will not be entitled to receive dividends on a dividend payment date if such shares were not issued and outstanding on the applicable Dividend Record Date.

No dividends on shares of Series B Preferred shall be authorized by our Board or paid or set apart for payment by us at any time when the terms and provisions of any agreement of ours, including any agreement relating to our indebtedness, prohibit the Exchange Act,authorization, payment or setting apart for payment thereof or provide that the authorization, payment or setting apart for payment thereof would constitute a breach of the agreement or a default under the agreement, or if the authorization, payment or setting apart for payment shall be restricted or prohibited by law. You should review the information appearing above under“Risk Factors—We may not be able to pay dividends on the Series B Preferred” for information as to, among other things, other circumstances under which we may be unable to pay dividends on the Series B Preferred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends on the Series B Preferred will accrue whether or not we have earnings, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment of those dividends and the rules and regulations under that act, including Regulation M. These provisions may restrict activitieswhether or not those dividends are declared by our Board. No interest, or sum in lieu of and limit the timing of purchases and salesinterest, will be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series B Preferred that may be in arrears, and holders of the shares by,Series B Preferred will not be entitled to any dividends in excess of full cumulative dividends described above. Any dividend payment made on the selling security holders or any other person. Furthermore, under Regulation M, persons engaged in a distribution of securities are prohibited from simultaneously engaging in market making and other activitiesSeries B Preferred shall first be credited against the earliest accumulated but unpaid dividend due with respect to those securitiesshares.

Future distributions on our common stock and preferred stock, including the Series B Preferred will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash flow from operations, financial condition and capital requirements, any debt service requirements and any other factors our Board deems relevant. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to make cash distributions on our preferred stock or what the actual distributions will be for any future period.

Unless full cumulative dividends on all shares of Series B Preferred have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been or contemporaneously is set apart for payment for all past dividend periods, no dividends (other than in shares of common stock or in shares of any series of preferred stock that we may issue ranking junior to the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment upon shares of our common stock or preferred stock that we may issue ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Nor shall any other distribution be declared or made on shares of our common stock or preferred stock that we may issue ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Also, any shares of our common stock or preferred stock that we may issue ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall not be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys paid to or made available for a specified periodsinking fund for the redemption of time priorany such shares) by us (except by conversion into or exchange for our other capital stock that we may issue ranking junior to the commencementSeries B Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up).

When dividends are not paid in full (or a sum sufficient for such distributions,full payment is not so set apart) upon the Series B Preferred and the shares of any other series of preferred stock that we may issue ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with the Series B Preferred, all dividends declared on the Series B Preferred and any other series of preferred stock that we may issue ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with the Series B Preferred shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share of Series B Preferred and such other series of preferred stock that we may issue shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per share on the Series B Preferred and such other series of preferred stock that we may issue (which shall not include any accrual in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods if such preferred stock does not have a cumulative dividend) bear to each other. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series B Preferred that may be in arrears.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred will be entitled to be paid out of the assets we have legally available for distribution to our stockholders, subject to specified exceptions or exemptions. All of these limitations may affect the marketabilitypreferential rights of the shares.

If anyholders of Series D, Series E and Series F, the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series D, Series E and Series F, and any class or series of our capital stock we may issue ranking senior to the Series B Preferred with respect to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, a liquidation preference of $25 per share, plus an amount equal to any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the date of payment, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of our common stock or any other class or series of our capital stock we may issue that ranks junior to the Series B Preferred as to liquidation rights.

In the event that, upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our available assets are insufficient to pay the amount of the liquidating distributions on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred and the corresponding amounts payable on all shares of other classes or series of our capital stock that we may issue ranking on a parity with the Series B Preferred in the distribution of assets, then the holders of the Series B Preferred and all other such classes or series of capital stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

Holders of Series B Preferred will be entitled to written notice of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of no fewer than 30 days and no more than 60 days prior to the payment date. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to which they are entitled, the holders of Series B Preferred will have no right or claim to any of our remaining assets. The consolidation or merger of us with or into any other corporation, trust or entity or of any other entity with or into us, or the sale, lease, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of our property or business, shall not be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us (although such events may give rise to the special optional redemption to the extent described below).

Redemption

The Series B Preferred is not redeemable by us prior to the three-year anniversary of the date of first issuance of each respective share, except upon a change of control.

On and after the three year anniversary of the date of each issuance, we may, at our option and upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ written notice, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to, but not including, the date fixed for redemption.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, whether before or after the three year anniversary of the date of the first issuance, we may, at our option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ written notice, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, within 120 days after notice of such Change of Control, for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to, but not including, the redemption date.

A “Change of Control” is deemed to occur when any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions shall have acquired our stock entitling that person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors (except that such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition).

Redemption Procedures

In the event we elect to redeem Series B Preferred, the notice of redemption will be mailed to each holder of record of the Series B Preferred called for redemption at such holder’s address as it appear on our stock transfer records, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, and will state the following:

the redemption date;
the number of shares of Series B Preferred to be redeemed;
the redemption price of $25 per share plus any accrued but unpaid dividends;
the place or places where certificates (if any) for the Series B Preferred are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price;
that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date;
if applicable, that such redemption is being made in connection with a Change of Control and, in that case, a brief description of the transaction or transactions constituting such Change of Control.

If less than all of the Series B Preferred held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice mailed to such holder shall also specify the number of shares of Series B Preferred held by such holder to be redeemed. No failure to give such notice or any defect thereto or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given.

Holders of Series B Preferred to be redeemed shall surrender the Series B Preferred at the place designated in the notice of redemption and shall be entitled to the redemption price and any accumulated and unpaid dividends payable upon the redemption following the surrender. If notice of redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred has been given and if we have irrevocably set aside the funds necessary for redemption in trust for the benefit of the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred so called for redemption, then from and after the redemption date (unless default shall be made by us in providing for the payment of the redemption price plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any), dividends will cease to accrue on those shares of Series B Preferred, those shares of Series B Preferred shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of those shares will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption. If any redemption date is not a business day, then the redemption price and accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption may be paid on the next business day and no interest, additional dividends or other sums will accrue on the amount payable for the period from and after that redemption date to that next business day. If less than all of the outstanding Series B Preferred is to be redeemed, the Series B Preferred to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata (as nearly as may be practicable without creating fractional shares) or by any other equitable method we determine.

In connection with any redemption of Series B Preferred, we shall pay, in cash, any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date, unless a redemption date falls after a Dividend Record Date and prior to the corresponding dividend payment date, in which case each holder of Series B Preferred at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date shall be entitled to the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date notwithstanding the redemption of such shares before such dividend payment date. Except as provided above, we will make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears, on shares of the Series B Preferred to be redeemed.

Unless full cumulative dividends on all shares of Series B Preferred have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been or contemporaneously is set apart for payment for all past dividend periods, no shares of Series B Preferred shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred are simultaneously redeemed and we shall not purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any shares of Series B Preferred (except by exchanging it for our capital stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition by us of shares of Series B Preferred pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to holders of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred.

Subject to applicable law, we may purchase shares of Series B Preferred in the open market, by tender or by private agreement. Any shares of Series B Preferred that we acquire may be retired and reclassified as authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to class or series, and may thereafter be reissued as any class or series of preferred stock.

Voting Rights

Holders of the Series B Preferred do not have any voting rights, except as set forth below or as otherwise required by the NRS.

On each matter on which holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to vote, each share of Series B Preferred will be entitled to one vote.

So long as any shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Series B Preferred outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting together as a class with all other series of parity preferred stock that we may issue upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable), (a) authorize or create, or increase the authorized or issued amount of, any class or series of capital stock ranking senior to the Series B Preferred with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up or reclassify any of our authorized capital stock into such shares, or create, authorize or issue any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such shares; or (b) amend, alter, repeal or replace our amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation, including by way of a merger, consolidation or otherwise in which we may or may not be the surviving entity, so as to materially and adversely affect and deprive holders of Series B Preferred of any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series B Preferred (each, an “Event”). An increase in the amount of the authorized preferred stock, including the Series B Preferred, or the creation or issuance of any additional Series B Preferred or other series of preferred stock that we may issue, or any increase in the amount of authorized shares of such series, in each case ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series B Preferred with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed an Event and will not require us to obtain two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Series B Preferred and all such other similarly affected series, outstanding at the time (voting together as a class).

The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.

Except as expressly stated in the Certificate of Designations, filed as Exhibit __ hereto, or as may be required by applicable law, the Series B Preferred do not have any relative, participating, optional or other special voting rights or powers and the consent of the holders thereof shall not be required for the taking of any corporate action.

No Conversion Rights

The Series B Preferred is not convertible into our common stock or any other security of the Company.

No Preemptive Rights

The holders of the Series B Preferred will not, as holders of Series B Preferred, have any preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for our common stock or any other security.

Change of Control

Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change of control or takeover attempt, which is opposed by management and our Board.

Anti-Dilution Rights

The Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred provides that if we effect a stock dividend, a stock split or a reverse split of the Series B Preferred, the dividend and redemption rates will be proportionately adjusted.

Warrants

Holders of each Warrant may purchase one share of our Common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share on a post-Reverse Split basis, subject to adjustment as discussed below under “Exercise Price/Adjustment”, immediately following the sale of each Unit and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, for a period of five years after the date of issuance.

Exercisability

The Warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance and at any time up to the date that is five years after their original issuance. The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of our stock transfer agent , with the exercise form on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised.

Exercise Limitation

A holder may not exercise any portion of a Warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, except that upon prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage not in excess of 9.99%.

Exercise Price/Adjustment

The exercise price of the Warrants is $3.00 per share on a post Reverse Split basis (the “Warrant Exercise Price” or “Exercise Price”). The Exercise Price is subject to proportionate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, reverse splits, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common stock.

In addition, the exercise price of the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the event during the five year exercise period from the original issuance of the Warrants, if we sell any shares of our Common stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable or convertible into our Common stock, subject to certain exceptions, at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants then in effect or without consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company has completed an equity raise in an amount sufficient to qualify its securities for up listing on the NASDAQ, NYSE or other exchange, the outstanding Warrants after the up listing of the Company’s securities will no longer be subject to adjustment of the exercise price if we sell any securities exchangeable or exercisable or convertible into our Common stock at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants then in effect.

Fractional Shares

No fractional shares of our common stock will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of any Warrant, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of our common stock, we will, upon exercise, round up to the number of shares of commons stock to the next whole share.

Transferability

Subject to applicable laws, the Warrants may be offered for sale, pursuant to this prospectus aresold, transferred other than pursuant toor assigned without our consent.

Warrant Agent; Global Certificate

The Warrants will be issued in registered form under a sale under this prospectus, then subsequentwarrant agent agreement between the Warrant Agent and us. The Warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the Warrant Agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.]

Rights as a Stockholder

The Warrant holders coulddo not use this prospectus until a post-effective amendmenthave the rights or prospectus supplement is filed, naming such holders. We offer no assurance as to whether anyprivileges of the selling security holders will sell allof our common stock or any portionvoting rights until their respective Warrants are exercised and shares of our common stock are issued upon such exercise. After the shares offered under this prospectus.

We have agreed to pay all fees and expenses we incur incident to the registrationissuance of the shares being offered under this prospectus. However, each selling security holder and purchaser is responsible for paying any discounts, commissions and similar selling expenses they incur.

We and the selling security holders have agreed to indemnify one another against certain losses, damages and liabilities arising in connection with this prospectus, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Under the securities laws of some states, the shares of common stock mayupon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the sharesentitled to one vote for each share held of common stock may not be sold unless such shares have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.record on all matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote.

 

ThereGoverning Law

The Warrants and he warrant agent agreement are governed by Nevada law.

Trading Market

We expect that the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants will be quoted on the OTCQB under the symbols EWLLU, EWLLB AND EWLLW, respectively.

Our goal is to apply to Nasdaq or OTCQX or OTCQB to list our Common stock, Units, Series B Preferred, and Warrants on that exchange but there can be no assurance that any selling stockholderof our securities will, sellin fact, qualify for listing or quotation on Nasdaq or the OTCQX or OTCQB. We presently do not meet all of Nasdaqs quantitative initial listing requirements or the OTCQX quotation requirements. If in the future we believe we do comply with the Nasdaq initial listing quantitative requirements, we must also meet its qualitative requirements. We cannot assure you that any of our securities will be listed on Nasdaq, OTCQX or OTCQB. However, our plan is to have the initial closing of our Units after the sale of 68,000 Units resulting in proceeds of $1.7 million which will qualify for quotation on the ORCQB, provided that we have the minimum number of holders of the Series B Preferred and Warrants. SeeRisk Factors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

VStock Transfer LLC will act as the registrar, transfer agent and dividend and redemption price disbursing agent in respect of the Series B Preferred and Warrants. The principal business address of VStock Transfer LLC is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, (212) 828-8436.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be applicable to “U.S. holders” and “non-U.S. holders” (each as defined below) with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Series B Preferred offered by this prospectus. This discussion only applies to purchasers who purchase and hold the Series B Preferred as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to each purchaser or holder of the Series B Preferred in light of its particular circumstances.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation (such as the alternative minimum tax) and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to a purchaser or holder of the Series B Preferred in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to a purchaser or a holder of the Series B Preferred who is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including, a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a pass-through entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, a tax-exempt entity, pension or other employee benefit plans, financial institutions or broker-dealers, persons holding the Series B Preferred as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, a person subject to the alternative minimum tax, an insurance company, former U.S. citizens or former long-term U.S. residents). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the Series B Preferred, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner of a partnership holding the Series B Preferred, you should consult your tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the Series B Preferred.

You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning, and disposing of these securities, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

U.S. Holders

Subject to the qualifications set forth above, the following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that may relate to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Series B Preferred by “U.S. holders.” You are a “U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of Series B Preferred and you are for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

-an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
-a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
-an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
-a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions in General.If distributions are made with respect to the Series B Preferred, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. We do not, however, currently have current or accumulated earnings and profits. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds such earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Series B Preferred on a share-by-share basis, and the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the Series B Preferred, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.”

Under current law, dividends received by individual holders of the Series B Preferred will be subject to a reduced maximum tax rate of 20% if such dividends are treated as “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The rate reduction does not apply to dividends received to the extent that the individual shareholder elects to treat the dividends as “investment income,” which may be offset against investment expenses. Furthermore, the rate reduction does not apply to dividends that are paid to individual stockholders with respect to Series B Preferred that is held for 60 days or less during the 121 day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which the Series B Preferred becomes ex-dividend (or where the dividend is attributable to a period or periods in excess of 366 days, Series B Preferred that is held for 90 days or less during the 181 day period beginning on the date which is 90 days before the date on which the Series B Preferred becomes ex-dividend). Also, if a dividend received by an individual shareholder that qualifies for the rate reduction is an “extraordinary dividend” within the meaning of Section 1059 of the Code, any loss recognized by such individual shareholder on a subsequent disposition of the stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such “extraordinary dividend,” irrespective of such shareholder’s holding period for the stock. In addition, dividends recognized by U.S. holders that are individuals could be subject to the 3.8% tax on net investment income. Individual stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of these rules in light of their particular circumstances.

Dividends received by corporate stockholders generally will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Generally, this deduction is allowed if the underlying stock is held for at least 46 days during the 91 day period beginning on the date 45 days before the ex-dividend date of the stock, and for cumulative preferred stock with an arrearage of dividends attributable to a period in excess of 366 days, the holding period is at least 91 days during the 181 day period beginning on the date 90 days before the ex-dividend date of the stock. Corporate stockholders of the Series B Preferred should also consider the effect of Section 246A of the Code, which reduces the dividends-received deduction allowed to a corporate shareholder that has incurred indebtedness that is “directly attributable” to an investment in portfolio stock such as preferred stock. If a corporate shareholder receives a dividend on the Series B Preferred that is an “extraordinary dividend” within the meaning of Section 1059 of the Code, the shareholder in certain instances must reduce its basis in the Series B Preferred by the amount of the “nontaxed portion” of such “extraordinary dividend” that results from the application of the dividends-received deduction. If the “nontaxed portion” of such “extraordinary dividend” exceeds such corporate shareholder’s basis, any excess will be taxed as gain as if such shareholder had disposed of its shares in the year the “extraordinary dividend” is paid. Each domestic corporate holder of the Series B Preferred is urged to consult with its tax advisors with respect to the eligibility for and the amount of any dividends received deduction and the application of Code Section 1059 to any dividends it may receive on the Series B Preferred.

Constructive Distributions on Series B Preferred.A distribution by a corporation of its stock deemed made with respect to its preferred stock is treated as a distribution of property to which Section 301 of the Code applies. If a corporation issues preferred stock that may be redeemed at a price higher than its issue price, the excess (a “redemption premium”) is treated under certain circumstances as a constructive distribution (or series of constructive distributions) of additional preferred stock. The constructive distribution of property equal to the redemption premium would accrue without regard to the holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes at a constant yield determined under principles similar to the determination of original issue discount (“OID”) pursuant to Treasury regulations under Sections 1271 through 1275 of the Code (the “OID Rules”). The constructive distributions of property would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as actual distributions of the Series B Preferred that would constitute a dividend, return of capital or capital gain to the holder of the stock in the same manner as cash distributions described under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions in General.” The application of principles similar to those applicable to debt instruments with OID to a redemption premium for the Series B Preferred is uncertain.

We have the right to call the Series B Preferred for redemption on or after November 4, 2020 (the “call option”), and have the option to redeem the Series B Preferred upon any Change of Control (the “contingent call option”). The stated redemption price of the Series B Preferred upon any redemption pursuant to our call option or contingent call option is equal to the liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred (i.e., $25.00, plus accrued and unpaid dividends) and is payable in cash.

If the redemption price of the Series B Preferred exceeds the issue price of the Series B Preferred Stock upon any redemption pursuant to our call option or contingent call option, the excess will be treated as a redemption premium that may result in certain circumstances in a constructive distribution or series of constructive distributions to U.S. holders of additional Series B Preferred. The redemption price for the Series B Preferred should be the liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred Assuming that the issue price of the Series B Preferred is determined under principles similar to the OID Rules, the issue price for the Series B Preferred should be the initial Offering price to the public (excluding bond houses and brokers) at which a substantial amount of the Series B Preferred is sold.

A redemption premium for the Series B Preferred should not result in constructive distributions to U.S. holders of the Series B Preferred if the redemption premium is less than a de-minimis amount as determined under principles similar to the OID Rules. A redemption premium for the Series B Preferred should be considered de-minimis if such premium is less than .0025 of the Series B Preferred liquidation value of $__ at maturity, multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity. Because the determination under the OID Rules of a maturity date for the Series B Preferred is unclear, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the Series B Preferred is issued with a redemption premium greater than a de-minimis amount.

The call option should not require constructive distributions of the redemption premium, if based on all of the facts and circumstances as of the issue date, a redemption pursuant to the call option is not more likely than not to occur. The Treasury regulations provide that an issuer’s right to redeem will not be treated as more likely than not to occur if: (i) the issuer and the holder of the stock are not related within the meaning of Section 267(b) or Section 707(b) of the Code (substituting “20%” for the phrase “50%); (ii) there are no plans, arrangements, or agreements that effectively require or are intended to compel the issuer to redeem the stock; and (iii) exercise of the right to redeem would not reduce the yield on the stock determined using principles applicable to the determination of OID under the OID Rules. The fact that a redemption right is not within the safe harbor described in the preceding sentence does not mean that an issuer’s right to redeem is more likely than not to occur and the issuer’s right to redeem must still be tested under all the facts and circumstances to determine if it is more likely than not to occur. We do not believe that a redemption pursuant to the call option should be treated as more likely than not to occur under the foregoing test. Accordingly, no U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred should be required to recognize constructive distributions of the redemption premium because of our call option.

Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.Upon any sale, exchange, redemption (except as discussed below) or other disposition of the Series B Preferred, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. holder and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Series B Preferred is longer than one year. A U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors with respect to applicable tax rates and netting rules for capital gains and losses. Certain limitations exist on the deduction of capital losses by both corporate and non-corporate taxpayers. In addition, gains recognized by U.S. holders that are individuals could be subject to the 3.8% tax on net investment income.

A redemption of shares of the Series B Preferred will generally be a taxable event. If the redemption is treated as a sale or exchange, instead of a dividend, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss (which will be long-term capital gain or loss, if the U.S. holder’s holding period for such Series B Preferred exceeds one year) equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. holder and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred redeemed, except to the extent that any cash received is attributable to any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred, which will be subject to the rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions in General.” A payment made in redemption of Series B Preferred may be treated as a dividend, rather than as payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred, unless the redemption:

is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to a U.S. holder under Section 302(b)(1) of the Code;
is a “substantially disproportionate” redemption with respect to a U.S. holder under Section 302(b)(2) of the Code;
results in a “complete redemption” of a U.S. holder’s stock interest in the company under Section 302(b)(3) of the Code; or
is a redemption of stock held by a non-corporate shareholder, which results in a partial liquidation of the company under Section 302(b)(4) of the Code.

In determining whether any of these tests has been met, a U.S. holder must take into account not only shares of the Series B Preferred and the common stock that the U.S. Holder actually owns, but also shares of stock that the U.S. holder constructively owns within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code.

A redemption payment will be treated as “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” if it results in a “meaningful reduction” in a U.S. holder’s aggregate stock interest in the company, which will depend on the U.S. holder’s particular facts and circumstances at such time. If the redemption payment is treated as a dividend, the rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions in General” apply.

Satisfaction of the “complete redemption” and “substantially disproportionate” exceptions is dependent upon compliance with the objective tests set forth in Section 302(b)(3) and Section 302(b)(2) of the Code, respectively. A redemption will result in a “complete redemption” if either all of the shares of our stock actually and constructively owned by a U.S. holder are exchanged in the redemption or all of the shares of commonour stock registeredactually owned by the U.S. holder are exchanged in the redemption and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and the U.S. holder effectively waives, the attribution of shares of our stock constructively owned by the U.S. holder in accordance with the procedures described in Section 302(c)(2) of Code. A redemption does not qualify for the “substantially disproportionate” exception if the stock redeemed is only non-voting stock, and for this purpose, stock which does not have voting rights until the occurrence of an event is not voting stock until the occurrence of the specified event. Accordingly, any redemption of the Series B Preferred generally will not qualify for this exception because the voting rights are limited as provided in the “Description of Series B Preferred -Voting Rights.” For purposes of the “redemption from non-corporate stockholders in a partial liquidation” test, a distribution will be treated as in partial liquidation of a corporation if the distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend (determined at the corporate level rather than the shareholder level) and the distribution is pursuant to a plan and occurs within the taxable year in which the plan was adopted or within the succeeding taxable year. For these purposes, a distribution is generally not essentially equivalent to a dividend if the distribution results in a corporate contraction. The determination of what constitutes a corporate contraction is factual in nature and has been interpreted under case law to include the termination of a business or line of business. Each U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred should consult its own tax advisors to determine whether a payment made in redemption of the Series B Preferred will be treated as a dividend or a payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred. If the redemption payment is treated as a dividend, the rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions in General” apply. Under proposed Treasury regulations, if any amount received by a U.S. holder in redemption of Series B Preferred is treated as a distribution with respect to such holder’s Series B Preferred, but not as a dividend, such amount will be allocated to all shares of the Series B Preferred held by such holder immediately before the redemption on a pro rata basis. The amount applied to each share will reduce such holder’s adjusted tax basis in that share and any excess after the basis is reduced to zero will result in taxable gain. If such holder has different bases in shares of the Series B Preferred, then the amount allocated could reduce a portion of the basis in certain shares while reducing all of the basis, and giving rise to taxable gain, in other shares. Thus, such holder could have gain even if such holder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in all shares of the Series B Preferred held exceeds the aggregate amount of such distribution.

The proposed Treasury regulations permit the transfer of basis in the redeemed shares of the Series B Preferred to the holder’s remaining, unredeemed Series B Preferred (if any), but not to any other class of stock held, directly or indirectly, by the holder. Any unrecovered basis in the Series B Preferred would be treated as a deferred loss to be recognized when certain conditions are satisfied. The proposed Treasury regulations would be effective for transactions that occur after the date the regulations are published as final Treasury regulations. There can, however, be no assurance as to whether, when and in what particular form such proposed Treasury regulations are ultimately finalized.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. Information reporting and backup withholding may apply with respect to payments of dividends on the Series B Preferred and to certain payments of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of the Series B Preferred. Certain non-corporate U.S. holders may be subject to U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) on payments of dividends on the Series B Preferred and certain payments of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of the Series B Preferred unless the beneficial owner thereof furnishes the payor or its agent with a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of perjury, and certain other information, or otherwise establishes, in the manner prescribed by law, an exemption from backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, which may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund, provided the U.S. holder timely furnishes the required information to the Internal Revenue Service.

Non-U.S. Holders

Subject to the qualifications set forth above under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” the following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Series B Preferred by certain “Non-U.S. holders.” You are a “Non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of the Series B Preferred and you are not a “U.S. holder.”

Distributions on the Series B Preferred.If distributions are made with respect to the Series B Preferred, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code and may be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the Non-U.S. holder’s basis in the Series B Preferred and, to the extent such portion exceeds the Non-U.S. holder’s basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the Series B Preferred, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Non-U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.” In addition, if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation, i.e. a “USRPHC,” and any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we will need to choose to satisfy our withholding requirements either by treating the entire distribution as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules in the following paragraph (and withhold at a minimum rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty for distributions from a USRPHC), or by treating only the amount of the distribution equal to our reasonable estimate of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules in the following paragraph, with the excess portion of the distribution subject to withholding at a rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty as if such excess were the result of a sale of shares in a USRPHC (discussed below under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Non-U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions”), with a credit generally allowed against the Non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability in an amount equal to the amount withheld from such excess.

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided that certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied including completing Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form). Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required to (i) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (ii) if the Series B Preferred is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. A Non-U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. holder on the disposition of the Series B Preferred will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. holder in the United States);
the Non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
we are or have been a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as such term is defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and such Non-U.S. holder owned directly or pursuant to attribution rules at any time during the five year period ending on the date of disposition more than 5% of the Series B Preferred. This assumes that the Series B Preferred is regularly traded on an established securities market, within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code.

A Non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will generally be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, and if it is a corporation, may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual Non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or at such reduced rate as may be provided by an applicable treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A Non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. If a Non-U.S. holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on any sale, exchange, redemption (except as discussed below), or other disposition of the Series B Preferred, such a Non-U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized by the Non-U.S. holder and the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Series B Preferred is longer than one year. A Non-U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors with respect to applicable tax rates and netting rules for capital gains and losses. Certain limitations exist on the deduction of capital losses by both corporate and Non-corporate taxpayers. If a Non-U.S. holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on any disposition of the Series B Preferred, a redemption of shares of the Series B Preferred will be a taxable event. If the redemption is treated as a sale or exchange, instead of a dividend, a Non-U.S. holder generally will recognize long-term capital gain or loss, if the Non-U.S. holder’s holding period for such Series B Preferred exceeds one year, equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and fair market value of property received and the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred redeemed, except that to the extent that any cash received is attributable to any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred, which generally will be subject to the rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Non-U.S. Holders: Distributions on the Series B Preferred.” A payment made in redemption of the Series B Preferred may be treated as a dividend, rather than as payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred, in the same circumstances discussed above under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.” Each Non-U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred should consult its own tax advisors to determine whether a payment made in redemption of the Series B Preferred will be treated as a dividend or as payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred.

Information reporting and backup withholding.We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each Non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such Non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends paid to such Non-U.S. holder as long as such Non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such Non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Depending on the circumstances, information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds received from a sale or other disposition of the Series B Preferred unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption. U.S. backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (provisions which are commonly referred to as “FATCA”), generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on Series B Preferred paid on or after July 1, 2014 and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of Series B Preferred paid on or after January 1, 2019 to: (i) a foreign financial institution (as that term is defined in Section 1471(d)(4) of the Code) unless that foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury Department to collect and disclose information regarding U.S. account holders of that foreign financial institution (including certain account holders that are foreign entities that have U.S. owners) and satisfies other requirements; and (ii) specified other foreign entities unless such an entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity satisfies other specified requirements. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA to them and whether it may be relevant to their purchase, ownership and disposition of Series B Preferred.

Plan of Distribution

The Offering

The Units are being offered by our officers and directors without any compensation for selling Units. The Units are offered on a best effort no minimum basis which creates a higher degree of risk for earlier investors. See “Risk Factors.” All proceeds shall be paid to the order of IFEB Bank, the Escrow Agent, shall deposit all funds into an escrow account it has created. The Escrow Agent shall retain $9.75 per Unit as a fund to ensure investors will receive 13% cash dividends for the initial three years resulting in proceeds to the Company of $15.25 per Unit, prior. The Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred requires our Board to declare them, subject to the NRS requirement and limitations.

Placement Agent Agreement

The Offering will be made using the services of our management, who will not be compensated for their services and efforts related to the Offering of our Units. We also contemplate utilizing the services of one or more placement agents (collectively, the “Placement Agents”), which means our management and Placement Agent(s) will attempt to sell the Units, including the Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants, being offered hereby on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Placement Agent Agreement, we will pay the Placement Agents a cash fee not to exceed 10% of the gross proceeds received by the Company from qualified investors from such closing of the sale of Units as a direct result of the selling efforts and introductions of each respective Placement Agent. There is no underwriter for this Offering. To date, we have not yet retained any Placement Agent nor are we in negotiations with any Placement Agent but expect that we will utilize one or more Placement Agent(s) and expect that will enter into a Placement Agent Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit 10.31 hereto prior to the commencement of the Offering.

Escrow Agreement

Under the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent will pay all remaining funds to the Company less expenses of the Escrow Agent as proceeds of payment are cleared. However, if the Escrow Agent receives notice that a broker-dealer has sold Units (which notice may be by email form the broker-dealer), the Escrow Agent will (with our consent) pay the broker-dealer the commissions described in the next paragraph.

While we do not have any agreements with any broker-dealers to sell Units, we have obtained approval from the Financial Regulatory Authority that broker-dealers who sell Units may receive commissions of 10% of the $25 Unit Offering Price or $25 per Unit.

Legal Matters

The validity of the Series B Preferred offered hereby and other certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by The Lonergan Law Firm, LLC, Lawrence R. Lonergan, Esq. We have filed a copy of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Once sold underis included, with respect to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part,securities subject to the shares of common stock will be freely tradable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.

Offering.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Stock

As of August 6, 2015, our authorized capital consists of 100,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value. As of August 6, 2015, there were 17,131,000 shares of our common stock outstanding and 0 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding.

The holders of the Company’s common stock:

1. Have equal ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors;

2. Are entitled to share ratably in all of assets available for distribution to holders of common stock upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of corporate affairs;

3. Do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights; and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions or rights; and

4. Are entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which stockholders may vote.

Holders of the Company’s common stock do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors to be elected, if they so choose, and, in such event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

The declaration of any cash dividend will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon earnings, if any, capital requirements and our financial position, general economic conditions, and other pertinent conditions.

All of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. To the extent that additional shares of our common stock are issued, the relative interests of existing stockholders will be diluted.

NotesExperts

 

The Notes pay a 12.0% cash coupon, payable at maturity (or upon conversion or redemption); accrued unpaid interest shall be payable in common stock upon conversion at the option of the holder. The Notes are senior in rank to any other debt and may not be subordinated to any other debtaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company without the appropriate consent from the Note holders. The Notes are secured by the Company’s assets, including cash flow. Following the date that the Securities and Exchange Commission declares this Registration Statement effective, the Notes may be converted by the holders into shares of Common Stock (the shares of Common Stock underlying the Notes are hereinafter referred to as the “Note Shares”) at a conversion price of $0.35 per share (the “Conversion Price”). So long as certain contractual conditions are met, if our Common Stock is listed on a U.S. stock exchange and trade, as determined by the daily closing price, for twenty (20) consecutive trading days at or above $1.50 per share, we may redeem the Notes, in cash or shares of common stock and the holder may elect to convert the Notes into Common Stock at the Conversion Price. Upon an Event of Default, which event shall remain un-remedied for a period of sixty (60) days, the Investors shall have the option to require the Company to redeem its outstanding Notes at a price equal to 150% of the principal amount being redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. As long as any of the Notes shall remain outstanding, the holders shall be extended standard anti-dilution protection with respect to stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations affecting any outstanding Notes.

Warrants

The Warrants contain cashless exercise provisions in the event a registration statement registering the Common Stock underlying the Warrants is not effective 180 days after the issuance date and is subject to customary anti-dilution protection and registration rights. The Warrants expire on the third anniversary of the issuance date and have an initial exercise price of $0.35 per share. Each warrant is exercisable for one shares of Common Stock. So long as certain contractual conditions are met, if our Common Stock is listed on a U.S. stock exchange and trade, as determined by the daily closing price, for twenty (20) consecutive trading days at or above $1.50 per share, we may call the Warrants at the Exercise Price, in cash or shares of common stock and the holder may elect to exercise the Warrants at that time. There is also an ownership cap on the Warrants preventing the holder from exercising the Warrant if it would result in such holder owner more than 4.99% of our outstanding common stock.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock is First American Stock Transfer, Inc. in Phoenix, Arizona.

Interest of Named Experts and Counsel

The validity of the securities offered hereby has been passed upon for us by Hunter Taubman Fischer, LLC, New York, New York. The consolidated financial statementssubsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 20142019 and 2018, included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by HJ Associates & Consultants, LLP independent registered public accounting firms, as stated in their respective reports appearing herein.

The audited consolidated financial statements of eWellness Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended included in this registration statement have been so included by reference in reliance on the report of Mantyla McReynolds, LLC, anHaynie & Company, P.A., independent registered public accounting firm, given onupon the authority of said firm as experts in auditingaccounting and accounting. The report (dated April 1, 2014) on the consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, as described more fully in Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

auditing.

 

Where You Can Find MORE Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Units and the shares of Series B Preferred and the Warrants offered by this prospectus as part of the Units. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us, the Units, our Series B Preferred, and the Warrants, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other documents are summaries only of the material provisions of such documents, and each statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable document filed with the SEC.

We file annual reports, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

We also maintain an Internet website at https://www.phzio.com. All of our reports filed with the SEC (including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements) are accessible through the Investor Relations section of our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing. The reference to our website in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our securities.

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

 

Our directors and officers are indemnified as provided by Section 145 of the Nevada General Corporation Law and our amended and restated bylaws. We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than theour payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officersdirector, officer or controlling personsperson in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by thatsuch director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether thatsuch indemnification by usit is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of thatsuch issue.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION2,000,000 Units

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAGES 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSF-1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSF-2
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSF-3
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSF-4 - F-14
REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMSF-16 - F-17
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSF-18
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSF-19
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)F-20
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSF-21
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSF-22 - F-34

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATIONEach Unit Consisting of

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  March 31, 2015  December 31, 2014 
  (unaudited)    
ASSETS        
         
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $25,753  $900 
Advances - related party  -   7,054 
Prepaid Expenses  71,845   26,274 
         
 Total current assets  97,598   34,228 
         
Property & equipment, net  7,226   3,231 
         
Intangible assets, net  22,077   22,816 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $126,901  $60,275 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $139,162  $174,044 
Accounts payable - related party  43,056   56,155 
Accrued expenses - related party  25,076   30,181 
Accrued compensation  414,000   329,000 
Contingent liability  90,000   90,000 
Short term note and liabilities  166,100   - 
         
Total current liabilities  877,394   679,380 
         
Convertible debt, net of discount  187,159   178,433 
         
Total Liabilities  1,064,553   857,813 
         
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
        
Preferred stock, authorized, 10,000,000 shares, $.001 par value, 0 shares issued and outstanding  -   - 
Common stock, authorized 100,000,000 shares, $.001 par value, 16,881,000 and 16,421,000 issued and outstanding, respectively  16,881   16,421 
Additional paid in capital  1,263,625   1,087,320 
Accumulated deficit  (2,218,158)  (1,901,279)
         
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)  (937,652)  (797,538)
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $  126,901  $60,275 

The accompanying notes are an integral partOne Share of these condensed consolidated financial statements

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION13% Series B Preferred Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock and

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSFive Warrants Each Exercisable to Purchase One Shares of Common Stock

For the Three Months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(unaudited)

  Three Months Ended 
  March 31, 2015  March 31, 2014 
       
OPERATING EXPENSES        
Executive compensation $186,000  $186,000 
General and administrative  34,588   25,031 
Professional fees  90,394   29,671 
Research and development - related party  -   30 
         
Total Operating Expenses  310,982   240,732 
         
Loss from Operations  (310,982)  (240,732)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Gain from extinguishment of debt  11,323   - 
Interest expense, related parties  (1,078)  - 
Interest expense  (16,142)  - 
         
Loss before Income Taxes  (316,879)  (240,732)
         
Income tax expense  -   (50)
         
Net Loss $(316,879) $(240,782)
         
Basic and diluted (loss) per share $(0.02) $(0.03)
         
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding  16,740,778   9,200,000 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-2

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(unaudited)

  For Three Months Ended 
  March 31, 2015  March 31, 2014 
       
Cash flows from operating activies        
Net loss $(316,879) $(240,732)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  950   449 
Contributed services  97,500   1,500 
Shares issued for services  9,389   - 
Warrants issued for services  7,153   - 
Convertible debt discount  8,726   - 
Imputed interest - related party  1,078   - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities        
Advances - related parties  7,054   (2,390)
Prepaid expense  16,074  - 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (34,880)  22,661 
Accounts payable - related party  (13,100)  - 
Accrued expenses - related party  (5,105)  18,506 
Accrued compensation  85,000   186,000 
         
Net cash used in operating activities  (137,040)  (14,006)
        
Cash flows from investing activities        
Purchase of equipment  (4,207)  - 
         
Net cash used in investing activities  (4,207)  - 
         
Cash flows from financing activities        
Common stock subscribed  146,100   - 
Convertible loan payable  20,000   30,000 
         
Net cash provided by financing activities  166,100   30,000 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  24,853   15,994 
         
Cash, beginning of period  900   - 
         
Cash, end of period $25,753  $15,994 
         
Supplemental Information:        
Cash paid for:        
Taxes $-  $50 
Interest Expense $-  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. The Company

The Company and Nature of Business

eWellness Healthcare Corporation (f/k/a Dignyte, Inc.), (the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on April 7, 2011, to engage in any lawful corporate undertaking, including, but not limited to, selected mergers and acquisitions. The Company has generated no revenues to date. Prior to the Share Exchange Agreement discussed below, other than issuing shares to its original shareholder, the Company never commenced any operational activities.

eWellness was incorporated in Nevada in May 2013. Following a share exchange detailed below we completed in April 2014, pursuant to whicheWellness Corporation, a Nevada corporation became our wholly owned subsidiary,we abandoned our prior business plan and we are now pursuing eWellness Corporation’s historical businesses and proposed businesses. Our historical business and operations will continue independently. eWellness is an early-stage Los Angeles based corporation that seeks to provide a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy (DMpt) Programs utilizing its proprietaryWWW.PHZIO.COM telemedicine platform initially to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems, in addition to in-office sessions. Based on today’s insurance landscape, our main revenue source shall come from a combination of in-office and telemedicine visits. Amid ongoing challenges and changes within the healthcare industry, telemedicine is emerging as an increasingly attractive tool for delivering quality medical services.

Share Exchange Agreement

On April 11, 2014, Dignyte, Inc. (“Dignyte”), a publicly held Nevada corporation and eWellness Corporation (“Private Co”), a privately held company incorporated in Nevada, executed a Share Exchange Agreement (or “Initial Exchange Agreement”). Prior to the execution and delivery of the final Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement (the “Agreement”), the Board of Directors of Dignyte approved the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. Similarly, the Board of Directors of the Private Co. approved the exchange. On April 25, 2014, immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Agreement, Dignyte amended its certificate of incorporation to change its corporate name from “Dignyte, Inc.” to “eWellness Healthcare Corporation.”

Pursuant to the Agreement, eWellness Healthcare Corporation issued 9,200,000 shares of unregistered common stock, $.001 par value (the “common stock”) to the shareholders of the Private Co. in exchange for all outstanding shares of the Private Co.’s common stock. In addition, our former chief executive officer agreed: (i) to tender 5,000,000 shares of common stock back to the Company for cancellation; (ii) assign from his holdings, an additional 2,500,000 shares to the shareholders of the Private Co. resulting in a total of 11,700,000 shares owned by those shareholders; and, (iii) to a further assignment of an additional 2,100,000 shares to other parties as stated therein (collectively, the “CEO Stock Actions”).

As the parties satisfied all of the closing conditions, on April 30, 2014, we closed the Share Exchange. As a result, the Private Co. shareholders own approximately 76.97% of our issued and outstanding common stock, after giving effect to CEO Stock Actions.

Following the Share Exchange, we abandoned our prior business plan and we are now pursuing the Private Co.’s historical businesses and proposed businesses. The Private Co. is the surviving company under the share exchange and became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For financial reporting purposes, the Share Exchange represents a “reverse merger” rather than a business combination. Consequently, thetransaction is accounted for as a reverse-merger and recapitalization. eWellness Corporation is the acquirer for financial reporting purposes and Dignyte, Inc. is the acquired company. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the operations that are reflected in the historical financial statements prior to the transactions are those of eWellness Corporation and are recorded at the historical cost basis of eWellness Corporation, and the consolidated financial statements after completion of the transaction include the assets, liabilities and operations of eWellness Healthcare Corporation, and eWellness Corporation from the closing date of the transaction. Additionally all historical equity accounts and awards of eWellness Corporation, including par valueLiquidation Preference $25 per share, share and per share numbers, have been adjusted to reflect the number of shares received in the transaction.

The foregoing description of the Share Exchange Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the Share Exchange Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2014. At the execution of the Share Exchange Agreement, the total number of shares of common stock outstanding was 15,200,000.

The Company is in the initial phase of developing a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Programs (“DMpt”) to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems specifically designed to help prevent patients that are pre-diabetic from becoming diabetic.The Company’s activities are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including failure to secure funding to operationalize the Company’s business plan.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The interim financial information of the Company as of periods ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014 is unaudited. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 is derived from audited financial statements of eWellness Healthcare Corporation. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial statements. Accordingly, they omit or condense footnotes and certain other information normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The accounting policies followed for quarterly financial reporting conform to the accounting policies disclosed in ASU 2014-10. In the opinion of management, all adjustments which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information for the interim periods reported have been made. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2015. The unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these good faith estimates and judgments.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Going Concern

For the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company has no revenues and no operations. The Company has an accumulated loss of $2,211,005. In view of these matters, there is substantive doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s ability to continue operations is dependent upon the Company’s ability to raise additional capital and to ultimately achieve sustainable revenues and profitable operations, of which there can be no guarantee. The Company intends to finance its future development activities and its working capital needs largely from the sale of public equity securities with some additional funding from other traditional financing sources, including term notes, until such time that funds provided by operations are sufficient to fund working capital requirements. The financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Deferred Offering and Acquisition Costs

The Company defers as other assets the direct incremental costs of raising capital until such time as the offering is completed. At the time of the completion of the offering, the costs will be charged against the capital raised. Should the offering be terminated, the deferred offering costs will be charged to operations during the period in which the offering is terminated. Direct acquisition costs will be expensed as incurred.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company complies with the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820-10,Fair Value Measurements, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:

Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have Level 1, 2, or 3 financial assets or liabilities.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes all cash deposits and highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity to the Company of three months or less.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of assets with useful lives longer than one year. Useful lives for assets have been determined to be 5 years for the Company.

Revenue Recognition

The Company has yet to realize revenues from operations. Once the Company has commenced operations, it will recognize revenues when delivery of goods or completion of services has occurred provided there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, acceptance has been approved by its customers, the fee is fixed or determinable based on the completion of stated terms and conditions, and collection of any related receivable is probable.

Loss per Common Share

The Company follows ASC Topic 260 to account for the loss per share. Basic loss per common share calculations are determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share calculations are determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding. During periods when common stock equivalents, if any, are anti-dilutive they are not considered in the computation. As the Company has no common stock equivalents and has incurred losses for the period ended March 31, 2015, no dilutive shares are added into the loss per share calculations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) that are adopted by the Company as of the specified date. If not discussed, management believes that the impact of recently issued standards, which are not yet effective, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements presentation.

Note 3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of computer equipment that is stated at cost of $8,420 and $4,214 less accumulated depreciation of $1,194 and $983 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Depreciation expense was $211 for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets, which is five years for computer equipment.

Note 4. Intangible Assets

The Company recognizes the cost of a software license and a license for use of a programming code as intangible assets. The stated cost of these assets were $24,770 and $24,770 less accumulated amortization of $2,693 and $1,954 for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. For the periods ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014, the amortization expense recorded was $739 and $239, respectively.

F-7

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5. Related Party Transactions

A company for which the Company’s former Secretary-Treasurer and CFO is also serving as CFO, has paid $73,610 on the Company’s behalf. The amount outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $43,056 and $56,155, respectively. During the periods ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014, the Company recorded $1,078 and $856, respectively of imputed interest on the amount owed to the related party based on an interest rate of 8%.

During 2014, the Company entered into a license agreement with a programming company in which one of our directors is Chief Marketing Officer. Through the licensing agreement, we obtained a perpetual license to use the programming code created by a video management platform as a base to develop our telemedicine video service for a license fee of $20,000. The license fee is recorded as an Intangible Asset and Accounts Payable on the Balance Sheet.

The Company rents its Culver City, CA office space from a company owned by our CEO. The imputed rent expense of $500 per month is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital in the Balance Sheet.

The officers of the Company incur personal expenses on behalf of the Company. The amounts outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $25,076 and $30,181, respectively.

Note 6. Income Taxes

The tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of the Company’s effective tax rate for the full year adjusted for discrete items, if any, that are taken into account in the relevant period. Each quarter the Company updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate, and if the estimated tax rate changes, the Company makes a cumulative adjustment.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company has a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, net of expected reversals of existing deferred tax liabilities, as it believes it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.

The Company did not identify any material uncertain tax positions of the Company on returns that have been filed or that will be filed. The Company has not had operations and has deferred items consisting entirely of unused Net Operating Losses.. Since it is not thought that this Net Operating Loss will ever produce a tax benefit, even if examined by taxing authorities and disallowed entirely, there would be no effect on the financial statements.

The Company’s policy is to recognize potential interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. For the periods ended March 31 2015, and March 31, 2014 the Company did not recognize nor accrue any interest or penalties.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7. Convertible Notes Payable

On December 23, 2014 the Company issued $213,337 convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) and warrants to purchase shares of common stock to four individual investors. The overall terms of the Notes are as follows:

Interest rate: 12% per annum. During the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded $6,969 of accrued interest.
Due date: One year after the registration statement registering the shares of common stock underlying the Notes for resale is declared effective. The Company is to pay the principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on or before the due date.
Redemption right: Any time the closing price of the Company’s common stock has been at or above $1.50 for 20 consecutive trading days, the Company has the right to redeem all or any part of the principal and accrued interest of the Notes, following written notice to the holders of the Notes.
Optional Conversion: At the option of the holders, the Notes may be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to $0.35 per share.
Additionally, if the Company elects to exercise the redemption right, the holders have the opportunity to elect to take the cash payment or to convert all or any portion of the Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock.
The conversion price is subject to proportional adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends and similar corporate events.
The Notes are senior in rank to any other debt held by our officers, directors or affiliates and may not be subordinated to any other debt issued by us without the written consent of the holder.
Warrants: The holders of the Notes are granted the right for three years to purchase 609,534 additional shares of common stock at $.35 per share.
During the time that any portion of these Notes are outstanding, if any Event of Default occurs and such Default is not cured by the Company within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of the Event of Default (the “Cure Period”), the amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with accrued interest and other amounts owing shall become at the holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash. The holders at its option have the right, with three (3) business days advance written notice to the Company after the expiration of the Cure Period, to elect to convert the Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Optional Conversion rights disclosed above.
The Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets report the following related to the convertible promissory note:

  March 3l, 2015 
Principal amount $213,337 
Unamortized debt discount  (26,178)
Net carrying amount $187,159 

F-9

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company valued the warrants as the difference in the value of the Note at its stated interest rate of 12% and the fair value of the Note at its discounted value using an expected borrowing rate of 18%.

For the period ended March 31, 2015, none of the debt had been converted and no warrants to purchase common stock had been exercised.

Under the guidance of ASC 470-20 Debt With Conversion and Other Options, the common shares of the Company, pending being listed on the OTC, and the net settlement requirements of the warrants will be analyzed at the end of each quarter to determine if the conversion does become readily convertible to cash which would require derivative accounting calculations and recording.

Note 8.Series B Preferred and Common Stock

 

Preferred Stock

The total number of shares of preferred stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 10,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001. There have been no preferred shares issued as of March 31, 2015.

Common Stock

The total number of shares of common stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 100,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001.

On January 24, 2015, the Company authorized the issuance of 400,000 shares for consulting services at a value of $40,000 that will be amortized over the life of the contract.

On February 23, 2015, the Company authorized the issuance of 60,000 shares for consulting services for a value of $6,000 that will be amortized over the life of the contract.

As of the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company has 16,881,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholders’ meetings for all purposes including the election of directors. The common stock does not have cumulative voting rights.

No holder of shares of stock of any class is entitled as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase or receive any part of any new or additional issue of shares of stock of any class or of securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, whether now hereafter authorized or whether issued for money, for consideration other than money, or by way of dividend.

The Company is currently conducting an offering of up to $1,200,000 convertible secured notes. On December 23, 2014, the Company closed the initial offering (See Footnote 7). During the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company received $146,100 in funds as part of the second part of the original offering. The receipt of these funds was recorded as a short term liability for the period ended March 31, 2015. The second part of the original offering was closed on April 9, 2015 and convertible notes and warrants were issued.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

WarrantsPROSPECTUS

 

On January 24, 2015, the Company authorized the issuance of 400,000 warrants that were issued as part of a consulting agreement extension that expired on October 21, 2015. The fair value of the warrants are $32,187 and the Company recorded $7,153 as consulting expense and $25,034 as prepaid expense to be amortized over the life of the contract which expires in October, 2015.

The following is a summary of the status of all of the Company’s warrants as of March 31, 2015 and changes during the three months ended on that date:

      Weighted 
   Number of  Average 
   Warrants  Exercise Price 
        
Outstanding at January 1, 2015  -  $- 
Granted   400,000  $0.35 
Exercised   -  $- 
Cancelled   -  $- 
Outstanding at March 31, 2015  400,000  $0.35 

Note 9. Commitments, Contingencies

The Company may be subject to lawsuits, administrative proceedings, regulatory reviews or investigations associated with its business and other matters arising in the normal conduct of its business. The following is a description of an uncertainty that is considered other than ordinary, routine and incidental to the business.

The closing of the Initial Exchange Agreement with Private Co. was conditioned upon certain, limited customary representations and warranties, as well as, among other things, our compliance with Rule 419 (“Rule 419”) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the consent of our shareholders as required under Rule 419. Accordingly, we conducted a “Blank Check” offering subject to Rule 419 (the “Rule 419 Offering”) and filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register the shares of such offering; the Registration Statement was declared effective on September 14, 2012. We used 10% of the subscription proceeds as permitted under Rule 419 and the amount remaining in the escrow trust as of the date of the closing of the Share Exchange was $90,000 (the “Trust Account Balance”).

Rule 419 required that the Share Exchange occur on or before March 18, 2014, but due to normal negotiations regarding the transactions and the parties’ efforts to satisfy all of the closing conditions, the Share Exchange did not close on such date. Accordingly, after numerous discussions with management of both parties, they entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) to reflect a revised business combination structure, pursuant to which we would: (i) file a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8A”) to register our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, which we did on May 1, 2014 and (ii) seek to convert the participants of the Rule 419 Offering into participants of a similarly termed private offering (the “Converted Offering”), to be conducted pursuant to Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Fifty-two persons participated in the Rule 419 Offering and each of them gave the Company his/her/its consent to use his/her/its escrowed funds to purchase shares of the Company’s restricted common stock in the Converted Offering (the “Consent”) rather than have their funds returned. To avoid further administrative work for the investors, we believe that we took reasonable steps to inform investors of the situation and provided them with an appropriate opportunity to maintain their investment in the Company, if they so choose, or have their funds physically returned. Management believed the steps it took constituted a constructive return of the funds and therefore met the requirements of Rule 419.30, 2020

 

However, pursuant to Rule 419(e)(2)(iv), “funds held in the escrow or trust accountshall be returned by first class mail or equally prompt means to the purchaser within five business days [if the related acquisition transaction does not occur by a date that is 18 months after the effective date of the related registration statement].” As set forth above, rather than physically return the funds, we sought consent from the investors of the Rule 419 Offering to direct their escrowed funds to the Company to instead purchase shares in the Converted Offering. The consent document (which was essentially a form of rescission) was given to the investors along with a private placement memorandum describing the Converted Offering and stated that any investor who elected not to participate in the Converted Offering would get 90% of their funds physically returned. Pursuant to Rule 419(b)(2)(vi), a blank check company is entitled to use 10% of the proceed/escrowed funds; therefore, if a return of funds is required, only 90% of the proceed/escrowed funds need be returned. The Company received $100,000 proceeds and used $10,000 as per Rule 419(b)(2)(vi); therefore, only $90,000 was subject to possible return.PART II

 

As disclosed therein, we filed the amendments to the initial Form 8-K in response to comments from the SEC regarding the Form 8-K and many of those comments pertain to an alleged violation of Rule 419. The Company continued to provide the SEC with information and analysis as to why it believes it did not violate Rule 419, but was unable to satisfy the SEC’s concerns. Comments and communications indicate that Rule 419 requires a physical return of funds if a 419 offering cannot be completed because a business combination was not consummated within the required time frame; constructive return is not permitted.

As a result of these communications and past comments, we are disclosing that we did not comply with the requirements of Rule 419, which required us to physically return the funds previously submitted to escrow pursuant to the Rule 419 Offering. As a result of our failure to comply with Rule 419, the SEC may bring an enforcement action or commence litigation against us for failure tostrictly comply with Rule 419. If any claims or actions were to be brought against us relating to our lack of compliance with Rule 419, we could be subject to penalties (including criminal penalties), required to pay fines, make damages payments or settlement payments. In addition, any claims or actions could force us to expend significant financial resources to defend ourselves, could divert the attention of our management from our core business and could harm our reputation.

Ultimately, the SEC determined to terminate its review of the Initial Form 8-K and related amendments, rather than provide us with additional opportunities to address their concerns and therefore, we did not clear their comments. It is not possible at this time to predict whether or when the SEC may initiate any proceedings, when this issue may be resolved or what, if any, penalties or other remedies may be imposed, and whether any such penalties or remedies would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Litigation and enforcement actions are inherently unpredictable, the outcome of any potential lawsuit or action is subject to significant uncertainties and, therefore, determining at this time the likelihood of a loss, any SEC enforcement action and/or the measurement of the amount of any loss is complex. Consequently, we are unable to estimate the range of reasonably possible loss. Our assessment is based on an estimate and assumption that has been deemed reasonable by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on an estimate and assumption that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change that estimate and assumption.In light of the uncertainty of this issue and while Management evaluates the best and most appropriate way to resolve same, management determined to create a reserve on the Company’s Balance Sheet for the $90,000 that was subject to the Consent.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

On or about June 23, 2014, we entered into a license agreement with Bistromatics Corp., to which one of our directors is Chief Marketing Officer, pursuant to which we obtained a perpetual license to use the programming code created by a video management platform as a base to develop our telemedicine video service for a license fee of $20,000 due by September 31, 2014. The parties entered into an addendum extending the due date of the license fee to December 31, 2014. Intellectual property developed as a result of this license, will be our property; but Bistromatics will retain the intellectual property for the original code base. We may resell or license the resulting telemedicine platform for an extended license fee of $10,000 for each additional instance the code base will be used. Through this agreement, Bistromatics Corp. built our PHZIO.com platform; our director purchased the domain name on behalf of the Company and retains no rights to same. On March 16, 2015, the Company extended the licensing fee payment agreement until July 1, 2015. The Company made an initial payment of $5,000 with the remaining fees to be to be paid on or before July 1, 2015.

The Company rents its Culver City, CA office space from a company owned by our CEO. The rental agreement provides for the value of the rent of $500 per month be recorded as contributed towards the founding eWellness and its operations. During the period ended March31, 2015, we have recorded this rent payment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital on the Balance Sheet.

In May 2014, the Company signed an Office Service Agreement for office space in New York, New York. A deposit of $17,874 was paid and recorded in prepaid expense. The utilization of the office space began on August 1, 2014 and terminated at December 31, 2014. The Company negotiated a settlement of $5,500 in April, 2015 for the cancellation of the agreement. The settlement resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $11,323.

On January 24, 2015, the Company received $20,000 in exchange for a 90-day Promissory Note at an interest rate of 12% per annum. For the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded $447 of accrued interest for this note.

On January 24, 2015 the Company extended a previous consulting and service agreement with a consultant from April 21, 2015 to October 20, 2015 in exchange for 400,000 shares of restricted common stock and 400,000 callable common stock purchase warrants at a strike price of $0.35 per share. The fair value of the common stock issued for the services is $40,000 and the Company recorded $8,889 as consulting expense and $31,111 as prepaid expense to be amortized over the life of the contract. The fair value of the warrants issued for services is $32,187 and the Company recorded $7,153 as consulting expense and $25,034 as prepaid expense to be amortized over the life of the contract. With this extension agreement, the Company is to pay $10,000 per month consulting fee beginning with February 1, 2015 through the end of the agreement. For the period ended March 31, 2015, the Company accrued $20,000 for these consulting fees.

On February 14, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year agreement with BMT, Inc. as a consultant and advisor in connection with certain business development advisory. This agreement is on an at-will basis as determined by the company in exchange for cash compensation to be invoiced monthly. The total compensation paid to date on this agreement is $11,950.

On February 23, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year agreement with a consultant in connection with certain corporate finance, investor relations and related business matters in exchange for 60,000 shares of restricted common stock. The fair value of the services is $6,000 and the Company recorded $500 as consulting expense and $5,500 as prepaid expense to be amortized over the life of the contract that expires in February, 2016.

From time to time the Company may become a party to litigation matters involving claims against the Company. Except as may be outlined above, management believes that there are no current matters that would have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 10. Segment Reporting

The Company has one operating segment, which was identified based upon the availability of discrete financial information and the chief operating decision makers’ regular review of financial information.

F-13

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11. Subsequent Events

On April 1, 2015, the Company entered into an Operating Agreement with Evolution Physical Therapy (“EPT”), a company owned by one of the Company’s officers, wherein it is agreed that EPT would be able to operate the Company’s telemedicine platformwww.phzio.com and offer it to selected physical therapy patients of EPT. The Company is to receive 75% of the net insurance reimbursements from the patient for use of the platform. The Company will advance capital requested by EPT for costs specifically associated with operating thewww.phzio,com platform and associated physical therapy treatments – computer equipment, office or facilities rental payments, physical therapist or physical therapy assistant, administrative staff, patient induction equipment, office supplies, utilities and other associated operating costs. It is anticipated that the operation of the platform by EPT will generate positive cash flow within 90 days from the start of patient induction.

On April 9, 2015,the Company closed a second round of its private placement offering with eight accredited investors in which it raised gross proceeds of $270,080 (including an aggregate of $123,980 that was converted from certain other outstanding notes, including accrued interest, and future contractual cash consulting fees) and sold that same amount of Series A Senior Convertible Redeemable Notes convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share at $0.35 per share and Series A Warrants, all pursuant to separate Securities Purchase Agreements entered into with each investor. The Warrants are exercisable to purchase up to 834,857 shares of Common Stock. The sale was part of a private placement offering in which the Company offered for sale a maximum of $1,200,000 principal amount of convertible notes.

On April 17, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with Akash Bajaj, M.D., M.P.H. The agreement is for Dr. Bajaj to serve as a consultant and as the Chairman of the Company’s Clinical Advisory Board. The term of the agreement is for one year with annual renewal as desired. The agreement further sets the hourly rate to be paid at $225 per hour with payment to be at the end of each month. Further, the Company granted Dr. Bajaj a five-year non-statutory option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at a price of $.35 per share. The options will vest over a 12 month period at 8,333 per month. As the Company’s stock is not yet publicly traded, the value of the options are deemed to be zero.

On May 7, 2015, Evolution Physical Therapy inducted the first patient using the Company’s telemedicine platformwww.phzio.com.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31, 2013

PAGES
REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMSF-16 - F-17
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSF-18
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSF-19
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)F-20
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSF-21
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSF-22 - F-34

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors

eWellness Healthcare Corporation

(Formerly Dignyte, Inc.)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of eWellness Healthcare Corporation (formerly Dignyte, Inc.) as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of eWellness Healthcare Corporation (formerly Dignyte, Inc.) as of December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a working capital deficit, a deficit in stockholders’ equity and has sustained recurring losses from operations. This raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ HJ Associates & Consultants, LLP
HJ Associates & Consultants, LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
April 7, 2015

F-16

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

eWellness Corporation (currently d.b.a. eWellness Healthcare Corporation)

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of eWellness Corporation (currently d.b.a. eWellness Healthcare Corporation) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013, and the related statement of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of eWellness Corporation as of December 31, 2013, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company had no revenues, experienced losses from operations, and no positive operating cash flows from operations during the year ended December 31, 2013. These issues raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Mantyla McReynolds, LLC
Salt Lake City, Utah
April 1, 2014

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  December 31, 2014  December 31, 2013 
       
ASSETS        
         
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $900  $- 
Advances - related party  7,054   - 
Prepaid Expenses  26,274   4,770 
         
Total current assets  34,228   4,770 
         
Property & equipment, net  3,231   4,074 
         
Intangible assets, net  22,816   - 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $60,275  $8,844 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $174,044  $- 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses - related party  56,155   - 
Accrued expenses - related party  30,181     
Accrued compensation  329,000   - 
Contingent liability  90,000   - 
         
Total current liabilities  679,380   - 
         
Convertible debt, net of discount  178,433   - 
         
Total Liabilities  857,813   - 
         
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
Preferred stock, authorized, 10,000,000 shares, $.001 value, 0 shares issued and outstanding  -   - 
Common stock, authorized 100,000,000 shares, $.001 par value, 16,421,000 and 9,200,000 issued and outstanding, respectively  16,421   9,200 
Shares to be issued  -   - 
Additional paid in capital  1,087,320   561,338 
Accumulated deficit  (1,901,279)  (561,694)
         
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  (797,538)  8,844 
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) $60,275  $8,844 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  For Year Ended 
  December 31, 2014  December 31, 2013 
       
TOTAL REVENUE $-  $- 
         
OPERATING EXPENSES        
Executive compensation  744,000   423,000 
General and administrative  231,124   40,930 
Professional fees  259,856   - 
Contingent liability expense  90,000   - 
Research and development - related party  30   2,706 
         
Total Operating Expenses  1,325,010   466,636 
         
Loss from Operations  (1,325,010)  (466,636)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Gain on extinguishment of debt  1,200   - 
Interest income  7   - 
Interest expense, related parties  (2,708)  - 
Interest expense  (13,074)  - 
         
Loss before Income Taxes  (1,339,585)  (466,636)
         
Income tax expense  -   - 
         
Net Loss $(1,339,585) $(466,636)
         
Basic and diluted (loss) per share $(0.10) $(0.05)
         
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding  13,698,896   9,200,000 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-19

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

        Additional     Total 
  Preferred Shares  Common Shares  Paid in  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Deficit 
                      
Balance at December 31, 2012  -  $-   -  $-  $95,058  $(95,058) $- 
                             
Common stock issued at incorporation          9,200,000   9,200   (200)      9,000 
                             
Contributed services                  414,000       414,000 
                             
Expenses paid and assets contributed by shareholders                  52,480       52,480 
                             
Net loss                      (466,636)  (466,636)
                             
Balance at December 31, 2013  -   -   9,200,000   9,200   561,338   (561,694)  8,844 
                             
Imputed interest                  2,708       2,708 
                             
Contributed services                  390,000       390,000 
                             
Recapitalization at merger          6,000,000   6,000   (22,509)      (16,509)
                             
Shares issued for services @ $.10/share          1,221,000   1,221   120,879       122,100 
                             
Convertible debt discount                  34,904       34,904 
                             
Net loss                      (1,339,585)  (1,339,585)
                             
Balance at December 31, 2014  -  $-   16,421,000  $16,421  $1,087,320  $(1,901,279) $(797,538)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  For Year Ended 
  December 31, 2014  December 31, 2013 
       
Cash flows from operating activities        
Net loss $(1,339,585) $(466,636)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  2,797   140 
Contributed services  390,000   423,000 
Expenses paid by shareholders  -   43,496 
Shares issued for services  122,100   - 
Convertible debt discount  34,904   - 
Imputed interest - related party  2,708   - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities        
Advances - related parties  (7,054)  - 
Prepaid expense  (26,274)  - 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  67,535   - 
Accounts payable - related party  56,155   - 
Accrued expenses - related party  30,181   - 
Contingent liability  90,000   - 
Accrued compensation  329,000   - 
         
Net cash used in operating activities  (247,533)  - 
         
Cash flows from investing activities        
Intangible asset purchase  (20,000)  - 
Cash acquired in merger  90,000   - 
         
Net cash provided by investing activities  70,000   - 
         
Cash flows from financing activities        
Convertible loan payable proceeds  178,433   - 
         
Net cash provided by financing activities  178,433   - 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash  900   - 
         
Cash, beginning of period  -   - 
         
Cash, end of period $900  $- 
         
Supplemental Information:        
Cash paid for:        
Taxes $-  $- 
Interest Expense $-  $- 
Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities        
Assets contributed by shareholders $-  $8,844 
Prepaid expense transferred to intangible assets $4,770  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. The Company

The Company and Nature of Business

eWellness Healthcare Corporation (f/k/a Dignyte, Inc.), (the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on April 7, 2011, to engage in any lawful corporate undertaking, including, but not limited to, selected mergers and acquisitions. The Company has generated no revenues to date. Prior to the Share Exchange Agreement discussed below, other than issuing shares to its original shareholder, the Company never commenced any operational activities.

eWellness was incorporated in Nevada in May 2013. Following a share exchange detailed below we completed in April 2014, pursuant to whicheWellness Corporation, a Nevada corporation became our wholly owned subsidiary,we abandoned our prior business plan and we are now pursuing eWellness Corporation’s historical businesses and proposed businesses. Our historical business and operations will continue independently. eWellness is an early-stage Los Angeles based corporation that seeks to provide a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy (DMpt) Programs utilizing its proprietaryWWW.PHZIO.COM telemedicine platform initially to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems, in addition to in-office sessions. Based on today’s insurance landscape, our main revenue source shall come from a combination of in-office and telemedicine visits. Amid ongoing challenges and changes within the healthcare industry, telemedicine is emerging as an increasingly attractive tool for delivering quality medical services.

Share Exchange Agreement

On April 11, 2014, Digntye, Inc. (“Dignyte”), a publicly held Nevada corporation and eWellness Corporation (“Private Co”), a privately held company incorporated in Nevada, executed a Share Exchange Agreement (or “Initial Exchange Agreement”). Prior to the execution and delivery of the final Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement (the “Agreement”), the Board of Directors of Dignyte approved the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. Similarly, the Board of Directors of the Private Co. approved the exchange. On April 25, 2014, immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Agreement, Dignyte amended its certificate of incorporation to change its corporate name from “Dignyte, Inc.” to “eWellness Healthcare Corporation.”

Pursuant to the Agreement, eWellness Healthcare Corporation issued 9,200,000 shares of unregistered common stock, $.001 par value (the “common stock”) to the shareholders of the Private Co. in exchange for all outstanding shares of the Private Co.’s common stock. In addition, our former chief executive officer agreed: (i) to tender 5,000,000 shares of common stock back to the Company for cancellation; (ii) assign from his holdings, an additional 2,500,000 shares to the shareholders of the Private Co. resulting in a total of 11,700,000 shares owned by those shareholders; and, (iii) to a further assignment of an additional 2,100,000 shares to other parties as stated therein (collectively, the “CEO Stock Actions”).

As the parties satisfied all of the closing conditions, on April 30, 2014, we closed the Share Exchange. As a result, the Private Co. shareholders own approximately 76.97% of our issued and outstanding common stock, after giving effect to CEO Stock Actions.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Following the Share Exchange, we abandoned our prior business plan and we are now pursuing the Private Co.’s historical businesses and proposed businesses. The Private Co. is the surviving company under the share exchange and became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

For financial reporting purposes, the Share Exchange represents a “reverse merger” rather than a business combination and eWellness is deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction. The Share Exchange is being accounted for as a reverse-merger and recapitalization. eWellness is the acquirer for financial reporting purposes and the Company (eWellness Healthcare Corporation, formerly known as Dignyte, Inc.) is the acquired company. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the operations that will be reflected in the historical financial statements prior to the Share Exchange will be those of eWellness and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of eWellness, and the consolidated financial statements after completion of the Share Exchange will include the assets and liabilities of the Company and eWellness, and the historical operations of eWellness and operations of the Combined Company from the closing date of the Share Exchange.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

These financial statements have been prepared to reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of eWellness Healthcare Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary eWellness Corporation. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Financial Statement Reclassification

Certain account balances from prior periods have been reclassified in these audited consolidated financial statements so as to conform to current period classifications.

Loss Per Share

Basic loss per common share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, plus the assumed exercise of all dilutive securities using the treasury stock or “as converted” method, as appropriate. During periods of net loss, all common stock equivalents are excluded from the diluted EPS calculation because they are antidilutive.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these good faith estimates and judgments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost. Minor additions and renewals are expensed in the year incurred. Major additions and renewals are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company uses other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes where appropriate. The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:

Furniture and Fixtures5 - 7 Years
Computer Equipment5 - 7 Years
Software3 Years

The Company regularly evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. If factors indicate the asset may not be recoverable, we compare the related undiscounted future net cash flows to the carrying value of the asset to determine if impairment exists. If the expected future net cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized based on the fair value of the asset. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was no impairment recognized.

Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for assets that are not physical in nature as intangible assets. Intangible assets have either an identifiable or indefinite useful life. Intangible assets with identifiable useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their economic or legal life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reassessed each year for impairment. If an impairment has occurred, then a loss is recognized. An impairment loss is determined by subtracting the asset’s fair value from the asset’s book/carrying value.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740-10-30. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Accounting standards require the consideration of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if it is “more likely than not” that some component or all of the benefits of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Recent Pronouncements

Adoption of ASU 2014-10 Development Stage Entities

In June 2014, the FASBissued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASU 2014-10Development Stage Entities. The amendments in ASU 2014-10 remove the definition of a development stage entity from Topic 915Development Stage Entities, thereby removing the distinction between development stage entities and other reporting entities from US GAAP. In addition, the amendments eliminate the requirements for development stage entities to (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of operations, cash flows, and shareholder’s equity, (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity, (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged, and (4) disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. The amendments also clarify that the guidance in Topic 275,Risks and Uncertainties, is applicable to entities that have not commenced planned principal operations. ASU 2014-10 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods therein.

The Company adopted this standard effective June 30, 2014. The Company’s financial statements have been impacted by the adoption of this ASU mainly by the removal of inception-to-date information in the Company’s statements of operations, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity.

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by FASB that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. If not discussed, management believes that the impact of recently issued standards, which are not yet effective, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements upon adoption.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and accounts payable. The carrying amount of cash and accounts payable approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these items.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 3. Going Concern

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has no revenues and no operations and had not emerged from the development stage. The Company has an accumulated loss of $1,901,279. In view of these matters, there is substantive doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s ability to continue operations is dependent upon the Company’s ability to raise additional capital and to ultimately achieve sustainable revenues and profitable operations, of which there can be no guarantee. The Company intends to finance its future development activities and its working capital needs largely from the sale of public equity securities with some additional funding from other traditional financing sources, including term notes, until such time that funds provided by operations are sufficient to fund working capital requirements. The financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Note 4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of computer equipment at a stated cost of $4,214 and $4,214 less accumulated depreciation of $983 and $140 for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Depreciation expense was $843 and $140 for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Note 5. Intangible Assets

The Company recognized the cost of a software license and a license for use of a programming code as intangible assets. The stated cost of these assets were $24,770 and $0 less accumulated amortization of $1,954 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Note 6. Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Net deferred tax liabilities consist of the following components as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

  2014  2013 
       
Deferred tax assets:        
NOL Carryover $314,000  $15,067 
Deferred Rent  2,300   - 
Accrued Payroll  115,200   - 
Contingent Liability  31,500   - 
Deferred tax liabilities        
Depreciation  (300)  - 
Valuation allowance  (462,700)  (15,067)
Net deferred tax asset $-  $- 

The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 due to the following:

  2014  2013 
       
Book Income $(468,900) $(158,656)
Depreciation  (300)  - 
Contributed Services      143,820 
Non-Deductible Expenses  -   709 
Meals & Entertainment  2,500   - 
Stock for Expense Accounts  21,000   - 
Contributed Interest Expense  900   - 
Gain/Loss on settlement of debt through equity  (400)  - 
Deferred Rent  -   - 
Accrued Payroll  115,200   - 
Related Party Interest  -   - 
Contingent Liability  31,500   - 
Valuation allowance  298,500   14,127 
  $-  $- 

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

At December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $897,000 that may be offset against future taxable income from the year 2015 through 2034. No tax benefit has been reported in the December 31, 2014 consolidated financial statements since the potential tax benefit is offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.

Due to the change in ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax reporting purposes are subject to annual limitations. Should a change in ownership occur, net operating loss carryforwards may be limited as to use in future years.

The Company’s policy is to recognize potential interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties, nor did we have any interest or penalties accrued as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 related to unrecognized benefits.

The Company has filed for an extension of the federal income tax return in the U.S for the year ended December 31, 2014. The tax years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 are open for examination for federal income tax purposes and by other major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.

Note 7. Related Party Transactions

Through the year ended December 31, 2014, a related party, a company in which the former Secretary-Treasurer and CFO of the Company is also serving as CFO, has paid $67,710 on behalf of the Company. The amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $56,155 and $0, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $2,708 imputed interest on the amount owed to the related party based on an interest rate of 8%.

During the period ending December 31, 2014, the Company entered into a license agreement with a programming company in which one of our directors is Chief Marketing Officer. Through the licensing agreement, we obtained a perpetual license to use the programming code created by a video management platform as a base to develop our telemedicine video service for a license fee of $20,000. The license fee is recorded as an Intangible Asset and Accounts Payable on the Balance Sheet.

The Company rents its Culver City, CA office space from a company owned by our CEO. The imputed rent expense of $500 per month is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital in the Balance Sheet.

Through the year ended December 31, 2014, the officers of the Company incur personal expenses on behalf of the Company. The amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $30,181 and $0 respectively. In addition, advances were made to officers. The amounts due from officers as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $7,054 and $0, respectively.

The Company periodically incurs expenses for research and development with a related party. At the periods ending December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded expenses of $30 and $2,706, respectively.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8. Convertible Notes

On December 23, 2014 the Company issued $213,337 convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) and warrants to purchase shares of common stock to four individual investors. The overall terms of the Notes are as follows:

Interest rate: 12% per annum.
Due date: December 31, 2015. The Company is to pay the principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on or before the due date.
Redemption right: Any time the closing price of the Company’s common stock has been at or above $1.50 for 20 consecutive trading days, the Company has the right to redeem all or any part of the principal and accrued interest of the Notes, following written notice to the holders of the Notes.
Optional Conversion: At the option of the holders, the Notes may be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to $0.35 per share.
Additionally, if the Company elects to exercise the redemption right, the holders have the opportunity to elect to take the cash payment or to convert all or any portion of the Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock.
The conversion price is subject to proportional adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends and similar corporate events.
The Notes are senior in rank to any other debt held by our officers, directors or affiliates and may not be subordinated to any other debt issued by us without the written consent of the holder.
Warrants: The holders of the Notes are granted the right through December 31, 2015 to purchase 609,534 additional shares of common stock at $.35 per share.
During the time that any portion of these Notes are outstanding, if any Event of Default occurs and such Default is not cured by the Company within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of the Event of Default (the “Cure Period”), the amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with accrued interest and other amounts owing shall become at the holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash. The holders at its option have the right, with three (3) business days advance written notice to the Company after the expiration of the Cure Period, to elect to convert the Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Optional Conversion rights disclosed above.
The Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets report the following related to the convertible promissory note:

  December 31, 2014 
Principal amount $213,337 
Unamortized debt discount  (34,904)
Net carrying amount $178,433 

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company valued the warrants as the difference in the value of the Note at its stated interest rate of 12% and the fair value of the Note at its discounted value using an expected borrowing rate of 18%.

For the period ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a debt discount of $34,904 associated with the value of the warrants which is being amortized over the life of the notes. At December 31, 2014, none of the debt had been converted and no warrants to purchase common stock had been exercised.

Under the guidance of ASC 470-20 Debt With Conversion and Other Options, the common shares of the Company, pending being listed on the OTC, and the net settlement requirements of the warrants will be analyzed at the end of each quarter to determine if the conversion does become readily convertible to cash which would require derivative accounting calculations and recording.

Note 9. Preferred and Common Stock

Preferred Stock

The total number of shares of preferred stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 10,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001. There have been no preferred shares issued as of the year ended December 31, 2014.

Common Stock

The total number of shares of common stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 100,000,000 shares with a par value of $0.001.

As of the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has 16,421,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholders’ meetings for all purposes including the election of directors. The common stock does not have cumulative voting rights.

No holder of shares of stock of any class is entitled as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase or receive any part of any new or additional issue of shares of stock of any class or of securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, whether now hereafter authorized or whether issued for money, for consideration other than money, or by way of dividend.

Note 10. Commitments, Contingencies

The Company may be subject to lawsuits, administrative proceedings, regulatory reviews or investigations associated with its business and other matters arising in the normal conduct of its business. The following is a description of an uncertainty that is considered other than ordinary, routine and incidental to the business.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The closing of the Initial Exchange Agreement with Private Co. was conditioned upon certain, limited customary representations and warranties, as well as, among other things, our compliance with Rule 419 (“Rule 419”) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the consent of our shareholders as required under Rule 419. Accordingly, we conducted a “Blank Check” offering subject to Rule 419 (the “Rule 419 Offering”) and filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register the shares of such offering; the Registration Statement was declared effective on September 14, 2012. We used 10% of the subscription proceeds as permitted under Rule 419 and the amount remaining in the escrow trust as of the date of the closing of the Share Exchange was $90,000 (the “Trust Account Balance”).

Rule 419 required that the Share Exchange occur on or before March 18, 2014, but due to normal negotiations regarding the transactions and the parties’ efforts to satisfy all of the closing conditions, the Share Exchange did not close on such date. Accordingly, after numerous discussions with management of both parties, they entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) to reflect a revised business combination structure, pursuant to which we would: (i) file a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8A”) to register our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, which we did on May 1, 2014 and (ii) seek to convert the participants of the Rule 419 Offering into participants of a similarly termed private offering (the “Converted Offering”), to be conducted pursuant to Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act.

Fifty-two persons participated in the Rule 419 Offering and each of them gave the Company his/her/its consent to use his/her/its escrowed funds to purchase shares of the Company’s restricted common stock in the Converted Offering (the “Consent”) rather than have their funds returned. To avoid further administrative work for the investors, we believe that we took reasonable steps to inform investors of the situation and provided them with an appropriate opportunity to maintain their investment in the Company, if they so choose, or have their funds physically returned. Management believed the steps it took constituted a constructive return of the funds and therefore met the requirements of Rule 419.

However, pursuant to Rule 419(e)(2)(iv), “funds held in the escrow or trust accountshall be returned by first class mail or equally prompt means to the purchaser within five business days [if the related acquisition transaction does not occur by a date that is 18 months after the effective date of the related registration statement].” As set forth above, rather than physically return the funds, we sought consent from the investors of the Rule 419 Offering to direct their escrowed funds to the Company to instead purchase shares in the Converted Offering. The consent document was given to the investors along with a private placement memorandum describing the Converted Offering and stated that any investor who elected not to participate in the Converted Offering would get 90% of their funds physically returned. Pursuant to Rule 419(b)(2)(vi), a blank check company is entitled to use 10% of the proceed/escrowed funds; therefore, if a return of funds is required, only 90% of the proceed/escrowed funds need be returned. The Company received $100,000 proceeds and used $10,000 as per Rule 419(b)(2)(vi); therefore, only $90,000 was subject to possible return.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As disclosed therein, we filed the amendments to the initial Form 8-K in response to comments from the SEC regarding the Form 8-K and many of those comments pertain to the Company’s potential violation of Rule 419. The Company continued to provide the SEC with information and analysis as to why it believes it did not violate Rule 419, but was unable to satisfy the SEC’s concerns. Comments and communications indicate that Rule 419 requires a physical return of funds if a 419 offering cannot be completed because a business combination was not consummated within the required time frame; constructive return is not permitted.

As a result of these communications and past comments, we are disclosing that we did not comply with the requirements of Rule 419, which required us to physically return the funds previously submitted to escrow pursuant to the Rule 419 Offering. As a result of our failure to comply with Rule 419, the SEC may bring an enforcement action or commence litigation against us for failure tostrictly comply with Rule 419. If any claims or actions were to be brought against us relating to our lack of compliance with Rule 419, we could be subject to penalties (including criminal penalties), required to pay fines, make damages payments or settlement payments. In addition, any claims or actions could force us to expend significant financial resources to defend ourselves, could divert the attention of our management from our core business and could harm our reputation.

Ultimately, the SEC determined to terminate its review of the Initial Form 8-K and related amendments, rather than provide us with additional opportunities to address their concerns and therefore, we did not clear their comments. It is not possible at this time to predict whether or when the SEC may initiate any proceedings, when this issue may be resolved or what, if any, penalties or other remedies may be imposed, and whether any such penalties or remedies would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Litigation and enforcement actions are inherently unpredictable, the outcome of any potential lawsuit or action is subject to significant uncertainties and, therefore, determining at this time the likelihood of a loss, any SEC enforcement action and/or the measurement of the amount of any loss is complex. Consequently, we are unable to estimate the range of reasonably possible loss. Our assessment is based on an estimate and assumption that has been deemed reasonable by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on an estimate and assumption that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change that estimate and assumption.In light of the uncertainty of this issue and while Management evaluates the best and most appropriate way to resolve same, management determined to create a reserve on the Company’s Balance Sheet for the $90,000 that was subject to the Consent.

MHI Agreement: On May 24, 2013, eWellness entered into an exclusive 25-year Supply and Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Millennium Healthcare, Inc. (“MHI”) for the following 14 states that include: Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Delaware Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Under the agreement, eWellness agrees to provide its eWellness Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program (“DMpt program”) to MHI affiliated physicians within the terms of the Agreement. MHI agreed to market the eWellness DMpt and agreed to use its best efforts to promote and use the DMpt program; MHI also agreed to assist in managing the insurance reimbursement to eWellness for PT evaluations, re-evaluations and physical tests that eWellness staff perform at selected MHI facilities; however, we will be responsible for seeking reimbursement opportunities from insurance providers who do not currently reimburse for our telemedicine services. MHI, through its wholly owned operating subsidiaries, provide primary care physician practices, physician groups and healthcare facilities of all sizes with cutting edge medical devices focused primarily on preventive care through early detection. MHI currently provides their services to 70 medical group offices in NYC and approximately 130 in Northern New Jersey. There are approximately 400 individual physicians in these various practices. Approximately 20 percent of those patient visits are reoccurring visits.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

MHI will charge eWellness a 20% billing fee on all insurance reimbursement or patient fees for marketing the DMpt Program and assisting in the processing of insurance reimbursement. We have also agreed that for every $100,000.00 of insurance reimbursement received from MHI patients for our DMpt program (up to $1 million in billing), we will issue 110,000 shares of our common stock to MHI, up to a maximum amount of 1.1 million shares. As of the date of this Report, we have not issued any shares to MHI under this Agreement because we have not yet required or utilized MHI’s reimbursement services, nor has MHI marketed our services.

Each party has the right to terminate the agreement upon breach of the Agreement or dissolution of either party. We may also terminate the Agreement if MHI is, for a period of 60 continuous days, restrained or prevented from transacting a substantial part of their business by reason of a judgment order or regulation of any court or authority; MHI may terminate the Agreement at any time with 30 days written notice. The parties may also terminate the Agreement if either becomes the subject to any bankruptcy or similar proceeding. The Agreement also includes standard indemnification provisions for both parties.

Programming Agreement: On or about June 23, 2014, we entered into a license agreement with Bistromatics Corp., to which one of our directors, Curtis Hollister, is Chief Marketing Officer, pursuant to which we obtained a perpetual license to use the programming code created by a video management platform as a base to develop our telemedicine video service for a license fee of $20,000; $2,000 of which was due upon execution, $5,000 of which is due on August 1, 2014 and the $13,000 balance is due by September 15, 2014. The parties entered into an addendum extending the due date of the $20,000 license fee to December 31, 2014 and another addendum extending it to July 1, 2015. Intellectual property developed as a result of this license, will be our property; but Bistromatics will retain the intellectual property for the original code base. We may resell or license the resulting telemedicine platform for an extended license fee of $10,000 for each additional instance the code base will be used. Through this agreement, Bistromatics Corp. built our PHZIO.com platform; Mr. Hollister purchased the domain name on behalf of the Company and retains no rights to same.

Office Space: The Company rents its Culver City, CA office space from Evolution Physical Therapy (“Evolution”), a company owned by our CEO, Mr. Fogt. Evolution has agreed to cancel and contribute the annual rent for the year ended December 31, 2013 towards founding eWellness and its operations; the market value of such rent is $500 per month. During the period ended December 31, 2014, we have recorded this rent payment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital on the Balance Sheet.

eWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

(FORMERLY DIGNYTE, INC.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11. Subsequent Events

On January 24, 2015, the Company received $20,000 in exchange for a 90-day Promissory Note at an interest rate of 12% per annum.

On January 24, 2015 the Company extended a previous consulting and service agreement with a consultant from April 21, 2015 to October 20, 2015 for which the Company shall issue 400,000 shares of restricted common stock and 400,000 callable common stock purchase warrants at a strike price of $0.35 per share. As of the date of this report the 400,000 shares have not been issued.

On February 14, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year agreement with BMT, Inc. as a consultant and advisor in connection with certain business development advisory. This agreement is on an at-will basis as determined by the company in exchange for cash compensation to be invoiced monthly. The total compensation paid to date on this agreement is $11,950.

On February 23, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year agreement with a consultant in connection with certain corporate finance, investor relations and related business matters in exchange for 60,000 shares of restricted common stock. As of the date of this report, the 60,000 shares have not been issued.

On March 16, 2015, the Company extended a $20,000 licensing fee payment agreement with Bistromatics, Inc. pertaining to intellectual property utilized by the company until July 1, 2015. The Company made an initial payment of $5,000 with the remaining fees to be to be paid on or before July 1, 2015.

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEMItem 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTIONOther Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table sets forthis an estimate of the costs and expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions,(all of which are to be paid by the RegistrantCompany) that we may incur in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stocksecurities being registered. All amounts other than the SEC registration fee are estimates.

SEC Registration Fee $

66.75

 
Legal Fees and Expenses $0* 
Accounting Fees and Expenses $4,700.00* 
Total $

4,766.75*

 

*Estimated as permitted under Rule 511 of Regulation S-Kregistered hereby.

 

Offering Expenses  
SEC registration fee $6,490 
FINRA filing fee $31,000 
Printing expenses $1,000 
Legal fees and expenses $50,000 
Accounting fees and expenses $    
Miscellaneous $    
Total $100,000 

ITEMItem 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERSIndemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Article VIOur articles of our Bylaws providesincorporation, by-laws and director indemnification agreements provide that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative is or was onea director or an officer of our directorsthe Company or, officers, employees or agents orin the case of a director, is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, or officer, employee or agenttrustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plans,plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer employee or agenttrustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent,trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the fullest extent authorized by the Nevada Revised Statutes. Such right includesGeneral Corporation Law against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such.

Section 145 of the rightNevada General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify any director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be paid byin, or not opposed to, the Company for expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses in advancebest interests of the final disposition of suchcorporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery of an undertaking,if he or she had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, (i.e., one brought by or on behalf of suchthe corporation), indemnification may be provided only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any director or officer in connection with the defense or settlement of such an action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to repay all amounts so advancedbe in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be provided if it shouldsuch person shall have been adjudged to be determined ultimatelyliable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that such officerthe court in which the action or directorsuit was brought shall determine that the defendant is notfairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnifiedindemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability.

Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the Nevada General Corporation Law, Article Seven of our articles of incorporation eliminates the liability of a director to us for monetary damages for such a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liabilities arising:

● from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us;

● from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

under Section 174 of the Nevada General Corporation Law; and

● from any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the laws.indemnification provided for in the Bylaws, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers orand controlling persons controllingof the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrantregistrant has been informedadvised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Information regarding any equity securities we have sold during the period covered by this Report that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, andas amended, is therefore, unenforceable.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Duringset forth below. Each such transaction was exempt from the past three years, we effected the following transactions in reliance upon exemptions from registration underrequirements of the Securities Act as amended.by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, unless otherwise noted. Unless stated otherwise: (i) thatthe securities were offered and sold only to accredited investors; (ii) there was no general solicitation or general advertising related to the offerings; (iii) each of the persons who received these unregistered securities had knowledge and experience in financial and business matters which allowed them to evaluate the merits and risk of the receipt of these securities, and that they were knowledgeable about our operations and financial condition; (ii)(iv) no underwriter participated in, nor did we pay any commissions or fees to any underwriter in connection with the transactions; (iii) the transactions did not involve a public offerings; and, (iv)(v) each certificate issued for these unregistered securities contained a legend stating that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting forth the restrictions on the transferability and the sale of the securities.

 

On February 12, 2020, FINRA approved a 50:1 reverse split for the Company’s common stock. Consequently, all common shares have been adjusted as if the reverse split was completed at the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2018.

Sales of Unregistered Securities in 2019:

On February 7, 2019, the Company executed an amendment to a contract executed on April 7, 2011, we8, 2018 for twelve months for consulting services. The Company issued 10,000,0005,000 shares of common stock at the signing of the contract valued at $30,750 that is being amortized over the life of the contract.

On March 22, 2019, the Company issued 65,217 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note for the first tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity date. The value of these shares is $375,000 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed. The Company also issued 20,000 shares of common stock to the institutional investor as a commitment fee. The value of these shares is $115,000.

On April 2, 2019, the Company issued 16,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a capital call notice in relation to an Equity Purchase Agreement dated June 18, 2018. The capital call totaled $59,100.

On May 17, 2019, the Company executed a contract for three months for consulting agreement.services. The Company issued 10,000 shares of common stock at the signing of the contract valued at $53,000 that is being amortized over the life of the contract. The contract further indicated that another 10,000 shares were to be issued at the end of three months. The Company issued the second 10,000 shares of common stock on August 20, 2019. The value of the shares is $31,200 and was expensed.

On July 10, 2019, the Company issued 53,846 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note for the second tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity date. The value of these shares is $167,462 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed.

On September 30, 2019, the Company issued 80,000 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note for the third and final tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity date. The value of these shares is $280,000 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed.

On September 25, 2019, the Company executed a contract for six months for consulting services. The contract included the issuance of 5,000 shares of common stock. The value of these shares is $13,750 which was recorded as prepaid and is being amortized over the life of the contract.

On September 30, 2019, the Company issued 80,000 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note for the third and final tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity date. The value of these shares is $280,000 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed.

On October 3, 2019, the Company executed a contract for twelve months for consulting services. The contract included the issuance of 16,000 shares of common stock. The value of these shares is $26,000 which was recorded as prepaid and is being amortized over the life of the contract.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 117,500 shares of common stock to consultants for services rendered in accordance to consulting agreements. The value of these shares is $480,685.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 8,225,381 shares of common stock for debt conversion totaling $1,955,557 which includes $1,776.901 principal, $157,756 accrued interest and $20,900 financing fees.

Sales of Unregistered Securities in 2018:

In June 2018, the Company executed an Equity Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor within which the investor agrees to purchase up to $1,500,000 of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001. As an inducement to the investor to enter into the agreement, the Company issued 20,000 restricted shares of common stock to the investor valued at $10,000.$70,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 80,000 shares of common stock for settlement of a complaint filed in the United States Federal District Count (see Footnote 7). The debt settled totaled $236,869 which includes $56,817 of accrued interest.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 106,000 shares of common stock for consulting services for a value of $512,115.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 52,000 shares of common stock for consulting services. The weighted average price of these shares was $5.00. The value of these shares is $239,300 and is being amortized over the life of the contracts ranging from six to twelve months.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 625,714 shares of common stock for debt conversion. The total debt conversion was $1,284,582 principal and $172,200 of accrued interest.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 49,377 shares of common stock for financing costs relating to convertible debt. The value of the financing costs was $127,374.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 348,000 shares of common stock to officers, directors and consultants per our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan adopted on January 2, 2018. The value of the shares issued was $1,566,000, of which $1,215,912 was recorded as a reduction of contributed capital.

Sales of Unregistered Securities in 2017:

In January 2017, 27,266 warrants were exercised under a cashless exercise and 26,722 shares of common stock were issued.

On January 19, 2017, the Company issued 28.000 shares of common stock for extinguishment of accounts payable for a value of $49,000.

On March 29, 2017, the Company issued 2,000 shares of common stock to a related party for extinguishment of accounts payable for a value of $35,000.

 

On April 30, 2014, we issued 9,200,000 shares pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement.

On May 9, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 403,000 shares of our common stock: 400,000 of which were issued pursuant to a consulting agreement with a value of $40,000 and 3,000 of which were issued pursuant to a verbal agreement Management as compensation for website services provided to1, 2017, the Company with a value of $1,500.

On October 16, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 618,000 shares of our common stock to two consultants pursuant to consulting agreements with such persons. The shares were valued at $61,800.

On October 16, 2014, per Board approval, we issued an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our common stock to one of our directors for his director services. The shares were valued at $2,000.

On December 23, 2014, we issued $213,337 Series A Senior Convertible Redeemable Notes (the “Notes”) that are initially convertible into 609,532505,618 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase upa related party for extinguishment of accounts payable for a value of $225,000. These shares relate to an aggregate of 609,532a contract leasing the telemedicine platform from Bistromatics, a company owned by our CTO.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued 66,812 shares of our common stock pursuant tofor consulting services for a private financing.value of $355,880.

 

On January 24, 2015, we extendedDuring the term of an outstanding consulting and service agreement, pursuant to whichyear ended December 31, 2017, the Company shall issue 400,000issued 100,500 shares of restricted common stock and 400,000 callable common stock purchase warrants at a strikefor consulting services. The weighted average price of $0.35 per share.these shares was $4.00. The value of these shares is being amortized over the life of the contracts ranging from six to twelve months.

 

On February 23, 2015, we entered into a one-year agreement with a consultant in connection with certain corporate finance, investor relations and related business matters in exchange for 60,000During the year ended December 31,2017, the Company issued 1,070,691 shares of restricted common stock.stock for debt conversion. The total debt conversion was $797,913 principal and $45,192 of accrued interest.

 

On April 9, 2015, we issued $270,080.11 Notes (including an aggregate of $123,980.11 that was converted from certain other outstanding notes, including accrued interest, and future contractual cash consulting fees) that are initially convertible into 771,657 shares of our common stock, pursuant to a private financing.

Except as otherwise noted, all of the transactions listed above were made pursuant to the exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for sales not involving a public offering or Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC. The securities issued have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.

 

The Registrant’s issuance of the above restricted securities was in reliance upon the exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) and Regulation S promulgated by the SEC under the Act. Unless stated otherwise: (i) the securities were offered and sold only to accredited investors; (ii) there was no general solicitation or general advertising related to the Offerings; (iii) each of the persons who received these unregistered securities had knowledge and experience in financial and business matters which allowed them to evaluate the merits and risk of the receipt of these securities, and that they were knowledgeable about our operations and financial condition; (iv) no underwriter participated in, nor did we pay any commissions or fees to any underwriter in connection with the transactions; and, (v) each certificate issued for these unregistered securities contained a legend stating that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting forth the restrictions on the transferability and the sale of the securities.

ITEMItem 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULESExhibits and Financial Statements.

 

EXHIBITS(b) Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

Exhibit Number
No.

 

Description:Description

3.13.1(a) 

Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 15, 2012.)

3.2Bylaws of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 15, 2012.)
3.3Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 30, 2012.)
3.4Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K8-K/A filed on April 29, 2014.)August 6, 2014)
5.13.2 Opinion of Hunter Taubman Fischer, LLC (Filed Herewith)
10.1

Extension of Consulting and Services Agreement with Rodney Schoemann dated as of January 24, 2015Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 27, 2015)

15, 2012)
10.25.1 Securities PurchaseLegal Opinion of the Lonergan Law firm, LLC dated February 5, 2020, filed herewith.
10.24Registrant’s Rule 10b5-1-Equity Only, dated January 1, 2019, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2019).
10.25Registrant’s 2018 Employee Incentive Plan, dated January 1, 2018, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2019).
10.28Cooperation Agreement dated December 23, 2014 (IncorporatedSeptember 17, 2018, between Phzio USA, Inc. and First MCO, (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2015)September 27, 2018)
10.310.29Certificate of Designation of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form s-1 on February 5, 2020.
10.30Certificate of Designation of 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock, filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 on February 5, 2020..
10.31 Form of 12% Senior Convertible Promissory Note (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-KPlacement Agent Agreement, filed on January 6, 2015)herewith.
10.4Form of Series A Warrant Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2015)
10.5Form of Registration Rights Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2015)
10.6Form of Security Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2015)
10.72015 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 6, 2015)
14.1Code of Ethics (Incorporated by Reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2014)
21.1Subsidiaries of eWellness: eWellness Corporation, a Nevada corporation.
23.1

10.32

 

ConsentForm of Hunter, Taubman, Fischer, contained in Exhibit 5.1WarrantAgreement filed herewith

23.2Consent of HJ Associates & Consultants, LLP (Filed herewith.)
23.3Consent of Mantyla McReynolds, LLC (Filed herewith.)
24.1Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)

101.INS +XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH +XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL +XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF +XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB +XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE +XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

+IncorporatedThe list of exhibits in the Index to Exhibits to this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 27, 2015.reference.

ITEMItem 17. UNDERTAKINGSUndertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, pursuant to this Registration Statement, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) toTo include any prospectus required by Sectionsection 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933.1933;

 

(ii) toTo reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offeringOffering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offeringOffering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

(iii) toTo include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration Statementthe registration statement or any material change to such information in this Registration Statement.the registration statement;

 

Provided, however, That:

(A) Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S–1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter), Form S–3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), Form SF–3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) or Form F–3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or, as to a registration statement on Form S–3, Form SF–3 or Form F–3, is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424(b) of this chapter that is part of the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statementregistration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offeringOffering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offeringOffering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.Offering.

 

(4) [Intentionally omitted]

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B of this chapter):

(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) (§ 230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) (§230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an Offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this chapter) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the Offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the Offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide Offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

(ii) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an Offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(iii) If the registrant is relying on § 230.430D of this chapter:

(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to § 230.424(b)(3) and (h) of this chapter shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to § 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter as part of a registration statement in reliance on § 230.430D of this chapter relating to an Offering made pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (a)(1)(xii) of this chapter for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the Offering described in the prospectus. As provided in § 230.430D of this chapter, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the Offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide Offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

(6) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned Registrantregistrant undertakes that in a primary Offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the Offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the Offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the Offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the Offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(7) If the registrant is relying on § 230.430D of this chapter, with respect to any Offering of securities registered on Form SF–3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), to file the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in accordance with § 230.424(h) and § 230.430D of this chapter.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, forthat:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filingthe information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,1933, each filingpost-effective amendment that contains a form of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statementprospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offeringOffering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offeringOffering thereof.

(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 15 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrantregistrant has duly caused this amendment no. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Citycity of Culver City,Ft. Lauderdale, State of CaliforniaFlorida on August 6, 2015.March 30, 2020.

eWELLNESS HEALTH CORPORATION

 

By:EWELLNESS HEALTHCARE CORPORATION/s/ Darwin Fogt
Darwin Fogt
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
   
By:/s/ Darwin FogtDavid Markowski
 Name:David MarkowskiDarwin Fogt
 Title:Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)CEO

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Darwin Fogt and Douglas MacLellan, or either of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any documents related to this report and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Darwin Fogt

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

August 6, 2015

/s/ David Markowski

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)August 6, 2015

/s/ Douglas MacLellan

Director

August 6, 2015

/s/ Douglas Cole

DirectorAugust 6, 2015
     
/s/ Brandon RowberryDouglas MacLellanChairman of the BoardMarch 30, 2020
Douglas MacLellan
/s/ Darwin FogtChief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) andMarch 30, 2020
Darwin Fogt Director August 6, 2015
/s/ David MarkowskiChief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and PrincipalMarch 30, 2020
David MarkowskiAccounting Officer) and Director
/s/ Curtis HollisterChief Technology Officer and DirectorMarch 30, 2020
Curtis Hollister

78